Sate i eet riley ty if A\ % =a aed ) i wi she ity te : j tet ey: ANE noe pay if y; ‘ {ts . t& Av} ers eat (P, ‘Byer tanenn t airs ‘ (a OM $ mi cia t ' fis wit AG ALAS shy fi. LY S ¥ * Ne Om Poy ata’ Marat a t ; iH b hy itt Di y a Mere ye 7 % yy AS i Baa f i ited 1 Fe i pf ea Mt tks } i} Ps it, rs t We PSR unin S PSs ce ps lai A een u3 ee Vs @ K( A: Ses axa a re Ly) | Ge) THE LuUESTHER T. MERTZ LIBRARY THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN THE LUESTHER T. MERTZ LIBRARY THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Ne -Orprrican REVISION OF fae GENUS EUCALYPTUS BY Jo Jel, WU UD ISIN, BESO Ia) aSe aC: (Gevernment Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). Wor. RAT I, Part XLI of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) «« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and eombining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmentcd by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’ Macautay’s ‘‘ Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Suvnev : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. ®83573—A 1920, nit Wee by hehis 0 ae ah Pi ae te 3 (ce p : sors Fas ees COXXIUI, Fuealyptus latifolia F.v.M. Description : ° Range A . - : : Affinities. . . CCXXIV. Eucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. Description ., ° . : ; Form 1 (Are there two forms ?) Form 2 : Lanceolar-leaved form Range Affinities CCOXXYV. Eucalyptus Abergiana ¥.y.M. Description . ° 6 ° : 7 : 2 Range Affinities . : : ° 5 : : : : CCXXVI. Eucalyptus pachyphylla \'.v.M. Description ° ° . : : History of a confusion Synonyms. ° ° : : : : Variety sessilis var. nov. : : 4 Range— of typical or normal species . of sessile-fruited form (var. sessilis) Affinities PAGE CXIV. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow, Variety Kingsmilli Maiden. Description Range Affinity XCU. Eucalyptus Oldfieldit F.v.M. Description : : 6 : 5 5 Range : . ° Affinities CCXXVI. Eucalyptus Drummondu Bentham. Description . : : : : : Synonym . ° Range Affinities Explanation of Plates . COXX VIII, Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. PAGK Description ; 3 : ; : ; : A : 27 Synonym (déubtful) ° : - Pits : : 5 - 28 Range (including Grose Head). : , : ; ‘ 28 Association with £. corymbosa and E. squamosa : . 31 Aiffimntiess . * . : 5 ; Stay ae 5 3 : 31 COX XIX. SOE palate Bentham. Description ree 4 ° “| . : 33 Synonyms. :. ‘ Ph Sock met 6 A e 3 : 34 Range =. : ; : ; - ° 35 (The Rusty Gee of eieuiards) . : : 5 - 37 PARNICSIg. Ith S4eTAR arch sas. aroaresinaces\ as(eet 88 CORK. Eucalyptus Welland F.v.M. Description . ° : . < A “ 40 Range : : : é : : 2 ° ° ° ° 41 POO ONES \g Ng : . ° 4 : 6 ° ° 4I COX X XI. a ip a F.v.M. Description - . 5 6 e 43 A supposed forma ees ; : : é 43 Range (including sume of eichhardt’s dewtee ions) 44 Affinities | aie 6 3 : . 6 : 5 - 46 COX X XI. oe bes Maiden. Description 3 : . 48 Range F Fam : ; ; : i 5 ‘ : 48 Affinities (including a brief discussion on hybridisation) . : ; : A , : : F 49 COXX XII. ees Kruseana |*y.M. Description é : ; : : 51 Synonym . ; : ; : F ; ‘ : ; : 51 Range : : : : : 5 : : : ; - 52 Affinities . : ; F ; : , : ; ; ‘ 53 CCOXXXIV. Eucalyptus Dawsoni R. T, Baker. Description - 5 : : ° - < . - ° 56 T1uiStratioms me Wie kes = lies Siete so en eee ee Synonym ‘ ; : : ; : : : - . 56 Range - ‘ . . , : : - a Akos vata tae 56 ASPMNMIULIES: . soc0 Ue : 5 Heather °. - reas 57 LXI. aia aa FARR Schauer. Description : : ie - fs ea 58 Illustrations _. amen : Soe : . yore 58 The bark . : : : : : : . . : 58 The species has lanceolate leaves : ‘ : . 59 Range (specimens seen by Mueller, and additional localities) . ; : : : : : 5 - ‘ 60 Affinities . ‘ ‘ : ‘ : : > F - 5 61 LXIV. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. Description : ‘ : 5 : ; 5 3 é ‘ 62 Range— Specimens included by Mueller in E. polyanthemos €2 Other localities ‘ : : : : ‘ ‘ ¢ 63 COX XX V. Eucalyptus conica Deane and Maiden. Description ‘ 2 ‘ : ; : 404 Synonym 5 ‘ 5 : : 5 : : : - 64 Range . F : : : ; : ‘ F : - 64 LXX. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. The type. Explanation of the confusion with E. decipiens and other species . - : : : 66 Drummond’s No, 77 is not £. concolor . - E 5 67 Affinities . ; : 3 : : a : : , . 68 Explanation of Plates (172-5) . ._. ; % 5 é 68 CCXXXVI, Eucalyptus fieifolia \'.v.M. Description : s ‘ ° Supposed variety . . ° Range . : . c : Sihinaiteye . . : ° ° CCOXX XVII. Eucalyptus calophylla R.Br. Description P ° ° . Variety rosea Maiden . Synonyms. 5 : 3 3 : 6 A ° Range 6 e . ° . ° ° ° . . ° Affinities. : ° : ° ° : The colours of the filaments in E. calophylla and Ea UGH OLE Nels . COXXX VII. Eucalyptus hematoxylon Maiden. Description . : 6 : Range Affinities CCOXX XIX. Eucalyptus maculata Wook. Description Range Variety citriodora F.vy.M. Discussion of the question, species or variety Synonyms. Range : Affinities (of species) PAGK CCXL. Euealyptus Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. PAGE. Description . - : 3 : : : : : . 93 Range ‘ : ; : : : ; é : : : 04 Affinities . : : : : : : : - : c G4 CCXLI. Eucalyptus approximans Maiden. Description : : : ; : : : : : : g6 Range : : : : ; 5 , : ‘ ; F g6 Affinities . : ‘ : ‘ 5 : ‘ : ; : 97 CCOXLIU. Eucalyptus Stowardi Maiden. Description : é ; : : : : : ‘ : 98 Range c : < ‘ : : : : ; : ‘ 69 Affinities . 6 : : : i : BY 2 6 S 99 Explanation of Plates (176-179) a eel : ite | LOO COXLIUT, Eucalyptus perfoliata R.Br. Description Range ; Affinities. : . 5 CCXLIV. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F.y.M. Description Colour of filaments Range Affinities COX. Te similis Maiden. Description c 0 : ° . Range Affinities PAGE, 103 103 104. 105 105 106 107 109 IO IIo CCXLVI. Eucalyptus lirata (W. V. Deters Maiden n.sp. Description 6 ° . 5 ° : ° Range Affinity CCX LVI. as ee F.v.M. Description Modification of the Saat ere a Range Affinities COKE Vi ie. snes Lane-Poolet Maiden. Description Range Affinities Iit Iit IG OE II3 1I3 II4 115 117 118 rr8 CCXLIX. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. Description : . : 5 5 Range 5 hirer : Affinities CCL. Eucalyptus Bakeri Maiden. Description , ig sta: . ; : cote a Range Affinities CCLI. Eucalyptus Jacksoni Maiden. Description. 2 : : 4 : : ? Range Affinities CCL. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Description . : 5 : : : A Synonym . Range Affinities Explanation of Plates (180-183) * PAGE. 120 I2t 122 123 124 124 126 127 127 128 128 129 129 130 CCLIT. Eucalyptus erythrocorys: F.v.M. Description . “ : Fi ‘ : ; ‘ 4 ghey LBS The colour scheme in the inflorescence . : Nereis 521 The bundles of stamens in the Eudesmiec : Ss, Range : ‘ : ; 6 ‘ F ‘ A ‘ Te 136 Affinities. Table contrasting all the species ; B57) CCLIV. Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.v.M. Description i Fi B ‘ i . ‘ < ; ain, 239 Range Ss ubtA - : < : . - 6 ‘ x eLAO Affinities . s ; : : 5 6 : s : As CCLV. Eucalyptus odontocarpa F.v.M. Description . : ; ° 2 6 A : 5 outa! Range : ee as : 6 A : 6 . 5 aA. Affinities . A : 5 : : : é , oe AS XVII. Eucalyptus capitellata Smith. Description and Illustrations. : - A : sa 946 Range : 5 : - : : 5 : 5 oh AY, CCLVI. Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. Description a c : ‘ : : : : ‘ a AS Range : p : , 5 é ; : y d or eed Affinity : : : : ; : ; : ; eG CCLVIE.. Eucalyptus. Blaxland: Maiden and Cambage. Description and Illustrations "Range “A New England Stringybark . -” Affinities (incidentally) PAGE. I50 150 152 155 COLVIN: BS Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. Description Range Affinity Explanation of Plates (184-187) 6 156 157 157 159 CCLIX. Eucalyptus tetragona \.v.M. PAGE Description : ° . : : - ; : - OE Synonyms : : : ‘ : § : : : Re Palsy Robert Brown’s remarks on Eudesmia . ; : a 3 Range : : ‘ . : : : . ; 2 5 AiR Affinities. : : . - : . ; - ; atO4 CCLX. Eucalyptus eudesmioides F.y.M. Description : : ; : : . Bee ‘ : eet OS Range : : f 5 : : . 4 : ‘ a GS) Affinities . . 5 A 5 é 5 4 és A OS GCLXI. Eucalyptus Ebbanoensis Maiden n.so. Description : : : ‘ a 4 3 ; : LOD Range : : : : : ‘ ; . : : ee LOG Affinity . < 5 ; : : ; - A : Sei O XV. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. Additional vernacular names . ° : : - eo eer) Shape of the fruit 5 : : ‘ ‘ : : 6 Gh Synonyms. : : : j : : : : : Sionaee a7 Range 0 : : : : : : : 5 : a) Ze Affinities . . . : 5 : ; ° oh ee ye IG CCLXII. Eucalyptus angophoroides . T. Baker. Description : : : : : : . . : tS Range ° ° . ° . : . . . : 5 MS Affinities . : : 5 : : : : . ; Bre) CCLXIT. Eucalyptus Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. Description Range Affinity CCLXIV. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. Description Synonym . Range Affinities ; : 5 : : ; - : 5 (It has already been figured in Part XXXVI) LXX. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. Evidence that finally proves that No. LXIX, E. concolor Schauer, is a synonym Appendix. Eucalyptus cochinchinensis Auct. is a synonym of Melaleuca Leucadendron L. Explanation of Plates (188-191) PAGE. 178 179 179 182 183 183 CCLXV. Eucalyptus Laseroni R. T. Baker. Description Range ‘ Discussion of its supposed hybrid ¢ character Affinities : GCLX VI. Hdgaljateg De Beuzevillet Maiden. Description Range Affinities GCLX VI. Bucalypus Mitehelli Cambage, Description Range Affinities GCLK VIN. ees Brownit Maiden and Cambage. Description 6 6 : Range Synonyms. Affinities COLI, Eucalyptus Camiageona Maiden. Description Range : : : ° : 5 A ffinity CX XII. Buclyptas miniata A. Cunn. Juvenile leaves : 6 Additional localities. Eucalyptus Woollsiana Rk. T. Baker. * (No serial number is given, as, in my opinion, ; it is not a valid species.) Description Illustrations vouched for by Mr. Baker Characters taken seriatim : : 6 Matched by R. T. Baker Ry af E. Brown’s figure 2 of E£. odorata : a ais : : : ~~ Vernacular names Range A ffinities XLIV. Fuealy ane odorata Behr and Schlecht. Characters taken seriatim . Range 5 : W/ Bue caleicultrix , A New South Wales locality « added é ; Affinities . 4 5 : : 5 a . 5 XLII, Eucalyptus hemiphloia ¥.v.M. var. microcarpa Maiden. Illustrations Synonym . Range Affinities XIII. Euealyptus bicolor A. Cunn. Characters taken seriatim . Range : , Affinities CCLXX. Eucaly pe pS Maiden. Description Synonym . Range Affinities COLX XT, Bae Penrithensis Maiden. Deseription Synonym . Range Affinities Discussion of supposed hybrid character CXII. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. Description of the fruits COLX AG. ee notabilis Maiden. Description Illustrations 4 : 6 : 3 5 6 : Synonym . : ; : 6 6 : : : 4 c Range Affinities CCOLX XII. em canaliculata Maiden. Description Illustrations Synonym Range Affinities Explanation of Plates (192-195) LXI, Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. Variation in colour of timber Other reputed differences between it and E. Page and EF. Nanglei Range ‘ : ; 3 : Original doseatations of ihe shove. 5 : 2205 /NIMATANTIES : P : ‘ é : : 5 : ° CCLXXIV. Eucalyptus decortieans sp. nov. Description Synonym . : : é : : : : : Range é 5 : : : : 5 6 : 3 : Affinities CCLXXV. Eucalyptus Cullent &. H. Cambage. Description 5 : : : : : : Range aia é : ; : : : ° : Affinities . : ‘ ; : : é : : 6 : GCLXXVI. Eucalyptus Beyer R. T. Baker. Description Synonym Affinities : Bentham’s views on the ne ‘ IDE, WY OOS" (55 ne * Mueller’s 5G a 5 IMO, IBAUKEIOS) 5, 510 »» Range : XCVIIT. Eucalyptus globulus Labill. A discussion as to the validity of FE. St. Johni R. T. Baker, as distinct from E£. globulus . PAGE, CCLXXVIT. Eucalyptus nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. __ Synonym : Pe aage ; 6 ~ Affinity No. 1. The Growing Tree. A. Rate of growth B. Natural afforestation C. Increment curves Determination of increment by stem analysis . D. The largest Australian trees Explanation of Plates (196-199) PAGE. 242 242 243 CCLXX VIII. Eucalyptus drepanophylla \.v.M. Description Range Affinities . XXXVIII. Eucalyptus leptophieba \'.v.M. Description Synonym . Range Affinities COLXXIX, Eucalyptus Dalrympleana Maiden. Description Range Affinities CCX VII. Eucalyptus dichromophloia V.v.M. Juvenile leaves CCOLXXX. Eucalyptus Hillit Maiden. Description Range Affinities . No. I. The Growing Tree. (Continued from page 259, Part XLVIID), PAGE. E, Nanism : 4 : 5 $273 F. The fowering of Buel ses while in the juvenile-leaf stage . ; : : : : 1 278 G. Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species 278 Jel, Natural Grafts— 1. Cohesion of branches . : ° PSH he 279 2. Adhesion of branches. ; : i § 280 J. Artificial Grafts— 1. Budding and grafting. : 6 ° 282 2. Grafting by approach in the seedling sues 282 Ke Pasciation 6% 9. Me Re ee) ee ee SS L. Tumours and Galls ; A ; a < 5 a B20 M. Protuberances of the Stem : : ae). ASO N, Abortive branches (Prickly aoe) 5 ° BASH O. Pendulous branches . : : R - : - 268 P. Vertical Growth of Trees . : ; : : 2) 280 Explanation of Plates (200-208) . ; ; é «290 DESCRIPTION. COXXIIN. E. latifolia F.v.M. Journ. Iinn. Soc. iii, 94 (1859). FoLLow1ne 1s a translation of the original :— A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sub-opposite or scattered, with rather long petioles, broad or orbicular-ovate, obtuse, glaucescent, opaque, imperforate, thinly penniveined, intramarginal vein very close to the edge, umbels terminal, paniculate, few flowered, peduncles and pedicels angular, these twice as long as the former (HZ. melanophloia, &c.). Fruits sub-campanulate, ecostate, 3-4 celled, flat at the vertex, valves touching at the rim. Growing in riparian level ground, at the upper part of the Roper River, 8th July, 1856. Flowered in the summer. A small or medium-sized tree, the bark, after the falling of the last ashy-coloured strips, is smooth and yellowish. Leaves 2-3, rarely 4 inches long, often 2 inches broad, with a petiole of almost an inch long, thickly and faintly penniveined as those of H. bigalerita (HZ. alba Reinw., see Part XXV, p. 96, of the present work). Umbels simply and compositely paniculate. Fruit about 3 lines long, the margin slightly bent back at the mouth. Valves included. I have not found the flowers. In habit similar to EZ. bigalerita, but in its characters rather resembling £. dichromophloia. In spite of his reference to the inflorescence, it was either not seen by Mueller, or he had lost it (see under H. Foelscheana, p. 8). At all events, it has been figured (fig. 2b, Plate 168) for the first time. The individual umbels have six to twelve flowers. The colour of the timber is red. Then Bentham (B.FI. ii, 255) described it in English as follows :—- A small or middle-sized tree, with a smooth ash-grey bark, tardily separating from the inner brownish bark, also smooth ('. Mueller). Leaves alternate, or here and there almost opposite, petiolate, ovate, obtuse, with transverse parallel veins, rather more prominent and not so close as in the allied narrow-leaved species. Flowers rather large, four to six in each umbel, in a large terminal corymbose panicle. Pedwneles terete ; pedicels terete, shorter than the calyx-tube. Calyz-tube broadly turbinate, four to five lines in diameter, rather thick. Operculum very short, slightly convex. Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct cells. Fruits globose-truncate or urceolate-globose, with a very short neck, smooth, and not ribbed, 3 to 4 lines in diameter, the rim thin; the capsule deeply sunk. Seeds winged. RANGE. The type came from the upper part of the Roper River, and Bentham adds “*Tslands of the Gulf of Carpentaria,’ whence it was collected by Robert Brown about 1802, but what I have scen collected by that botanist on the islands belongs to E. Foelscheana. So far I have only seen specimens of H. latifolia from the Northern Territory and the big islands north of it. The Roper River, of course, flows into the western side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Following are notes on Northern Territory specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— “ Grows on heavy soil and is associated with EZ. papuana and FL. terminalis. The wood is soft.” Has the ordinary friable Bloodwood bark, Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 464). Mr. Hill kindly sent a photograph of this tree. Bathurst Island (G. F. Mill, No. 469). In flower, which is fragrant. “White bark, flaking off in places in strips. Conical fruits” (perhaps a reference to the narrow mouths). McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 388). “ Bloodwood,” McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 390). Pine and Horseshoe Creeks (K. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters), “ Bloodwood,” fairly large tree, near Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 107). Note (a). “ Bastard Bloodwood.’ “Similar in habit to the Bastard Bloodwoods and Cabbage Gums identified as 2. grandijolia and E. Foelscheana (narrow leaf tall form). The leaf is always stout and untwisted, but in the roughish bark, with red gummy splashes, and the crooked habit of the tree, it resembles the other two.” (Jensen, No. 385). Note (6). ‘Crooked limbed small tree, growing however in other places up to 40 feet high. Roughish bark except on branches where it is white and smooth. Stem up to 12 inches in diameter. Capsules in small terminal racemes. Leaves ovate.” Pine Creek (Dr. Jensen, No. 357). “ Cabbage Gum,” near Wandi (Dr. Jensen, No. 383). “ Bastard Bloodwood.” Roughish bark over most of the stem, branches often smooth. | Near Wandi (Dr. Jensen, No. 385). “Timber pale red in colour.” Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 401). “ Broad leaf type.” Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 411). “Stem like #, papuana.”’ Cullen River, Woolgni and Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 418). The leaves with insect markings, like EL. brachyandra F.v.M. Artesian Range, North-Western Australia (W. V. Fitz- gerald, No. 1358). Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, track Cullen Creek (Prof, Baldwin Spencer); track to Cullen Creek, Katharine River, &c. (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) (with insect markings). ule NTS Sy: 1. With E. dichromophloia ¥.v.M. The original description says that H. latifolia in its characters rather resembles H, dichromophloia, and they appear to be closest related. Both are Bloodwoods, but EH. dichromophloia has bark of a redder cast. Both have red timbers. The foliage of the two trees is usually very diflerent,—that of H. latifolia being broad, while that of 1. dichromophloia is narrow. Compare Plate 168 with Plate 165 of Part XL. The buds and fruits are sufficiently approximate to require care. (Reterence omitted from p. 319, Part XL) (LZ. dichromophloia and EL. corymbosa). It has been already observed that the large-fruited forms of 2. dichromophloia display a good deal of similarity to HL. corymbosa. The juvenile leaves enable us to emphasise points of difference. If we turn to Plate 161, Part XX XIX (4. corymbosa) we have juvenile leaves figured at 5, 6, 7a, and an intermediate leaf figured at 7b. The juvenile leaves of /. corymbosa are pedunculate, glabrous or with weak hairs; those of E. dichromophloia are sessile, stem-clasping, and scabrous. The intermediate leaves are a good deal alike, those of 1. corymbosa being longer in proportion to the width, but the corresponding material of &. dichromophloia is not sufficiently abundant to speak finally. The juvenile leaves of 1. dichromophloia (Old Battery, Hidsvold, Q., Dr, T. L. Bancroft, September, 1919) came too late to be figured on Plate 165. They are the first I have seen, to my knowledge. I cannot do better than say that I cannot distin- guish them from some of the figures of H. setosa on Plate 158, Part XXXVIII. They seem replicas of figs. 5 and 8, and almost as scabrous. The mature leaves of the two species are, of course, very different, but the intermediate leaves of this specimen of E. dichromophloia are yery broad and lanceolate, as broad as those of the juvenile leaves. 2. With #. Foelscheana ¥.v.M, See p. 8. 3. With #. corymbosa Sm. “ HB. latifolia has very broad even roundish leaves, and belongs, on account of its smooth bark, to the section Leiophloiz, unless this be subject to exceptions.” (« Kucalyptographia,” under H. corymbosa.) It isnot correct to say that H, latifolia isa member of the Leiophloiw, although there are Bloodwoods with barks more scaly. We do not know the extent to which some of these tropical Bloodwoods vary in regard to the roughness of their barks, DESCRIPTION. COXXIV. EF. Foelscheana F.v.M. In The Chemist and Druggist vf Australasia, November, 1882. A pwarF tree, or only of shrubby growth; branchlets robust, not angular; leaves scattered or exceptionally opposite, on rather short stalks, ovate or verging into a roundish form, sometimes very large, always of firm consistence, blunt or at the summit slightly pointed, greyish-green on both sides, not much paler beneath; their primary veins very divergent or almost horizontally spreading, numerous and thus closely approximated, but subtle and therefore not prominent; the circumferential vein contiguous to the margin of the leaf; oil-dots concealed or obliterated; wmbels four to six-flowered or rarely three-flowered, forming a terminal panicle; calyces pear-shaped, on longish or rarely short stalks, faintly angular, not shining; lid not so broad as the tube of the calyx, very depressed or some- times conspicuously raised towards the centre, tearing off in an irregular transverse line, long retained and soon refiexed from the last point of adherence; stamens all fertile, bent inward before expansion; filaments yellowish-white, some of the outer dilated towards the base; anthers (when fresh) almost cuneate- ovate or the inner more oblong and the outer slightly cordate, all bursting anteriorly by longitudinal slits ; connective reddish, with a slight dorsal turgidity towards the summit; style much exceeded in length by the stamens; stigma not dilated; fruit large, urceolar, not angular; valves generally four, nearly deltoid, inserted much below the narrow edge of the fruit, at last deeply enclosed; fertile sceds large, terminated by a conspicuous membrane; sterile seeds very slender. The species, above defined, is flowering already at the height of 18 inches (as is the case also with E. cordata and E. vernicosa), therefore, when still quite young, producing then a comparatively large cluster of blossoms; the full-grown tree seldom exceeds a height of 20 feet, and always remains of cripply stature. Stem-diameter to 9 inches, or rarely more; bark, dark grey, rough; leaves of young plants often twice, or even thrice, the size of those of old trees. (Original description.) Mueller again described it, with slightly different verbiage, and also figured it in the “ Eucalyptographia.” The ‘“ Eucalyptographia” figure and description can be taken as referring to the type; they were put in hand within a few weeks after the publication of the original description. I have measured a juvenile leaf 15 by 11 inches, and was informed that larger ones could have been collected. It will be observed that Mueller speaks of the species as rarely exceeding a height of 20 feet, and that it “always remains of a cripply nature.” In the “ Euéalypto- graphia ” he speaks of “the greatest height attained about 20 feet. Stem diameter only to 12 inches asa maximum.” It attains the height of “ 30 feet or more ” at Burrundie. It would appear that there are variations as regards bark and leaves in this species. Until more field observations are available, let us refer to them as Form 1 and Form 2. It is probable that the two forms may be reconcilable as belonging to the same species. Form 1. (The bark.) Description of type bark 445. (Typical of, say, 24 miles around Darwin, and therefore presumably typical of the species.) Hard-scaly, about 1 cm. thick, in longitudinal furrows, and cracking less deeply transversely, so as to form tesserse longer than wide, but the precise sizes of each tessera variable. 5 Form 2. (The bark.) Description of type bark 450. (Typical of the Stapleton district. ) This bark is thin-scaly, simply peeling off in irregular flakes of the thickness of brown paper. As compared with the bark of No. 445, that of 450 appears to be from a young, or a stunted tree. Form 1. (The leaves.) Common in the species within, say, 24 miles of Darwin. “ Those about Darwin have smaller, thinner, and narrower leaves.” (G. F. Hill.) Mr. Hill is apparently referring to leaves of the shape of fig. 4a, Plate 169, and he is perhaps emphasising his Nos. 344 and 445 (Darwin) too much. At the same time we must remember that those of the type are described as “ ovate or verging on a roundish form.” Around Darwin most of the leaves would be from second-growth plants. The form from Darwin and near Darwin is usually found on dry, shotty ironstone or sandy loam (well drained) or on stony land (about Darwin), usually associated with _E. tetradonta, grandifolia, miniata, and my No. 398 (‘‘ Smooth-stemmed Bloodwood ”), (G. F. Hill.) Form 2. (The leaves.) Further down the railway line, say from 34 miles to 69 miles, and probably much further. The Stapleton form (69 miles from Darwin). “The foliage of the Stapleton specimens is denser, leaves more ‘fleshy’ and generally more rounded.” (G. F. Hill.) This is a fair description of the typical form. Mr. Hill says that the Stapleton form grows on the flats or on the foothills very near flats, sometimes on stony country, sometimes on alluvial soil. ““ The Stapleton form is generally associated with the sp. represented by my 448, 449, H. papuana, E. grandi- joha, and EL. terminalis. “ The bark of the two forms 7s very distinct, as will be seen by comparing 445 and AO, (Cr It, lati) Lanceolar-leaved form. We must recognise that lanceolar leaves occur in this species. “Specimens without fruit, brought by R. Brown in 1802, during Captain Flinders’ Expedition from Carpentaria, may also belong to Z. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form.’’ (Original description.) Mueller amplifies these remarks in the following :— “Some specimens without fruit, brought by Robert Brown already during Capt. Flinders’ Expedi- tion from Carpentaria, and presented to the Melbourne Botanic Museum by Sir Joseph Hooker, may belong to an extreme form of EZ. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form, and the flower-stalklets are of lesser length.’’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under #. Foelscheana.) Brown’s specimen is figured at fig. 1, Plate 170. It does not seem useful to give this lanceolar form a variety name, as it is a transition form, as will be seen from examination of the other figures. B RANGE. Confined to the Northern Territory, so far as we know. “Near Port Darwin, on sandy soil; Mr. Paul Foelsche. Found also in other northern portions of Arnhem’s Land, by Mr. J. McKinlay.” (Original description.) In the “ Kucalyptographia,” Bridge Creek, which is near Darwin (Burkitt), was added. Tt will be observed that I have added a number of other Territory localities, all within the tropics. It has still to be searched for in the Cape York Peninsula (Queensland) and in the Kimberley country (North-west Australia). WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Small fruits, broadly lanceolate leaves. Derby (C. H. Ostenfeld). I quote this specimen doubtfully, as although it simulates a small-fruited HZ. Foelscheana, the material is so imperfect that it may be a coarse form of LZ. dichromophloia. At the same time our Western Australian friends should be on the lookout for E. Foelscheana in the tropical portion of their State. NoRTHERN TERRITORY. Huge juvenile foliage, very urceolate fruits. Near Darwin (Prof. Baldwin Spencer, W. 8. Campbell. N. Holtze). “On stony foothills and on flats at foot of hills. Associated with FE. setosa, E. mmniata, and Coolabah, No, 448. Timber sent, also bark, bark of trunk and branches similar throughout. Buds, flowers, fruit.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 450). Inflores- cence forming an open panicle. “* From tree indistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 452). “ Tree indistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton (G. F, Hill, No. 455). “ Bloodwood, rough bark on trunk and branches, narrow-leaved form. Small tree (see bark from trunk). Flowers about July, fruits 25th October, 1915.” Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 344). A form with weusually narrow leaves. “EB. Foelscheana. Typical of 2. Foelscheana in vicinity of Darwin, and 20 miles south of Darwin. (Note my specimen No. 344 determined as above by you.) Sample of timber, bark, and fruit with seed.” 20 miles 8.H. of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 445). Pedicellate, broad lanceolate leuves. The following is an interesting note made by Dr. H. J. Jensen, in 1916, referring to some of the aboye specimens :— “344. EH. Foelscheana, also 358, 367, 368. “ A further specimen of the broad-leaved type 368 with fruits was collected by me in December last. It was rather surprising to find that the warrow-leaved trees 344 and 358 were the same as 368, as the tree in ‘“‘ Eucalyptographia ” was described as low, shrubby, and broad-leaved, and I know it well at Brook’s Creek and Bridge Creek where I believe Inspector Foelsche collected his type material. In those localities it is Y] 7 never, to my present knowledge, seen more than 15 feet high. It is a low scrub, found principally on clayey clay-slate and schist-flats, leaves very fleshy, flowers in huge bunches at end of branches, flowers very fleshy; pods large. The specimens at Burrundie, however, grow to a height of 30 feet or more—both broad leaf and narrow leaf form, and the tree has the appearance of the Cabbage Gum. ‘The leaves are not as large as usual in the scrubby form. Wood white ant proof.” “ Bastard Bloodwood. Now in flower, has rough bark to top of branches, narrow-leaved form. Another variety has bark like Moreton Bay Ash. Both have reddish resinous splashes on bark. Leaves similar in both.” Burrundie, November, 1915 (Dr. Jensen, No. 358). Leaves variable in size and shape, Brook’s Creek; Pine and Horseshoe Creeks ; Pine Creek Railway (E. J. Dunn, R. J. Winters). “Large tree.” Near Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 108). Narrowish leaves, open panicle. * Tree similar to 365, 366. Terminal branches erect: leaves more rounded.” 30 miles. south-east of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 367). “ Broad-leaved form. Medium-sized tree; trunk covered with rough scaly bark; branches smooth, large sucker leaf.” Batchelor, about 60 miles south of Darwin (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 368). Mature and immature fruits. Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 416). “On hornfels country, north of Umbrawarra, and on blocky schist country at Woolgni occurs a Bloodwood-like sum with broad leaves like #. Foelscheana, bark mostly smooth, but a little fine scaly bark at base like H. papwana, seed pods larger and urn-shaped, having a more marked rim than those of HF. Foelscheane. Leaves, sucker leaves, wood, sent under Nos. 417, 418, 419, and 420. This tree grows on both ridges and flats, and seems variable in size and shape of pod. &. Foelscheana collected in same locality on a small flat, has bark all rough. Seeds without rim, otherwise similar (No. 416).” Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 417). Fruits somewhat elongated. > “ Rough bark almost to top, large fruits.’ No. 387). Edith Creek; also Track to Katharine River, widely spread; also coarse foliage, fruits not large and hardly urceolate, near Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, “Leaf like #. Foelscheana, bark lke E. papuana. Associated with LF. setosa. Pedicellate juvenile leaves (? intermediate form). Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 420). Thin juvenile leaves. Woolgni, Cullen River (Dr. Jensen, 415); thin pedicellate juvenile leaves, Cullen River, on banks (Dr. Jensen, No, 419). Robert Brown’s specimens, collected 1802-5, and distributed from the British Museum in 1876 under the labels— (a) (Islands of) Gulf of Carpentaria ; (6) No. 4779, E. latifolia F.M. (2. compacta R.Br.), North Coast ; are Ij, Foelscheana. They are the lanceolate leaved form of the species. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. terminalis F.v.M. “ E. Foelscheana belongs to the series exemplified by E. terminalis. . . . . If it was not for the great diversity of habit, H. Foelscheana might be approximated very closely to E. terminalis.’’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under E. Foelscheana.) Compare Plates 164 and 165 (Part XL) for EZ. terminalis, with Plates 169 and 170, this Part, for 2. Foelscheana. LE. Foelscheana is a smaller, more gnarled tree, with very much coarser foliage. The fruits of L. ternvnalis are longer and narrower, usually less urceolate, or, if urceolate, more high-shouldered. Those of both species may be very large. Both have red timbers. 2. With E. latifolia F.v.M. In some respects it is allied to Z. latifolia; the leaves, however, are larger and not decurrent at the base; the petioles are comparatively shorter and, as well as the branchlets, less slender; the peduncles and pedicels are thicker and less angular; the calyces larger, not roundish-blunt at the base, and therefore not passing suddenly into a pedicel of upwards unincreased thickness ; the fruit is much larger, at least twice as long as broad; and considerably contracted towards the summit, thus not almost semi-ovate; the flowers of the real Z. latifolia are as yet unknown, and may prove different from those of the H. Foelscheana, though their anthers, seen as remnants, show the same form.’’ (Original description.) He repeats these observations in almost the same words, and adds “ A few adherent anthers of H. latifolia do, however, exhibit the same form. These two species hold almost the same relation to each other as E. wrnigera to E. cordata” (“ Eucalyptographia ” under HL. Foelscheana). Compare Plates 168 and 169. Hf. Foelscheana is a very much coarser species than FE. lutijolia, as regards its inflorescence and fructification. The former species shows greater extremes of size in leaves than does the latter; I have not seen huge leaves nor lanceolar ones in Z. latifolia. The fruit of that spedes is smaller, less urceolate, the orifice smaller, and has slenderer peduncles and pedicels. 3. With &. setosa Schauer. The affinities with this species are less close. Compare Plate 158, Part XX XVIII, for fruits of E. setusa, which are large, and frequently of the same shape as those of E. Foelscheana, but those of the latter are always glabrous. The leaves of the two species are very different, while /. setosa is often a moderately large, umbrageous tree. DESCRIPTION. CCOXXV. E. Abergiana F.v.M. In Fragm. xi, 41 (1878). SHorRTLY afterwards Mueller redescribed it in English in the “ Eucalyptographia ” with a Plate. The “ Hucalyptographia ” description so nearly follows the original that it may be stated here as equivalent to it. Finally very tall; Jeaves scattered, of thick consistence, oval or elongated-lanceolar, hardly inequi- lateral, shining above, opaque beneath ; the lateral veins copious subtle and very spreading, the longitudinal vein almost contiguous to the margin of the leaves, or but slightly removed from the edge; panicles terminal; flower-stalks thick, almost cylindrical, the ultimates bearing 2-6 flowers on exceedingly short or without stalklets; calyces pale, their tube truncate-ovate, nearly twice as long as the almost hemispheric lid, not angular; stamens all or nearly all fertile, inflexed before expansion; anthers oval, with nearly longitudinal dehiscence; stigma very slightly dilated; frwits large, oval-wrnshaped, smooth, with a thin margin and with four enclosed at first horizontal valves; fertile seeds expanding from their summit into a long membrane, much longer than the slender sterile seeds. On the mountains, near Rockingham Bay; Dallachy. A lofty tree, with persistent bark and very expanding branches. Heart-wood very hard, reddish. Branchlets in some instances slender and somewhat angular, in other cases thick and cylindrical. Leaf- stalks 3-14 inches long. Leaves measuring 24-4 inches in length or occasionally longer, rarely shortened to an almost oval form, 1-2 inches broad, often very gradually narrowed upwards, blunt at the base. Panicle almost corymbous ; its ultimate flower-stalks generally about 1 inch long, as well as the branchlets, pale, not shining. The unopened calyces egg-shaped, their very blunt and rather thick lid rather separating by a horizontal rupture than by a well-defined suture of circumcision; the tube in flowering state about 4 an inch long, sometimes subsequently slightly turbinate. A few of the outer stamens occasionally devoid of anthers; filaments, according to the note of the collector, whitish in a fresh state, but reddish-yellow when dry; the longer filaments 4-5 lines long. Anthers hardly }a line long; their cells separated by a broad connective. Style half-included within the calyx, exceeded by the stamens. Fruit 1 inch long, or somewhat longer, not angular; the valves deltoid-sha ped, hardly } inch long. Fertile seeds very compressed, terminated by a semi-oval membrane, giving a length of about 4 inch for the whole seed, including the appendage. In the “ Eucalyptographia ” it is stated to be “ a lofty tree with persistent bark and very expanding branches,” and with reddish timber. I do not know of any tree belonging to this species which may be called “lofty ” or “ stately ” (loc. czt.), but the species is very little known, and should be further investigated. 10 RANGE. The type came from the Coast Range near Rockingham Bay, Queensland, near 18 deg. south latitude, and we do not certainly know it from any other locality. (QUEENSLAND. “Tree 15 or 20 feet high, rough bark.” Coast Range, Rockingham Bay (J. Dallachy). The type. AFFINITIES. - 1. With E. ptyechocarpa F.v.M. “ Approaches to #. ptychocarpa, with which it agrees in the size and shape of its fruit, but the latter is in no way lined with prominent longitudinal ridges, nor are the flowers provided with conspicuous stalklets.”’ (“ Eucalyptosraphia,’’ under EZ. Abergiana.) These ridges sharply separate the two species, which will be further compared when #. ptychocarpa is dealt with. 2. With EF. miniata A. Cunn. “ This species differs from #. Abergiana in narrower leaves, opaque on both sides, axillary solitary flower stalks, longitudinally angular calyces, longer anthers, larger fruits and seeds without any appendage.”’ (“* Hucalyptosraphia,’ under 2. Abergiana.) For E. miniata, see Plate 96, Part XXII. The obvious differences are elongated ribbed fruits of EH. miniata rarely urceolate as in #. Abergiana. The ribbing extends to the buds. The coarse inflorescence is séssile as to pedicels in both species. 3. With &. Watsoniana F.v.M. “#. Walsoniana again recedes in narrower leaves, equally coloured on other side, calyces with a varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid which over-reaches the orifice of the calyx- tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and unappendiculated seeds.”” (“« Eucalyptographia,’’ under £. Abergiana.) The differences of these two species will be dealt with in the next Part (under E. Watsoniana). 4. With E. corymbosa Sm. “ BE. corymbosa, which likewise occurs as far north as Rockingham Bay, is separated from FZ. Aber- giana by its narrower leaves, acute at the base, angular and more slender flower-stalks, smaller calyces provided with stalklets and not pale-coloured, a thinner and not obtuse lid, which separates by a distinct suture of the calyx, smaller fruits, more contracted upwards, and the lesser appendage of the seeds.”’ (“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under 2. Abergiana.) 11 And again “ If it were necessary to point out any differences of 2. corymbosa and EL. Abergiana, we need only allude again to the colour of the stamens ; —besides 2. corymbosa has its flowers and fruits smaller, the seeds wholly or nearly destitute of any appendage, and the seedlings purplish-hispid, with short-stalked elliptic opposite leaves; while #. Abergiana is still further removed by the want of stalklets of its flowers and by the larger and wider lid, although the seeds are here again conspicuously appendiculated.”’ (“ Eucalyptographia,”’ under Z. ficifolia.) For L. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162 in Part XXXIX. In that species, pedicels are present and the peduncles more slender. The buds and fruits are smaller and less coarse; the fruits of 2. Abergiana are less urceolate and the rims thicker. The foliage of H. Abergiana is coarser. 5. With EF. terminalis ¥.v.M. “ #. terminalis is distinguished in a similar manner from #. Abergiana as EB. corymbosa, except the seeds, but besides in the paler foliage, the leaves being of equal colour on both sides, necessitating stomata on each, and not merely on the underside as in #. Abergiana; thus also the latter, like all the species with only hypogenous stomata, forms a more shady tree, its leaves expanding more horizontally, whereas E. terminalis, like the majority of its congeners, turns its leaves more vertically.”’? (‘ Eucalyptographia,” under #. Abergiana.) Let us turn to Plate 164, Part XL, as regards figures of HE. terminalis. EL. terminalis (so far as we know) is the larger tree; H. Abergiana is stockier, and with thicker, coarser foliage. E. Abergiana has very short pedicels or none, while the fruits of HL. ternunalis ave cylindroid rather than urceolate. 6. With E. calophylla R.Br. “ B. Abergiana can be separated from H#. calophylla and E. terminalis by the want of stalklets of its calyces, and from the latter besides by the broader and above dark-green leaves.’? (* Hucalyptographia,” under H. corymbosa). This will be referred to when ZH. calophylla is reached. 12 DE SCKIPTION: CCXXVI. EF. pachyphylla F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc. ii, 98 (1859). THE description may be translated in the following words :— Shrubby, with angular young branches, and alternate leaves on moderately long petioles, thickly coriaceous, ovate, or lanceolate-ovate, acuminate, hardly unequal-sided, not perforate, finely penniveined, the peripheral vein remote from the margin; with axillary umbels irregularly 3-flowered, the peduncles and pedicels very short. Flowers not known. The tube of the fruiting-calyx depressed-hemispherical, with four distinct ribs and more indistinct ones, with raised margins, the capsules 4- to 5-celled, convex at tho top, with somewhat exserted valves, the fertile seeds with narrow wings, rather light-coloured. Hab. Ina sandy desert at Hooker’s Creek (Northern Territory). Flowering time, autumn. Shrub of the height of a fathom or slightly higher. Leaves mostly 14 to 2} inches long, opaque in dry specimens. Flowers not known. Fruits 6 to 8 lines in diameter, the margin just produced above the valves. Fertile seeds with the wings added 14 lines long. Near to H. alpina. It will be observed that the flowers were unknown to the original describer, and that the “‘ peduncles and pedicels (are) very short.’’ It was then described by Bentham in B.FI. iii, 237. Inter alia the fruits are described as nearly sessile. . Then Mueller figured it in “ Eucalyptographia,” but the plate, as regards the flowering and fruiting twig, is made up of more than one plant; in other words it is in part an accidental fake. The material of this species in the Melbourne Herbarium had in course of years, from Mueller’s time onwards, become a good deal mixed up. Recently Prof. Ewart forwarded the whole of it to me for examination. “I am satisfied that in the “ Eucalyptographia ” plate the leaves and fruits belong to the type, although a peduncle is not shown and the pedicels are shown too long (see figs. 1 and 2, Plate 171, of the present work). ~ The buds and flowers in the “‘Hucalyptographia” plate do not belong to the type. They really came from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range (H. Giles). Then come my notes on the species in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 507 (1918), from which the following notes are extracted :— In Ewart and Davies’ “Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 306 (1917), | indicated that I believe this is a valid species, and that my EH. pyriformis Turez., var, minor (present work, Part XVII, pages 232 and 235) should merge init. I desire to draw attention to this species, which is in some confusion. 13 Bentham, as stated, described the species, but he pointed out the madequacy of the material, and even doubted if it should be given specific rank. In Fragm. x, 5 (1876), Mueller recorded it from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory (2. Giles), and described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) for the first time. He indicated its true affinity to H. pyriformis. Mueller then figured the species in his “ Eucalyptographia,” and as usual he missed the opportunity of figuring the type. From Tanami, western Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 206, 1914), I have received both FH. pachyphylla (resembling No. 371) and a small-flowered E. pyriformas under the same number, and undoubtedly the species are closely related. _ Mueller’s “ Kucalyptographia ” plate of this rare species is misleading to the extent that it will cause most people to think that it correctly depicts his 2. pachy- phylla. As a matter of fact, it shows a multiflowered, pedicellate form. To put botanists on their guard, [ considered it at one time desirable to indicate the plant figured by Mueller as var. pedicellata. SYNONYMS. 1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden (in part). 2. FE. pachyphylla F.vy.M., var. pedicellata Maiden. 1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden in part. This work, Part XVII, p- 230, also Plate 75, figs. 5 and 6 (figs. 7a and 7b are HE. Oldfield F.v.M.). There was an unfortunate mix-up of material in the Melbourne Herbarium shortly after Mueller’s death, referred to at p. 12. 2. E. pachyphylla V.v.M., var. pedicellata Maiden in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 508 (1918). Misled by the original description (a) of the peduncles and pedicels as very short, (b) of Bentham’s description of the fruits as “ nearly sessile,” (c) by Mueller’s description of the flowers of the Glen of Palm specimens as “ nearly sessile ’” (having seen them I would call them “sessile ””), but particularly by (d) the upper part of the ‘* Eucalypto- graphia ” plate, where Mueller shows two clusters of buds and flowers sessile (the cluster of fruits has exaggerated pedicels), I looked upon the normal form as sessile, and, therefore, a form with pedicels as worthy of a varietal name, pedicellata. 1 now find that the normal state of the species is pedicellate, so that the variety pedicellata must fall, while a-variety sessilis has been proposed at p. 14. C 14 VARIETY. Var. sessilis var. nov. I have already shown that confusion has arisen in regard to the presence or absence of pedicels in this species. The pedicellate (normal) and non-pedicellate forms should, however, be distinguished by a name, and therefore | propose the name sesszlis for the latter. The specimens, Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory (E. Giles), may be taken as the type of the proposed variety (see figs. 4a to c, Plate 171). RANGE. (Of normal form, 7.e., with pedicellate inflorescence. ) NORTHERN TERRITORY. The sheet in Herb. Melb. labelled “ E. pachyphylla Kerd. Mueller, Hookez’s Creek, Dr. M.”’ and which refers to the type, consists of two leaves, together with loose pedi- cellate fruits, evidently the same as those figured in the “ Eucalyptographia”’ plate, but with shorter pedicels than figured therein. See figs. lu, 1b, Plate 171. They belong to the type. (1 would again remind my readers that the buds and flowers shown on the “ Rucalyptographia ” plate do not belong tc the type.) Small tree of 10 feet. Tanami, western Northern Territory, collected by Dr. H. I. Jensen (C. E. F. Allen, No. 206). Flowers only, shortly pedicellate. It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to separate these flowers from those labelled “ Sources of the Georgina River.” (JUEENSLAND. “EB. pachyphylla, F.v.M.,” Pituri Creek, a tributary of the Georgina River, Western Queensland (Alfred Henry, 1889). A few fruits only. See fig. 2, Plate 171. The fruit is a little smaller than that of the type. Linda Creek. [1 cannot trace this. Can it be the same as Lander Creek, a few lines below?] One fruit only. Shortly pedicellate; fig. 3, Plate 171, As compared with the type, this is of greater diameter and with more ribs on the calyx-tube. The following in fruit only :— A. “ Interior of 8.A.” (doubtless Northern Territory). Figured at 5a and 4b, Plate 75. B, 60 miles west of Camp IV, Lander Creek, Northern Territory, 22nd June, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 371). 15 Sessile, single, large-fruited form. A specimen in leaf and flower only, labelled by Mueller “ 2. pachyphylla ¥.v.M. (Strongylanthers), W. H. Cornish, 1885,” precisely matches the flowering specimen(Glen of Palms, #7. Giles) in the “Hucalyptographia” plate. Figured at 6a-6d, Plate 75. This is the plant referred to as from the Mulligan River, Western Queensland, this work, Part XVII, p. 235. RANGE (of var. sesseés var. nov.). NORTHERN ‘TERRITORY. “W. Austral. Expedition, Glen of Palms, E. Giles, 1872,” in Luehmann’s writing. “ Ti, pachyphylla ¥.M.” in Mueller’s writing. These specimens are in flower and bud only, are sessile, and are interesting because in Fragm. x, 5 (1876), Mueller first described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) from them. I look upon them as quite sessile, and they are depicted in Mueller’s “ Kucalyptographia ” plate (flowers and buds only). Glen of Palms is on the Finke River, just south of the Krichauff Range. It formed Camp 44, Horn Expedition. In the report of this Expedition, Botany, by Prof. R. Tate, at p. 158, he records Giles’ specimen, and also Krichauff Range (Kempe), a specimen to be presently referred to; also gorge of Reedy Creek, ravine on south side of Mt. Tate, on Mt. Sonder, all localities in the Macdonnell Ranges. The Rev. H. Kempe, the collector above referred to, was located at the Moravian Mission Station, Hermannsburg, on the northern side of the Finke River, and about 1 mile north of the Krichauff Range. It was abandoned as a Mission Station i the early “ nineties.” See Report, Horn Exped., p. 48. There is a survey of the Station and its surroundings in Mr, C. Winnecke’s Report of the Expedition. Immature (some slightly glaucous) fruits, Finke River (Kempe, 1880), are, as regards some of them, very fairly represented by 6b, Plate 75; fruits immature, but a little more advanced are figured herewith. Here we have a small fruited form. Leaves and ripe iruits, Finke River (Revd. W. Schwarz, 1886) are figured herewith. Mueller does not appear to have referred to these specimens anywhere. 15 miles west of Hugh River (a tributary of the Finke River), Macdonnell Ranges, N.T., 6th May, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 147). Glaucous early fruits, 40 miles west of Camp IV, Lander Creek, N.T. 21st June, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 361). Flowers with most of the stamens dropped. Still in the Macdonneli Ranges, at p. 35 of the Horn Expedition Report. we have “ June 17, 1894, Horn Exped., Camp 33. Deering Creek, height 2,210 feet. Travelled over sandridges covered with . . . . and Mallee (Hucalyptus pachyphylla) “ Bush, 8-12 feet high, on sand plain 9 miles N.E. of the permanent water of Winnecke’s on the Marshall.”’ (Lieut. Dittrich.) 16 Luehmann’s label is ““N. of McDonnell Range, Plenty River, Marshall River, Milne River, Lake Nash (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886).’’ Mueller labelled it H. pachyphylla. Plenty River near 8. lat. 23, unites with the Sandover River to form the Marshall or Hay River (N.T.). The Milne River runs into the Herbert River near the Northern Territory-Queensland boundary in 21° 8. lat. Lake Nash is near the Northern Territory—Queensland border near 21° 8. lat. 138° long. The material consists of a few loose buds and fruits, buds with pedicels on short peduncles, and with sharply pointed opercula and sharp, almost winged ribs, sharper than figured in Plate 75 or in the “ Eucalyptographia.” The fruits (fig. 6, Plate 171) sessile. (These fruits very — well match the sessile flowers figured in the “ Eucalyptographia. ”) (YUEENSLAND. Labelled pachyphylla by F.v.M. :— 1. Sources of the Georgina River (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886). Flowers and buds only. 2. Dense bushes, 10-15 feet high, Spinifex sand plains, 27 miles west of the Rankin River, lat. 202 277 24"—=— (a) Flowers with short pedicels and moderately ribbed opercula very pointed. (6) Buds, with label (as above), but buds rather more pedicellate. Both (a) and (6) show how difficult 1t is to frame a character on the length of the pedicel. They certainly connect with the Tanami specimens. jf The Georgina River of Western Queensland has its principal source in the Barkly Tableland, and receives the Lorne and Rankin’s Creeks from the Northern Territory. In the “ New Atlas of Australia ” (1886), the Rankin and the Lorne are shown as the same stream, In 20-21° §. lat., near the Queensland border. These Queensland specimens collected by Lieut. Dittrich in 1886, for Mueller, were obtained near the Northern Territory—Queensland border, and on the same trip as those collected by the same traveller and recorded under Northern Territory. Arranging them geographically under two States is merely a matter of convenience. MEE IIN IVES). 1. With £. alpina Lindl. “Near to H. alpina” (original description). (See Part IX, Plate 41, for 2. alpina.) The anthers of the two species are totally different. #. alpina is a rather broad-leaved small tree of mountain tops of a restricted range in Victoria. The buds and fruits of LZ. alpina may be described as warted; the ridges, where present, are not as well defined as in HL, pachyphylla, he fruits are different, though sometimes possessing a resemblance, 17 2. E. cosmophylla F.v.M. “In some respects they ” (the imperfect specimens of ZL. pachyphylla) “ resemble E. cosmophylla and its allies, but the fruit, the seeds, and perhaps the inflorescence are different (B. Fl i, 237). Let us turn to Part XXI, Plate 91, for 2. cosmophylla. In E. cosmophylla the flowers are usually in threes, and the calyx-tubes have usually one rib and the opercula none at all. The fruits differ a good deal, and the anthers still more. H. cosmophylla attains the size of a fairly large tree. 3. With EF. pyriformis Turez. This was first indicated by Mueller in Fragm. x, 5. “ B. pachyphylla approaches the variety pruinosa of E. pyriformis [such a variety has never been technically defined.—J. H.M. ], but its flowers and fruits are much smaller, almost devoid of a general flower stalk (peduncle), and crowded to the number of about seven together (“ Eucalyptographia ” under 4. pyrijormis). For E. pruinosa Turcz., see this work, Part XVII, pp. 230-1. I have not seen the species, but Mueller says E. pachyphylla only “ approaches ” it. There seems no doubt that both Mueller and I are correct in pointing out the affinity of EB. pachyphylla to H. pyriformis, and I went so far as to make the former a variety of the latter. Compare figures 5 and 6 (#. pachyphylla) with the rest of the figures on Plates 75 and 76 (HZ. pyriformis). The anthers are similar, and the chief differences lie in the size of the fruits and in the length of calyx-tube or at least pedicel. ? 4. With E. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. The affinity of HZ. pachyphylla is, however, closer to this variety, but they differ, as regards the larger buds and fruits; the longer petioles and pedicels; the more pointed opercula; the ribs deeper, almost winged and more numerous, of var. Kingsmullt. 5. With E. Oldfieldii F.v.M. E. Oldfieldii is under revision, but Part XVII, p. 223, may be turned to, and figs. 11, Plate 73, and figs. 1 and 2, Plate 74, consulted. All these are close to the type. Both species are Mallees, but in #. Oldfieldii the fruits are in threes, with no ribbing on either calyx-tube or operculum, and the rim of the fruit is domed. Fig. 7, Plate 75 (Burracoppin), which I attributed to B. pyriformis var. minor (and specifically identical with Z. pachyphylla), of which fruits and a few leaves are alone available, is a form of HF. Oldfieldii, with comparatively long stout pedicels. I have a note on it in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., hi, 455. 18 DESCRIPTION. CXIV. EF. pyriformis Turczaninow. Tue following new variety, originally published in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., ln, 508 (1918); is figured in the present work for the first time (see also p. 229, Part XVII). BE. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilla Maiden. A shrub, or small tree attaining a height of about 20 feet, with rough bark on the trunk, the upper branches being smooth. The crimson flower-buds give the tree a most ornamental appearance. Juvenile leayes (not seen in their earliest stage, 7.¢., not quite opposite, but earlier than I have ever seen them in any form of FH. pyriformis) narrow-lanceolate, say 4-6 cm. long and 1 cm. in the widest part, with petioles of about 1cm. Equally pale green on both sides, venation not conspicuous, the secondary veins ab an angle of about 45° with the midrib. Mature leaves apparently not different from those of the normal form of HZ. pyriformis. Flowers in an umbel usually of three, with a rounded or flattened peduncle of about 4 cm., with pedicels of half that length. Anthers as in E. pyriformis. Buds with calyx-tubes nearly hemispherical and about 2 cm. in diameter. The operculum continued into an almost pungent point. Both calyx-tube and operculum covered with about cight thih prominent wings, about 4 mm. deep, giving the buds a remarkable appearance. The style about 1-5 cm. long, persistent, with the stigma of scarcely increased diameter; Dise at first concave, with a sharp raised inner ring flush with the top of the calyx-tube, which continues to grow upward, and at the same time expanding outwards, completely absorbing the concave cavity (noted in the early stages of its growth), until it reaches a height of 3-4 mm. above the level of the truncate calyx rim. Fruit nearly hemispherical, 2-5 cm. in diameter, with eight prominent wings; these and the remainder of the calyx-tube (calycine rim) raised about the staminal ring. This bizarre and showy variety, which promises to be an interesting addition to gardens in semi- tropical districts of low rainfall, is named in honour of the Hon. William Kingsmill, M.L.C., who has for many years taken a most active interest in forestry matters in Western Australia, and who has frequently assisted my botanical work for that State. 19 RANGE, Confined to Western Australia as far as we know. From the East Murchison to Lake Way. The type from close to a mining camp called Mount Keith, about 160 miles north of Leonora (W. Kingsmill, July, 1918). I subsequently received the following specimen from the National Herbarium, Melbourne (Prof. Ewart). “ Bush of 10 feet.” Upper Ashburton River (W. Cuthbert- son, 1888). This is the variety Aingsmilli but with peduncles and pedicels shorter and fruits smaller than in the type. Me PINT TY: With £. pachyphylla F.v.M. (see p. 17). 20 DESCRIPTION. XCII, E, Oldfieldit F.v.M. In Fragm. 1, 37 (1860). FoLLOWING is a translation of the original :— A shrub, leaves alternate with rather long petioles, ovate or narrow lanceolate, thick, coriac2o0us the same colour on both sides, slightly curved, imperforate, faintly and spreadingly veined, peripheral vein fairly distant from the edge, wmbels shortly pedunculate, 2- or 3-flowered, the almost hemispherical oper- culum narrowed into a short umbo slightly longer than the semi-globular tube of the subsessile calyx, the very convex top of the frwit broadly encircling the capsule, calyx-tube exangular, hemispherical, the vertex of the 3- or 4-celled capsule pyramidal and exsert, seeds without wings. In sandy plains near the Murchison River—A. Oldfield. A shrub 4-5 feet high. Bark red, with loose flakes. Branchlets angled, the older ones terete. Leaves shining, 24-5 inches long, }-14 inches broad at the lower part. Peduncles 1} up to a few lines long, thickened at the base. Buds 4-5 lines long, wrinkled. Fruits not broader than } inch; twbe hemispherical, margin 2 lines broad. Valves or either the exsert part of the capsule itself 14 lines long, almost deltoid. Seeds sterile, 2-1 line long; the fertile ones hardly more than a line long and blackish. It was described in English by Bentham in B. FI. ii, 237, and figured and described by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia.”’ Notes supplementary to the description. It has an ovoid operculum usually more or less rostrate. Its juvenile foliage is petiolate and ovate, not broad, with the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. I have not seen it in its earliest stage. It is a stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. It is not a timber tree. The anther will be found figured at fig. 9, Plate 171. It will be seen that it is practically identical with that of H. pyriformis (fig. 9, Plate 171), belonging to a group named by Mueller Strongylanthere. RANGE. It is confined to Western and South Australia. Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia ’’) gives its range as from Champion Bay to the Murchison River in Western Australia, but the localities about to be quoted show that it extends to the Hastern gold-fields and to the South Australian border. For a number of Western Australian localities, see Part XVII, p. 223, of the present work. It is a species often obviously passed over as “ Mallee,” and we require additional localities in order to properly map out its distribution. WESTERN AUSTRALIA (ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES). About 4 miles north of Menzies (C. E. Lane Poole, No. 282). Bruce Rock to Merriden (Dr. F. Stoward, Nos. 16, 36). “Mallee,” Tammin (C. H. Ostenfeld, No. 512). Comet Vale (J. T. Jutson, Nos. 242, 250). SoutH AUSTRALIA. “Camp 10, 8.A., Elder Exploring Expedition. 27th June, 1891. 15 feet high.” (R. Helms.) On the official map it is stated that some Mallee was found in the vicinity of this camp, which is in South Australia, in, say, 27° 60’ S. lat. and 131° long. E. JEJE ION TIEIUB:S), 1. With FE. Drummondii F.v.M. “ The close affinity of E. Oldfieldii to E. Drummondii remains to be noted. So far as I can judge from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter exist than the smaller size of the leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively greater length of the flower-stalks and stalklets ; but such differences are not in every other case of specific value, and as the bud and ripe fruit remained hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet possible. If #. Drwmmondii should prove a mere variety, as seems likely . . . .” (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,’’ under 2. Oldfieldit.) E. Oldfieldii differs from E. Drummondii in the sessile inflorescence which is arranged in triads (or when pedicellate), the pedicels are very stout and shorter than those of EH. Drwmmondii) and in different shaped buds and fruits, as will be seen by comparing Plate 73 (fig. 11) and Plate 74 (figs. 1 and 2) for #. Oldfieldi with Plate 74 (figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) for H. Drummondii. The former is a Mallee, and the latter a small tree. 2. With E. Ewartiana Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. liu, p. 111 (1919). This will be dealt with when Z. Ewartiana is reached. Additional affinities have been dealt with in Part XVII, p. 225, Db 22 DESCRIPTION: COXX VII, EF. Drummondit Bentham. In B.FI. i, 237 (1866). Leaves from ovate oblong to lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate, under 3 inches long, very thick, with very fine close parallel veins, very diverging or almost transverse, but scarcely conspicuous, the intra- marginal one close to the edge. Peduncles axillary or lateral, } to 14 inches long, terete or nearly so, each bearing an umbel of 3 to 6 rather large flowers on terete pedicels often 4 inch long. Calyzx-tube broadly hemispherical, hard and smooth, 4 to 5 lines diameter. Operculum conical, rather broader and consider- ably longer than the calyx-tube. Stamens about 4 inch long, inflected in the bud; anthers rather small, ovate, with distinct parallel cells. Disk very broad, nearly flat, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, of which the obtusely conical centre protrudes about 1 or 14 lines above the disk at the time of flowering. Fruit unknown. The fruit was unknown to Bentham when he described 2. Drummondi in B.FI. i, 237, and apparently Mueller only saw the young fruits. They will be found at fig. 7, Plate 74. Juvenile foliage petiolate, ovate, intramarginal vein close to edge (specimens of O. H. Sargent, near York, W.A.), but neither it nor the anthers figured until figs. 10-12, Plate 171, of the present part. SYNONYM. E. Oldfieldii F.v.M., var. Drummondii Maiden, at Part XVII, p. 228, of the present work. Mueller, in “ Kucalyptographia,” under /. Oldfieldiz, uses the following words :— So far as I can judge from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter (as regards H. Oldfieldii) exist than the smaller size of the leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively greater length of the flower stalks and stalklets, but such differences are not in every case of specific value, and as the bud and ripe fruit remained hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet possible. If Z. Drummondii should prove a mere variety, as seems likely Mueller continued to hold the opinion that LZ. Drummondii was not distinct from EL. Oldfieldit, for he omitted it from his Census. Imuehmann (Proc. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, vii, 532, 1898) writes: “ BE. Drummondii seems a variety of this (2, Oldfield), being smaller in all its parts,” 23 After consideration, in Part XVII of the present work, I constituted 2. Drummondii as a variety of B. Oldfieldii as already stated, adopting Drummond’s No. 86 (the type of EL. Drummondii) as the type for the variety. 1 am now of opinion that E. Drummond is a valid species. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia. As in the case of so many other of Drummond’s specimens, we do not know precisely their localities, but inasmuch as it has only been certainly found since from the York district, we have an indication of Drummond’s locality, and I would urge systematic search for the species. Local observers are now aware that it has long been confused with HL. Lane-Poolei (a species to which it is more closely related than H. Oldfieldii), and this should facilitate search. Drummond’s No. 86. The inflorescence varies in size somewhat in various specimens. Figured at 3 and 6, Plate 74. The following specimen matches the type absolutely :— Small tree of about 20 feet. Trunk and branches smooth, whitish buff, with a few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark. Leaves dull green. Growing in light, humous soil, mixed with ironstone gravel. Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 266). (Figured at 5 and 7, Plate 74.) Also St. Ronan’s Well, near York (C. E. Lane Poole). The following specimens have been examined :— No. 86 (Drummond), Herb. Cant. and Herb. Oxon. The former in bud (one), but mostly early fruit. The latter mostly in bud and flower, and a little early fruit. AFFINITIES. 1. With #. Oldfieldii F.v.M. See p. 21. 2. With FE. Lane-Poolei Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. liu, p. 107, (1919). This is its closest affinity, and will be dealt with when #. Lane-Poolei is reached, 2a. 6a. 6a. 2a. 3a. 24 Explanation of Plates (168-171). PLATE 168. E. latifolia F.v.M. Juvenile orbicular leaf. Not quite in the alternate stage, but the youngest leaf I have seen. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 464.) Mature leaf; 20, large corymbose panicle, showing buds, flowers, and very young fruits; 2c, front and back views of anther; 2d, fruits of varying size and shape. Bathurst Island. (G. F. Hill, No. 469.) Immature fruit, markedly urceolate. Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 357.) Mature and starved fruits. Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, Darwin to Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) Mature fruits with remarkably slender peduncles and pedicels ; the leaves comparatively small. Darwin to Roper River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) Mature leaf; 6b, immature fruits. McKinlay Flats, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) PLATE 169. E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See also Plate 170.) (At back), portion of a large juvenile leaf (the original is 15 by 11 inches, and even larger were seen). Katharine River, Northern Territory. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) Small, scarcely urceolate fruits, attached to a mature leaf 20 to 16 cm. Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) . Mature leaf; 3b, immature buds; 3c, immature fruit. McKinlay River Flats. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) 4a. Twig, bearing buds and flowers; 46, front and back views of anthers; 4c and 4d, fruits, views end-on and in elevation. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller). Mature fruits of the large or typical form, near Darwin. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) Mature leaf; 6b, unusually oblong leaf; 6c, small, mature fruit. Track to Katharine River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) PLATE 170. E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See Plate 169.) (The lanceolar-leaved form.) Twig with long lanceolar leaf and flat-topped opercula (compare fig. 4a, Plate 169). ‘* North Coast”? (Northern Territory). Robert Brown, ‘“‘ Iter Australiense, 1802-5.”’ Twig with shorter lanceolar leaf and fruits; 20, fruit, end view. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller, by whom the specimen was sent to the Calcutta Herbarium). Small lanceolar leaf, comparable in size and shape with that of 6a, Plate 169. (Note the straight insect markings, parallel to the secondary veins. They have also been observed in Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M., but apparently not previously recorded); 30, small fruits; 3c, winged seeds. Between Cullen River and Woolgni, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 418.) The lanceolar-leaved form of this species is referred to at pp. 5 and 6. It would appear that a variety name for this form would not be justified in the present state of our knowledge, for comparing Plates 170 and 169, it will be observed that there is much variation in the shape of the leaves of the species. Further, if the fruits be compared, e.g., the small fruits, fig. 3b (Plate 170) with the small fruits 2 (Plate 169), and the large fruits, fig. 2a and 26 (Plate 170) with the large fruits of fig. 5 (Plate 169), it will be seen that small and large fruits occur in both the typical and lanceolar-leaved forms. 4a. ba. la. 4a, 5a. 8a. 11. 12. 25 PLATE 170—continued. EB. Abergiana F.v.M. Twig with leaf, buds, and flowers; 4b, fruit, with a very short pedicel, from the drawing of the type in Mueller’s “ Hucalyptographia.”’ Mature leaf (rather broader than any leaf depicted by Mueller’s artist); 5b, immature bud; 5c, anthers in different positions; 5d, fruit (rather more sessile than depicted by Mueller’s artist). Rockingham Bay, Queensland. (J. Dallachy.) Both 4 and 5 drawn from the type. PoALE 17a: E. pachyphylla F.v.M. Leaf; 10, fruit. Hooker’s Creek, Northern Territory. (Mueller.) Type of the species (N.B., the fruits drawn in “ Eucalyptographia’’ have the pedicels too long and the peduncle is not shown). Fruit from Pituri Creek, see p. 14. (A. Henry, 1889). From the Melbourne Herbarium. Not far removed from the type. Note the pedicels in both cases. Fruit, Linda Creek (see p. 14). From Melbourne Herbarium. Note the articulation of the peduncle to the single pedicel. Var. sessilis var. nov. Sessile head of buds; 46, underside view of the same, showing an annulus or disc; 4c, side-view of disc. The disc represents morphologically a fusion of pedicels, seated on a scarcely perceptible peduncle ; 4d, views of anther. Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Ranges, “‘ W.A. Expedition, 1872”? (E. Giles). These are the same buds as those figured in the H. pachyphylla plate in the “ Eucalypto- eraphia.” Ripe fruits (showing annulus); 5b, immature fruit. Dalhousie Springs (Finke River, 1880). (Rev. H. Kempe). From Melbourne Herbarium. Leaf and fruits. North of Macdonnell Ranges (Plenty River district). (Lieut. Dittrich.) From Melbourne Herbarium. See p. 16. Fruits. Finke River. (Rev. W. Schwarz, 1886.) From Melbourne Herbarium. See p. 15, E. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmalli Maiden. Mature leaf; 8b, the broadest leaf I have seen, but not in the juvenile stage; 8c, flowers, showing the slender peduncles and pedicels; 8d, anthers; 8¢, side-view of operculum. Note the dark spot which represents the aperture into the apex of the operculum into which the style and stigma are inserted as into a sheath or case; 8/, flower-bud, showing the shortest operculum and pedicel seen; 8g, immature fruit; 8h, perfectly ripe fruit. All from New England to Mt. Keith (about 160 miles north of Leonora, W.A. (Hon. W. Kingsmill, M.L.C.) The type. EB. Oldjieldii F.v.M. . Anthers. Mingenew, W.A. (J.H.M.) For the remainder of the drawings of E. Oldfieldii, see Plate 73, Part XVII. fig. 11, and Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2. E. Drummondii Benth. Juvenile leaf. Near York, W.A. (O. H. Sargent.) Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (0. H. Sargent.) Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (0. H. Sargent.) Note some variation in Nos. 11 and 12. For the remainder of the drawings of Z. Drummondii, see Plate 74, Part XVII, figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10. = Bile NEE TRY The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ”* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Dctails in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one, The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn, (xlviii), melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). acmenioides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys K.v.M. (xxxviil). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). maicrotheca F.v.M. (lii). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). Baueriana Schauer (lvii). odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xh). Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (Iviii). oleosa F.v.M. (Lx). Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). paniculata Sm. (vill). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). pilularis Sm. (Xxx1). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv), piperita Sm. (xxxill). Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). Planchoniana ¥F.v.M. (xxiv). Caleyi Maiden (lv). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propingua Deane and Maiden (lxi). coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). f punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). crebra F'.v.M. (lil). resinsfera Sm. (iil). dives Schauer (x1x). rostrata Schlecht. (1xii). fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). rubida Deane and Maiden (xii). gigantea Hook. f. (li). saligna Sm. (iv). goniocalyx F.v.M. (v). siderophloia Benth. (xxxix). hemastoma Sm. (xxxvii). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi), Steberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). longifolia Link and Otto (il). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). Luehmanniana F.v.M, (xxvi). (=E. virgata). tereticornes Sm. (x1). macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vitrea R. T, Baker (xxiii). melanophloia ¥.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price Is, per part (10s. per 12 parts); each part containing 4 plates and other illustrations. Sydney ; William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer. —1920. met ect Perea | A sips Perea a | a Aa Ba a va) Mia ch eee y PL. 168. CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. EUCALYPTUS LATIFOLIA F.v.M. 169. PL. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. Se ne ee eet —<— = SSS. — oo mre = ; VF eee Serer M. FlocKfon.del. et ith. [See also Plate 170.] EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. bc, CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. (The lanceolar-leaved form.) E. ABERGIANA F.v.M. (1-8) [See also Plate 169.] (4, 5) CrIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. PL. 171. M.Flockfon. del.ef hith- EUCALYPTUS PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. (1-8) var. sessilis. (4-7). E. PYRIFORMIS TURCZ var. Kingsmilli MAIDEN. (8). E. OLDFIELDII F.v.M. (9). [See also Plate 73, fig. 11, and Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2.] F. DRUMMONDII Bentu. (10-12). [See also Plate 74, figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10.] od . —, Ms Sant a | fe i DESCRIPTION. COXXVII. E. eximia Schauer. In Walpers’ Repertorium ii, 925 (1843). Fotiow1ne is a translation of the original :— Rigid, with firm lanceolate leaves narrowed into a petiole, long, acute, smooth on both sides and sub-opaque, covered with small black dots, imperforate, without veins; the terminal panicle composed of very many—about six-flowered heads with long peduncles; peduncles compressed, somewhat two-edged ; operculum coriaceous, convex, umbonate, after expansion sometimes with the hinge of the operculum as if adherent to the obconical wrinkled-angular calyx-tube (and the remaining parts ?) glaucous-hoary, finally smooth shining. Leaves half a foot long and longer, about an inch broad. Flowers showy, 6 lines long; stamens elongated, white. Collected in New Holland in former days by Ferd. Bauer. It was described by Bentham in B.FI. iu, 258, as follows :— . Leaves faleate-lanceolate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long, with numerous veins, fine and parallel, but scarcely visible owing to the thick coriaceous texture. Flowers several together, closely sessile in heads, which are usually arranged on thick angular or flattened peduncles, in terminal corymbs or panicles. Calyx-tube thick, obconical, somewhat angular, much tapering at the base, 3 to 4 lines long. Operculum broadly conical or shortly acuminate, always much shorter than the calyx-tube, and double, as in EZ. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens till the flower is ready to open. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers ovate-oblong, the cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary short, flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, 3 to 1 inch long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. It is described and figured by Mueller in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia.” Caley, at the beginning of the 19th century, called it “ Snuff-coloured Bark Eucalyptus,” which is descriptive, but, it seems to me, it gives an idea that the bark is browner than it really is. The colour of the bark is a dirty yellow. By Sydney people this is variously known as ‘‘ Mountain Bloodwood,” “ Yellow Bloodwood,” and ‘“ Rusty Gum.” It is called “ Bloodwood” partly because kino exudes in the concentric circles of the wood (which kino, by the way, cannot be mistaken for that of E. corymbosa). Baron von Mueller states (“‘ Eucalyptographia ” ), following Dr. Woolls, I find, that it sometimes goes by the name of * Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” but I have not heard it so called. The purple (plum violet) of the young foliage is a very conspicuous object, and it has long been known that it contains a small percentage of caoutchouc, as does that of the common Sydney Bloodwood (EF. corymbosa). Mr, W. F. Blakely noted that the young shoots in the Hornsby-Galston district (near Hawkesbury River) distinctly smell of oil of lemon (February, 1918). 28 Bentham (B.FI. i, 258), speaking of the operculum, says ““ . . . double, as in #. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens til the flower is ready to open.” Mueller follows the matter up in the “‘ Kucalyptographia,” but I think it will be best to deal with the morphology of the opercula (which involves consideration of a number of species), when dealing with the morphology of the genus in the second portion of this work. DOUBTFUL SYNONYM. E. elongata Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. ii, 30 (1822). Following is a copy of the original :— “223. E. elongata. Fol. lanceolatis attenuatis acumine subfiliformi reticulatim venosis. Hab. in Australia. T. Fol: pet. 8” longo lamina 4-5’ lga. 10’-1’ lata coriacea. Non floruit.” A specimen in the Vienna Herbarium labelled “ Eucalyptus elongata Link, Ferd. Bauer, Herb. Bauer” is H. eximia Schauer. On the other hand, we have the species rather more fully described in DC. Prod. i1, 222, as follows :— § “49. HB. elongata (Link 1.c.) foliis alternis lanceolatis attenuatis acumine sub- filiformi reticulatim venosis coriaceis. In Nov. Hollandia. Folii petiolus 8 lin. longus, lamina 4-5 poll. longa 10-12 lin. lata. An forte eadem ac F. cornuta aut potius E. persicifolia? (v.s. sine fl. ex hort. Berol). A single leaf, from the Prodromus Herbarium (from M. Casimir De Candolle) has the following label :— (Manu Ottonis), “* Eucalyptus elongata Lk. En.” (Manu Seringe1), “ Jardin de Berlin Mr. Otto, 1826.” (Manu DC. i1), “* An cornuta? persicifolia?”’ It is not H. eximia. I would not like to state its origin at present. EH. elongata Link, in Otto's handwriting, was written by the collaborator of Link in much botanical work, RANGE. The collection of the type is credited to Ferdinand Bauer, as is the case with other specimens collected by Robert Brown, but forming part of a collection of Bauer's (who was Sir Joseph Banks’s artist attached to Brown), which found its way to the Vienna Herbarium. Brown described it and gave it a name, but, like so many of Brown’s descriptions of Eucalyptus, it never saw the light. The type came from the Grose River, New South Wales. | 29 Bentham gives “ Banks of the River Grose, R. Brown, and (lower) Blue Mountains, Miss Atkinson.” Mueller (‘‘ Eucalyptographia”’) adds Bent’s Basin (Woolls), which is on the Nepean, about 22 miles south of its junction with the Grose. The Dogwood Creek, Queensland, specimens, collected by Leichhardt and referred to in the “* Kucalyptographia,” under EL. eximia, are EB. peltaia F.v.M. It seems to be confined to the sandstone of eastern-centra! New South Wales, its most southerly recorded locality being Jervis Bay, and northerly one Howe’s Valley, near Singleton, while the most westerly. locality is Springwood, in the lower Blue Mountains (1,200 feet). Southern localities. —A specimen in Herb. Cant., Ex herb. Lind]., labelled, “‘ 7 feet high, P. Jarvis, Fraser” (Jervis Bay, Fraser died in December, 1831) is H. eximia. Another specimen, labelled ‘‘ Kucalyptus sp., height 50 feet, flowers in September, Port Jervis” (Jervis Bay) (Fraser), in Herb, Oxon. is this species. The next most southerly locality recorded is Shoalhaven River (Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, W. Forsyth and A. A. Hamilton). It is remarkable that it has never been recorded from Jervis Bay since Fraser’s time, nor between Jervis Bay and the Shoalhaven. Yalwal, 18 miles from Nowra, Shoalhaven district (R. H. Cambage). Picton Lakes (R. H. Cambage). It is obvious that we want more collecting over southern localities for this species. A large tree of this species used to be in Government House Grounds, just inside ‘the gates. It was demolished during the widening of Macquarie-street, in 1913. It may have been an original specimen of the Sydney flora, still preserved to some extent in the Outer Domain, but I doubt it. Western lecalities.—V ery common about Glenbrook and Blaxland, but was not _ observed beyond Springwood. October is the usual flowering time for this species, but the evidence available on 12th November last went to show that, with but few exceptions, it did not flower last spring; and it is worthy of note that it flowered profusely in 1900 and 1902, but was almost destitute of flowers in 1901 (vide these Proceedings, 1902, p. 206). Many of the trees were rendered attractive in November by the display of purple foliage on the young shoots. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxx, 199, 1905). Mulgoa (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M.). ‘“‘ This is the ‘ Mountain Bloodwood.’ The bark is generally different intexture from the other. It 1s not so thick, and looks more like the kark of a Mahogany or Woolly Butt.” Near Bent’s Basin (Rev. Dr. Woolls). “ Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” specimen from cliffs near Bent’s Basin( W. Woolls). Bent’s Basin, only on the sandstone ridge (J.H.M.). Bent’s Basin is on the Nepean River, a few miles south of Penrith. 30 Following are two historical specimens. They are co-types. “ Banks of the Grose.” Robert Brown, 1802-5. (Presented by J. J. Bennett at the 1876 distribution from the British Museum, No. 4776.) ‘“‘Snuff-coloured bark Eucalyptus, Grose, September, 1804, F2.” ‘(George Caley.) (Pzesented by British Museum through Dr. A. B, Rendle, No. 42.) (Grose Head on other specimens. ) Grose’s Head was a name originally given by Caley himself. There isa reference to its use by Bligh on 31st October, 1807 (Hist. Rec. Aust. vi, 145), who speaks of it as ‘ A high, commanding situation called Grose’s Head.” The name is several times used by Blaxland in his “ Journal of a Tour of Discovery Across the Blue Mountains in the year 1813.’ One of the references is that at Glenbrook Lagoon, “ the high land of Grose Head appeared before them at about 7 miles distance, bearing north by east.” Mr. Alexander Wilson told me that Grose Head is a bluff at the junction of Burralow Creek and Grose River (a few miles from the junction of the latter with the Nepean), parish of Burralow, county of Cook. Mr. R. H. Camtage and I, in 1906, saw it when we ascended the Grose River from the Nepean. We could only progress about 5 miles from the Nepean junction to the head of navigation. We then came to large sandstone boulders, but could hardly progress a short distance over them, and continued progress was impossible. Looking up the stream, the fine bluff of Grose Head was the prominent feature of the landscape. It is easy to suppose that Caley saw it from this position. Northern Iccalities.—Between 17-19 mile-posts, Galston road, Hornsby (W. F. Blakely’. At the Linnean Society's excursion of the 27th April, 1889, numerous - individuals, including some very fine trees, of this species were found at the junction of the Berowra Creek with the Hawkesbury River. This was the most northerly locality known for a number of years. (Henry Deane and J.H.M.) I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Blakely for the following notes on the occurrence of this species between Hornsby and Hawkesbury River, including its association with E. sqwamosa Deane and Maiden :— There are several fine belts of this species on the eastern and north-eastern spurs of the rugged sandstone country along Berowra Creek, from the Galston Valley, on the Galston road between the 17-19 mile-posts, to Brooklyn on the Hawkesbury River; and also in similar situations in various places throughout the Kuring-gai Chase; namely, on the Gibberygong track, Kuring-gai Chase boundary line, 2 miles east of Hornsby; Bobbin Head (plentiful); along the Chase road to Mt. Colah (two patches); close to railway line at Kuring-gai, Berowra, Cowan and Hawkesbury River stations. It is also common at various points along Cowan Creek. or instance, fine specimens are to be seenat Windybanks and at Jerusalem Bay. On the Pittwater side of the Chase there is a patch of it towards the head of Cowan Creek. It is interesting to note that besides occupying the highest points in the strip of country between Manly and Brooklyn, #. eximia descends to the sea-level, attaining its greatest development on the lower levels, but some really good specimens are met with at considerably high elevations. 31 ASSOCIATION WITH KE. CoRYMBOSA SM. AND E. squaAmosA DEANE AND MAIDEN. E. eximia is often associated with 2. corymbosa and EB. squamosa, but to a limited extent. It usually prefers the well-drained rugged, often precipitous ridges, with a northerly or easterly aspect, as seen along the railway line near the Hawkesbury River station, while £. corymbosa prefers the better-class soils of the northern, eastern, and western slopes; also the medium soils interspersed with ironstone gravel of the flat, open forests, on the tops of ridges. On the other hand, 2. squamosa is usually confined to the moist tops and somewhat sour, swampy, elevated southern depressions. When these species meet, they do not penetrate beyond their ecological boundaries. In any case, EL. corymbosa is the most aggressive of the three, for it appears to have adapted itself to all sorts of environmental conditions. We now cross to the northern bank of the Hawkesbury River. Woy Woy and Hawkesbury River (Andrew Murphy). “‘ Pepper,” not Peppermint, is the Colo name, Hawkesbury River (a surveyor whose name I have forgotten). Maitland (Sawyer’s Gully), where it is known as Rock Apple. (R. H. Cambage.) APEINITIES. We are dealing in this Part with four Yellow-barks or Yellow-jackets. They all have palish timber (in contradistinction to reddish), viz., H. eximia, LH. peltata, E. Watsoniana, and E. trachyphloia, and have some affinities for that reason. They are contrasted at p. 47. . E. eximia is a member of the Corymbose, and Bentham (B.F/. ili, 199) places it nearest to H. maculata, giving the key. Flowers pedicellate in 3-flowered umbels ... EH. maculata. Flowers sessile, in heads... pe iy, ... HB. eximia. These are the only two species of the section he records as having a double operculum. Mueller’s views as to the affinities of Z. eximia will be given in his own order. 1. With #. Watsoniana F.v.M. E. eximia is closely related to E. Watsoniana, differing mainly in narrower leaves, in the smaller flowers without any stalklets, in the lid not exceeding the width of the calyx-tube, and in smaller fruits with not emerging or protruding disc. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under 2. eximia.) This is the only other Yellow-jacket with which Mueller contrasts it, and I will refer to the affinity under table at p. 47. 2. With F. Abergiana F.v.M. In its panicles it resembles H. Abergiana, but the leaves are almost sickle-shaped and not conspicuously darker above, the lid and calyx-tube are separated by a clear sutural line, and the seeds are not provided with a terminating membrane. (‘ Eucalyptographia,” under Z. eximia.) B 32 For EL. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI. The two species are sharply separated by the non-yellow bark, and the red timber of #. Abergiana. The mature foliage of that species is broader, the buds ovoid, and therefore the opercula non-conoid, the peduncles thicker and more distinctly articulate, the fruits larger and more woody, At the same time, we are not fully aware of the amount of variation in that species. 3. With FE. maculata Hook. f. E. eximia claims particularly close relationship to Z. maculata; but its distinctness is vindicated by the persistency and peculiarity of the bark, by the still finer venation of the leaves, by the flowers being of larger size and devoid of stalklets, by the less ready separation of the outer and inner lid from each other, by the petaloid whitish not shining inner but smoother and more lustrous lid, and by the larger fruits; the seedling state may also be different. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,” under #. eaimia.) ‘Mr. W. F. Blakely informed me, in February, 1918, that young shoots of E. eximia in the Hornsby, Sydney, district, distinctly smelled of oil of lemon: This indicates affinity to H. maculata var. citriodora, 1 will postpone further consideration of the contrasts until HL. maculata is reached in Part XLII. 4. With E. corymbosa Sm.-— ~~ Although called a Bloodwood tree, it differs widely from £. corymbosa, not only in some of the characteristics of its flowers and fruits, but also in foliage and bark, the latter being of more scaly texture and also smoother outside. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,”’- under E. eximia.) For E. corymbosa see Part XXXIX, Plates 161, 162. The latter has a hard, scaly, non-yellow bark, with red timber. Its flush of young foliage is reddish rather than purple, and its very young leaves are non-petiolate. The two species differ in the shape of the fruits, which have pedicels in E. corymbosa, which also bas its buds more clavate. DESCRIPTION. COXXIX. EF. peliata Bentham. In BF. iii, 254 (1866). FotLowine is the original description :— A tree with a dark, shining, brittle, flaky, but persistent bark (I. Mueller). Leaves from nearly orbicular to oblong-ovate, obtuse, rather large, peltately inserted on the petiole above their base, rusty-scabrous or glabrous or somewhat glaucous, with diverging but not close veins. Flowers rather large, nearly sessile in the umbels, which are arranged in oblong (or corymbose) terminal panicles, but not seen expanded. Calyx-tube obconical in the bud, about 3 lines long, smooth and shining. Operculum much shorter, obtusely conical or hemispherical. Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel cells. Fruit urceolate-globose, about 4 lines diameter, contracted above the deeply-sunk capsule, the rim thin, seeds (which I have not seen) smooth and not winged according to F. Mueller. It was figured and further described by Mueller in the “ Eucalyptographia.” A small or middle sized tree, with astraight trunk seldom above 15 feet long or more than 18 inches in diameter, with a spreading rather dense top (Johnson); foliage drooping, the greatest height of the whole tree about 30 feet (Tenison-Woods). Bark everywhere (all over the tree) persistent, lamellar, very brittle, somewhat shining and brownish or pale-yellowish, the colour of the bark having originated the curious vernacular of Yellow-jacket for this tree. (‘ Eucalyptographia.”’) In 1908, when I received a full suite of specimens from the Emerald District, misled by Bentham’ s description of the peltate juvenile leaves as mature ones, I thought it might be new, and carefully described it, but did not publish it. Following is the description of the juvenile leaves, made at the time :— Broadly lanceolate to orbicular, peltate (up to 10-15 cm. long and 3-5-4 cm. broad being common dimensions), symmetrical, the slightly flattened glaucous branch- lets and the midribs sparsely besprinkled with weak brown hairs, the tips of the branchlets densely heiry. Equally green on both sides, or but slightly paler on the under side, thin, petiolate, midrib distinct and slightly channelled, lateral veins irregularly curved, rather distant from each other, passing through a more parallel stage until they become feather- veined in the adult stage; the intramarginal vein at a considerable distance from the edge. Mature leaves of the ordinary lanceolate shape. I have since found that the peltate condition of leaves in Eucalyptus is more common than was at one time supposed, but a full discussion of this character may well be deferred until the Morphology portion of this work is reached. 34 Following is an excellent account of the tree :— Eucalyptus peltata is known around Alma-den as Yellow Jack, from the yellowish colour of the scaly bark, which is of much the same texture as that of the Bloodwood group, though perhaps a little more flaky. This rough scaly bark extends to the branchlets, the tips of which are angular, glabrous and yellowish. The timber is pale towards the outside of the tree, but dark brown near the centre. The fruits are slightly urceolate and the sessile buds are angular in dried specimens. The only peltate leaves seen were amongst the ovate, scabrous, “sucker” foliage. The adult leaves examined are glabrous and lanceolate, with a yellowish midrib, and are 5 to 6 inches long and one-quarter of an inch to 1 inch broad. The “sucker” stems are hispid. (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 407, 1915.) SYNONYMS. 1. E. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soc. iii, 95 (1859), but not of Lindley. 2. E. Leichhardtii Bailey. 3. E. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Ewart. 1. E. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soc. ui, 95 (1859). Following is a translation of the original :— A tree, branchlets compressed-tetragonal, rough, leaves opposite or sub-opposite, ovate or sub-cordate, rarely oblong-lanceolate, petiolate and scabrous above the rounded somewhat inflexed base, opaque, covered with translucent dots, penniveined reticulately veined, peripheral vein unequally distant from the margin, umbels paniculate, 6-7 flowered, peduncles scabrous, angled and longer than the calyx-tube, buds ovate, smooth, ecostate shortly pedicellate, the calyx-tube half as long again as the interior conical-hemispherical operculum, the outer operculum imperfect, fruits campanulate, three-celled, smooth at the vertex, valves included, seeds smooth, winged. Habitat in the porphyritie mountains of Newcastle Range. Flowered October and November. A small or medium sized tree, trunk straight, bark adhering all over, shining with brittle dirty yellow flakes. Branchlets and peduncles grown over with an ash-coloured and rusty roughness. Leaves with a petiole 4-1 inch long, semiterete, for the most part, adhering above the base, rarely to the margin, generally 2-3 inches long, 14-24 inches broad, in the abnormal specimen collected by Mitchell* up to 5 inches long and 1 inch only broad, sometimes acute, sometimes obtuse or rather emarginate. Calyx-tube shining obconical, semi-ovate, 2-3 lines long narrowed into a very short pedicel. Operculum double, the exterior one chestnut brown, slowly coming away in pieces, grown to the interior one; the interior one 14 lines long. Fruit about 4 lines long, perfectly campanulate, green, somewhat smooth at the vertex, valves inserted above the middle of the tube. Seeds brown, shining. The species is remarkable for the double operculum. Mueller (‘‘ Eucalyptographia” under 2. peléata) concurs in Bentham’s opinion that E. melissiodora, “‘ might merely constitute the young state of H. citriodora, and this has been confirmed through local observation by Dr. E. Wuth, whose attention I directed to this subject.” He goes on to point out that, in dealing with H. maculata in “ Eucalyptographia,”’ he added Z. peltata as a synonym by a slip of the pen. * This is another plant, the true HZ. melissiodora Lindl,, which is a synonym of H. macwata var. citriodora, 55 2, E. Leichhardtii Bailey, in Queensland Agric. Journ. xvi, 493 (May, 1906). The original description is as follows :— * Vellow Jack” or ‘“ Yellow Jacket.” A tree of small size, the timber not considered durable. Bark on the trunk thick, spongy, and somewhat lamellar; colour a light yellowish-brown; deciduous on the smaller branches. Leaves 3 to 6 inches long, falcate-lanceolate, the apex often elongated and filiform, the base somewhat oblique, tapering to a petiole of about 1 inch ; transverse parallel veins very numerous, but not very distinct owing to the coriaceous texture of the leaf, the intramarginal one rather distant from the edge. Flowers several together, nearly or quite sessile, in heads which are arranged on thickish (more or less angular) branches of a-terminal panicle from 4 to 8 incheslong. Calyx-tube thick, angular-rugose, much tapering towards the base in the flower, about 4 lines long and 3 lines broad at the top. Operculum broadly conical or shortly acuminate, considerably shorter than the calyx-tube, usually in the fresh state of a glossy-purple, texture thin and tough; from the centre a descending tube is formed by the petaloid portion or inner membrane which encloses the summit of the style and stigma before the flower expands, similar to what Mueller points out as occurring in Z. eximia. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers oblong; cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, about 6 lines long, rim rather thin; capsule deeply sunk, 3-celled. Seeds oblong, about 3 lines long, 14 lines broad, smooth, flat and glossy-brown. Hab. :—Near Alice, Central Railway (received from Mr. Wm. Pagan, Chief Engineer for Railways). The above species seems only to have once previously been brought under notice, and then by Baron Mueller when describing H. eximia, in his grand work, “ The Eucalyptographia,” where he says : ‘Imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek, in Queensland, and designated “Rusty Gum-tree,’ seem referable to H. eximia.” 3. In a paper in Vict. Nat., p. 56 (July, 1907), Prof. Ewart deals with #. Leich- hardtii, which he reduces to FE. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Bailey [this should be var. Leichhardtii Ewart, according to a letter from Prof. Ewart.—J .H.M.], and incidentally refers to the fact that Mueller has referred similar specimens, presumably including ‘“‘ imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek in Queensland, and designated ‘ Rusty Gum-tree, seem referable to H. eximia.” (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under #. eximia.) ‘A point apparently overlooked by Bailey is that the internal ledge just within the rim is neazly horizontal, instead of sloping inwards and downwards as in EL. eximia type, so that the outer chamber of the fruit 1s saucer-shaped instead of cup-shaped. In this respect, as well as in the size of the fruit, the capsules show an approach to E. maculata, but in the bark, and in other features, the two trees differ considerably.” (Ewart, loc. cit.) RANGE. The type came from Newcastle Range, Queensland, which is east of the Etheridge and the Gilbert, in Northern Queensland, and of the township of Georgetown. It was collected by Mueller during Gregory’s Northern Territory Expedition of 1856, 36 29 In the “ Eucalyptographia,” Mueller extends the localities as follows: “ On porphyritic mountains at the sources of the Burdekin, Lynd, and Gilbert Rivers (Mueller); on granite hills near Charters Towers, on auriferous formation (Tenison- Woods); at Ravenswood, near the Burdekin River (S. Johnson).” These are the most northerly localities (see also some mentioned by Leichhardt for ‘‘ Rusty Gum” below). Then we have a group of localities around Emerald, Central Railway, while the most southerly locality is that of Leichhardt, on Dogwood Creek, near Dulacca Railway Station. Leichhardt’s specimens are fragmentary, but I have no doubt as to their identity. It will thus be seen that B. peltata has a very extensive range in Queensland, occurring in rather dry situations, and on somewhat sterile soil. I have a specimen from the Melbourne Herbarium, “EH. peltata Benth,, E. mellissi- odora Lindl. Newcastle Range (Mueller). This is Mueller’s label. It has a nearly orbicular leaf, a sucker leaf, as figured in “‘ Kucalyptographia.” Cape River.(Stephen Johnson) in Herb. Melb. Mueller also quotes Charters Towers and Ravenswood, which are in about the same latitude. (Ravenswood is by Rey. J. E. Tenison- Woods. ) “ Yellow Jack.” “ Rough, scaly yellow bark to branches, wood pale, light brown centre. 30-40 feet high. On granite at 1,600 feet.” Alma-den (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 3884, 3885). “This species occurs plentifully between Einasleigh and Wirra Wirra, near Forsayth. Exactly similar trees, as regards appearance and habit, were seen from the train in the Desert near Jericho, to the east of Barcaldine, but as these trees were not examined, their identification is doubtful, though it is understood they are known as Eucalyptus Leichhardtii Bailey.’ (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 407, 1915.) All the above localities are in the same general area, viz., the southern part of Cape York Peninsula, and east of the southern part of the Gulf of Carpentaria. This general area includes the localities for the species as quoted by Mueller in the “ Kucalyptographia.” Going south, we have a Bloodwood, Washpool Creek, Hidsvold (sent by Dr. T. L. Bancroft as H. eximia). ; Coming further south, we have “ Yellow Jack,’ Chinchilla State Forest. (Forest Ranger George Singleton, C. T. White's No. 12.) This is on the South-Western line. Note also Leichhardt’ s locality of Dogwood Creek, near the modern Dulacca. See below, p. 37. Further north still, we have a group of localities on the Central Railway. “Yellow Jacket,’ Desert Country, west of Emerald (R. Simmonds). From the same locality Mr. J. 1, Boorman reports, “‘ Tree of medium size (trunks 18 inches to 2 feet in diameter being common), bark of a Bloodwood character, and of a light or yellow colour.” 37 “Yellow Jacket. Medium-sized trees of 30-40 feet. Stems of 1-4 feet in diameter, but never more than 15 feet or so of milling timber, it being generally difficult to obtain more than posts and rails, its principal use. Wood dark brown in centre, pale yellow sapwood. Flaky bark, from base of stem up to branches, having a yellowish appearance.” Beta (J. L. Boorman). Still a little further, on the same line, viz., at 323 miles from Rockhampton, we have a specimen of the type of H. Leichhardt, which came from Alice, Central Railway (W. Pagan, through F. M. Bailey), In considering the range of the species, it is necessary to study the notes on Leichhardt’s Rusty Gum, which follow. The Rusty Gum of Leichhardt :— Not a mile further on [from his Acacia Creek] we came on a second creek, with running water, which from the number of Dogwood shrubs (Jacksonia), in the full glory of their golden blossoms, I called Dogwood Creek. The creek came from north and north-east, and flowed to the south-west to join the Condamine. The rock of Dogwood Creek is a fine grained porous Psammite (clayey sandstone) with veins and nodules of iron, like that of Hodgson’s Creek. A new gum-tree, with a rusty-coloured scaly bark, the texture of which, as well as the seed-vessel and the leaf, resembled Bloodwood, but specifically different . . . (Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” p. 20.) These are the specimens of Leichhardt referred to by Mueller in the “‘ Eucalypto- graphia,” under H. eximia, as probably referable to that species, but they belong to £. peltata. Dogwood Creek is a little to the south of Dulacca Railway Station on the Western Railway. If we peruse Leichhardt’s work we find other references to Rusty Gum. Perhaps the following are the whole of them. At the junction of the Suttor and Cape Rivers, he says, “‘ The country back from the river is formed by flats alternating with undulations, and is lightly timbered with Silver-leaved Ironbark, Rusty Gum, Moreton Bay Ash and Water-box. The trees are generally stunted and unfit for building . . .” (p. 195). At p. 208, approximate latitude 20° 8’ 26”, which would bring us to, say, the Charters Towers group of localities, ““ The ridges were covered with Rusty Gum and Narrow-leaved Ironbark.” Then we have, ‘A new Eucalyptus with a glaucous suborbicular subcordate leaf, and the bark of the Rusty Gum; a stunted or middle-sized tree, which grew in great abundance on the ranges” (p. 230). Mr. Cambage tells me that the locality referred to is on the Burdekin River, below Grey Creek, but above the Perry and Clarke Rivers. Roughly 100 miles north-west of Charters Towers, or 100 miles south-east of Einasleigh, or 50 miles south-west of Stone River. The suborbicular, subcordate leaves may, of course, refer to peltate leaves, which are more abundant on some trees than on others. On the other hand, Leichhardt calls it a ““ new Eucalyptus,” and he therefore probably thought it different from the trees he usually calls Rusty Gum. On the other hand, it may represent trees with an inordinate proportion of juvenile leaves. The species of Leichhardt’s, p. 230, is therefore doubtful, 38 At p. 304, “ We travelled . . . over a succession of plains separated by belts of forest, consisting of Bloodwood, Box, Apple Gum, and Rusty Gum.” This was near the Lynd River. At p. 355, “Some of the ridges were openly timbered with a rather stunted White Gum tree, and were well grassed, but the grass was wiry and stiff. At the end of our stage, about 16 miles distant from our last camp, we crossed some Rusty Gum fOTESb ye) la). At p. 356, “In a patch of Rusty Gum forest we found Acacia equisetifolia and the dwarf Grevillea of the Upper Lynd in blossom. The thyrsi of scarlet flowers of the latter were particularly beautiful,’ Here they were a little south of the Albert River of Captain Lort Stokes, AFFINITIES. 1, With E. latifolia F.v.M. Possibly a variety or state of some species allied to £. latifolia without the peltate leaves. The specimens are very imperfect. (B.FI. iii, 254.) In many of its characteristics, especially the form of its fruits, H. peltata approaches to FH. latifolia, but the latter is smooth-barked, its leaves are partly almost opposite and always attenuated, with an acute base into their stalk, the lateral veins less prominent, the reticulation of the veinlets also less visible, while the marginal vein is almost confluent with the edge of the leaves, the stalklets of the flowers are of conspicuous length, the lid is single and separates by a less regularly marked dehiscence, and the brownish roughness of the branchlets and foliage is absent, in which latter respects an approach of H. peltata to E. ferruginea, E. aspera, E. setosa, and E. clavigera is established. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia ” under Z. peltata.) The mistake that H. peltata has peltate leaves in the full-grown state also misled L. Diels, who, in his ““ Jugendformen und Blutenreife,’ says that, except in these (assumed) adult leaves, ‘‘ otherwise it shows in many characters, especially in the very important shape of the fruit, great approach to H. latifolia. It is more than probable that the two species are closely connected ; indeed, also in their geographical distribution they belong to the same region, 7.e., North-eastern Australia. Unfortunately the ontogeny of H. latifolia is not perfectly known. I could nowhere find a description of the juvenile leaves.” For E. latifolia, see Plate 168, Part XLI, where it will be seen that the two species are not closely allied. ‘The juvenile leaves of . latifolia are larger, glabrous, and not peltate. The mature Jeaves are broad. The inflorescence is very different. The flowers are more numerous and, like the fruits, have comparatively long pedicels. The fruits are, for the most part, larger, and have thicker walls; while after the falling of the outer strips of bark the inner bark is yellowish. The bark is not yellowish as a whole, and the timber is red. #. peltata is a Queensland species, while Z. latifolia belongs to the Northern Territory. 39 2and 3. With EF. miniata A. Cunn., and E£. phenicea F.v.M. E. peltata is, however, well marked, as noticed by myself in 1856 on the sources of the south-eastern rivers of Carpentaria, by the remarkable texture and structure of the bark, in which respect it bears resemblance only to EZ. phenicea and E. miniata, constituting with them the section of Lepidophloiz in the cortical system. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under £. peltata.) For E. miniata and E. phericea see Plate 96, Part XXII, with the juvenile leaves of the former described at p. 37. The juvenile leaves of H. miniata are not petiolate; those of E. phenicea are not known. The buds and fruits are very different from those of E. peltata, those of E. miniata being very large and ribbed, the ribbing being less marked in EZ. phenicea. There are other differences that comparison of the figures will readily disclose. The filaments of HE. miniata and HE, phenicea are orange to scarlet, while the barks are more lamellar and friable. 4. With EF. Torelliana F.v.M. Perhaps Z. peltata will require to be placed nearest to #. Torelliana, although the latter stands on record as one of the tallest forest trees near Rockingham Bay, with a “ bark smooth as glass’; moreover, the hairiness of its branchlets and leaf-stalks is more conspicuous, all its leaves are of completely basal insertion and evidently paler beneath, therefore their stomata are not isogenous, but (as tabulated before) heterogeneous; the flowers and fruits may also prove different, the former being only as yet known in an unexpanded state and the latter having never yet been collected at all. For E. Torelliana see Part XX XIX, Plate 160. It will be at once seen that the two species have much in common—the broad-leaved, hirsute, peltate juvenile leaves, succeeded by narrow-lanceolate leaves, the venation being less fine and feather-like in E. peltata. The difference in the aspect of the trees has already been referred to, the size, bark, and timber being all dissimilar. The buds are different, but the markedly urceolate fruits of H. Torelliana are more markedly so. The latter species is a coastal species with high rainfall. The other is a comparatively dry-country species. 40 DESCRIPTION. COXXX. EF. Watsoniana F.v.M. In Fragmenta x, 98 (1876). FoLttow1ne is a translation of the original :— A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sparse, ovate or narrow-lanceolate, slightly falcate, the same colour on both sides, with rather long petioles, imperforate, veins very divergent, faint and abundant, the two longitudinal veins close to the margin, panicles terminal, few or many flowered, the last peduncles 2-4 flowered, the rather large campanulate-turbinate almest eccstate calyx-tube the same length as the quadrangular pedicel, the very thick flattish shortly umbonate operculum broader than the smooth calyx-tube, stamens yellowish, all fertile, anthers linear-oblong, dehiscing near the margin, style short, stigma scarcely dilated, fruits large urceolate-campanulate, the sulcate annulate rim slightly descending and broadly encircling the orifice, valves 3-4, deltcid, entirely included, fertile seeds winged, greatly exceeding in size the sterile ones. In the mountains near Wigton (Queensland) Th. Wentworth Watson. A tree attaining a height of at least 60 feet. Bark (according to the discoverer) persistent, wrinkled and sometimes scaly, red-brownish. Mature leaves 4—5 inches long, 1-1} inches broad, opaque, papery-coriaceous. Peduncles, with pedicels.in twos or fours, fairly strong. Calyz-tube (flowering) almost % inch long, often covered with little excrescences. Operculum distinctly broader than the calyx-tube, attaining at least 3 an inch in breadth, shining, sometimes very depressed and with a rather long umbo, sometimes rather convex and terminating gradually in a short point. The longer of the stamens measuring 2 inch, greatly exceeding the style. Anthers at least }.a line long. Calyx-tube (fruit) an inch long, slightly contracted below the terminating margin. Vertex of the capsule smocth before dehiscing. Seeds brownish, shining; the fertile ones very much compressed, smooth, 2-3 lines long, margin acute. The species is called ‘‘ Bloodwood ” in its native place. In our cultivated specimen the opercula are flat, as shown in the drawing. I do not think I have seen an umbo on them. The only cultivated specimen known to me is in the north-eastern part of the Botanic Gardens, growing with a westerly aspect and on rather shallow soil, overlying sandstone. It is about 40 years old, and was raised - from seed of the type received by Baron von Mueller. It is about 50 feet in height, and at 3 feet from the ground the stem is 3 ft. 3 in. in circumference, or 13 inches in diameter. The trunk is single and erect, with an umbrageous canopy; the bark is of a dirty pale yellow colour, thick, not furrowed, scaly-fibrous, in thinnish layers. The superficial layers of the bark are deciduous, as in the case of the Yellow-barks. I have not seen a characteristic piece of the timber, and hesitate to damage our tree, but it is not a dark-coloured timber so far as we can see from small branches. The very young foliage is broadish and triplinerved, sparingly hairy, and not peltate. 41 RANGE. This species is only recorded from ‘“‘ near Wigton, on a tributary of the Boyne River, in the Burnett district”? of Queensland, according to ‘“‘ Eucalyptographia.’’ We know little as to its distribution. The original description says, “‘ In the mountains near Wigton,” and I suggest, at a guess, that its home is in the Craig’s Range. I have received it from near Hidsvold (Dr. T. L. Bancroft), and also from Boon- dooma, Burnett district, 70 miles north-west of Wondai (8. J. Higgins, through C. T. White), and would suggest that our Queensland friends be on the lookout for it. AFFINITIES. 1, With F. urnigera Hook. “Tt is to be easily distinguished from 2. wrnigera by its very fine and abundant venation, by its paniculate flowers and distinctly larger fruits.” (Translation of original.) The principal resemblance between Z. Watsoniana and E. urnigera arises from the fact that the fruits of both are urceolate. But reference to Plate 80, Part XVIII (for E. urnigera) shows that the detailed resemblance is not very strong. There is some resemblance in the buds, which is accentuated after shrinkage; the number of buds is fewer in Z. urnigera. The foliage is different (although H. Watsoniana rarely suckers in Sydney, and my specimens are unsatisfactory). H. urnigera is a White Gum, and a native of a cold climate, wood pale, not Bloodwood-like, and the affinities of the species are with the #. Gunnii group and not with the Bloodwoods. 2. With EF. gomphocephala DC. « , . further as it is plainly different from all other species except E. gomphocephala on account of the breadth of the operculum, it is to be placed in the series of 2. corymbosa.” (Translation of original.) Examination of Plate 92, Part XXI (for Z. gomphocephala) shows that the two species are not closely related, although there are some general resemblances of buds and fruits. The venation of the leaves is different, H. gomphocephala is a Western Australian tree, Z. Watsoniana is from Queensland. The former is a very large tree, strongly calciphile, and with short, fibrous bark like a shorn sheep; the timber is pale and, interlocked. A2 3. With £. maculata Hook. The relationship of this tree is with EZ. maculata, but the bark is totally persistent, the leaves are frequently a good deal broader, while their veins are finer and not quite so close, the flowers are often fewer and always conspicuously larger, the lid is ampler than the summit of the calyx-tube and seems to be simple from the commencement, although it exhibits considerable thickness; the fruits are of much larger size, rather expanded than contracted at the summit, with a flatter not suddenly quite descending rim, which latter is separated by a conspicuous circular channel from the tube of the fruit-calyx, while the seeds are larger and the fertile of these more angular. (‘‘ Kucalyptographia,” under EZ. Watsoniana.) This will be referred to when #. maculata is reached, in Part XLITI. 4, With E. eximia Schauer. “Nearer still (than E#. maculata) is the affinity to H. eximia which has likewise persistent and structurally similar bark, also a subtle venation of the leaves and comparatively large fruits” . . . (“ Eucalyptographia,’” under 2. Watsoniana.) The affinities of these two species will be found dealt with in tabular form at p. 47. 5. With E. corymbosa Sm. «c. . the fruit bears close resemblance to that of LZ. corymbosa, a species otherwise very different, belonging to the series with hypogenous stomata and having smaller flowers with neither dilated nor polished lid.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’” under E. Watsoniana.) For E£. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162, Part XXXIX. It has a deep red timber, while its bark is hard-flaky and darker in colour than that of £. Watsoniana. The buds are very different, while the fruits of H. Watsoniana are larger, and have a very different rim. 6. With £. Abergiana F.v M. “ EB. Watsoniana recedes (from E. Abergiana) in narrower leaves equally coloured on either side, calyces with a varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid, which overreaches the orifice of the calyx-tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and unappendiculated seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia,” under £. Abergiana.) “ B Atbergiana might in these comparisons be left out of consideration as it has stomata only on the lower page of the leaves, no flower-stalklets, and the lid separating from the tube of the calyx by irregular rupture, a narrower fruit-rim and appendiculated seeds. (Op. cit. under Z. Watsoniana.) For E. Abergiana see Plate 170, Part XLI. It has a non-yellow hark and a red timber. The buds are very different in shape, the fruits more sessile, less urceolate and with a different rim. 43 DESCRIPTION. COXXXI. &. trachyphloia F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc. iti, 90 (1859). FoLiow1nc is a translation of the original :-— A tree with angular branchlets, leaves alternate, moderately petiolate, narrow-lanceolate, subfalcate, narrowed into a fine point, opaque, faintly veined, with pellucid dots, intramarginal vein somewhat close to the edge. Unbels paniculate, 3-5 flowered, pedicels shorter than the peduncle, angled and the same length as the fruit. Frwit small, ecostate, truncate-ovate, three-celled, deltoid valves deeply included, seeds wingless. On hills near the Burnett River (Queensland). Flowering September and October. A medium sized tree, the bark persistent on the trunk and branches, ashy brown and rough, breaking into little pieces. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 5-8 lines broad, narrowed into a petiole of 6-9 lines, a little paler on the underside, fruit measuring about 3 lines, gradually contracted at the mouth. Bentham then described it in B. Fl. 11, 221 :— A moderate-sized tree, with a dark grey rugged bark, persistent. Leaves long-lanceolate, often falcate, 4-6 inches long, with very numerous fine parallel almost transverse veins, the marginal one close to or very near the edge. Flowers not seen. TF ruiting-umbels several together in terminal panicles or in the upper axils, each with 3 to 6 pedicellate fruits. Fruit ovoid-truncate, contracted towards the orifice, about 3 lines long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. It was described and figured by Mueller in the ‘“ Eucalyptographia,’ and he points out that while it attains a height of 80 feet, with a stem-diameter of 2 feet, r . in exposed situations on the tops of hills dwarfed in growth and fruiting already in a shrubby state.” The timber is pale-coloured, somewhat like Spotted Gum (#. maculata). Dr. J. Shirley gives the aboriginal name as “ Gou-unya” in use by the Koola- burra tribe, between Tarromeo and Nanango, South Queensland. In constituting a forma fruticosa F. M. Bailey, Queensland Agric. Journ. xxv, July, 1910, p. 9, says :— For many years may have been observed on the Glasshouse Mountain, a dwarf form of our “* White Bloodwood.” It flowers and fruits when only about 5 feet high, and is certainly a worthy plant for garden culture, and if thus brought into use would require some name whereby it might be distinguished from the common form of the species, hence I have attached to it the above name fruticosa. We, however, so far have no proof of seedling plants retaining the dwarf habit, yet there is no reason té suppose otherwise, for this may be looked upon as a sport, like many other variations in the genus. Baron von Mueller notices in his “‘ Eucalyptographia,” Decade 5, this mountain form, but does not mention any particular locality; it may, however, have been in this same place, for I believe that he and Walter Hill together did some collecting in that locality in the early days of Queensland. 44, I do not think it is necessary to give this a formal name, unless it be desired to similarly treat the remainder of the numerous species which, while normally trees, flower in a shrubby state. RANGE. The type came from the Burnett River (near Bundaberg), in Queensland, and in the “ Eucalyptographia”’ it was only recorded by the author from central and south Queensland localities, viz. :—‘‘ In poor, hilly country, hitherto traced from Moreton ~ Bay (Bailey) to the Burnett River (Mueller) and the Mackenzie River (Bowman, O’Shanesy), chiefly in the sandstone formation.” In Queensland, however, it occurs as far north as Stannary Hills, west of Cairns, while since I now record it from Bathurst and Melville Islands, it will doubtless be found to occur on the Cape York peninsula, and in the Northern Territory generally. Going south, it occurs in New South Wales, as far south as the Goulburn River and Denman district, occurring over a large area north and north-west, chiefly on poor sandy and rocky land, until Queensland is approached and the Queensland localities connected therewith. New Sour WAtgs. Murrumbo, 50 miles north of Rylstone, near the Goulburn River (R. T. Baker). On sandy conglomerate, probably Narrabeen beds, Baerami, 15 miles west of Denman (R. H. Cambage, 2636). ‘‘ Plentiful all over the district on the sides and tops of the hills all over the district. The trees have the appearance as if recently rung, as the foliage is of a reddish-brown cast. Small trees 20-0 feet, 1-1} feet, rough pale bark, timber brown, chippy, but hard. Locally known as Bloodwood.” Gungal, near Merriwa (J. L. Boorman). "The above three localities are in the same general area. We are now in the vicinity of the North-west Line and its branches. Bloodwood, 50 feet, 4 feet. Parish Brigalow, county Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “* Bloodwood, about 10 miles from Coonabarabran-Gunnedah road” (Dr. Jensen, No. 127). Coonabarabran-Baradine road, near Coonabarabran (W. Forsyth). About 35 miles east of Bugaldi-Coonabarabran road (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 95). ‘‘ Bloodwood. Bark lighter than £. corymbosa.” Warrumbungle Range (E. H. F. Swain, No. 35). Arrarownie, Borah Creek, Pilliga Scrub (Dr. Jensen, No. 152). South-east Pilliga (EK. H. F. Swain, No. 22). Central Pilliga on a sterile ridge (E. H. F. Swain, No. 15). Pilliga East State Forest, county Baradine (Gordon Burrow). On Sandhills. Up to 2 feet diameter. Narrabri (J.H.M.). East Narrabri (J. L. Boorman). “ Bloodwood. About 30 feet high, 4 feet girth. Associated with 2. erebra and Callitris calcarata.’ Parish Terrergee, county Courallie, Moree district (FE. H. F. Swain, No. 36). ‘Little Bloodwood,’ Ticketty Well, between Wallangra and Yetman (Forest. Assessor A, Julius). 45 QUEENSLAND. The following specimens were collected by Leichhardt. 1. Debillipalah. 2, Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains (22nd May, 1843). 3.. . . hills, scarce, a slender tree of 3 feet (?), with a scaly bark (4th June, 18438). Dr. John Shirley, of Brisbane, has kindly favoured me with the following comments on these three localities (1, 2, 3) :— 1. Dibillipah is evidently Didillibah, near Woombye, on our North Coast Line, 62 miles north of Brisbane. 2. Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains, 22nd May, 1843. Myall Creek is a tributary of the Condamine on the Darling Downs, not far from Oakey, a township on our Western Line, 120 miles from Brisbane. Byron Plains has been searched for by officers of our Survey Department, but with no result. This was not his only visit to this neighbourhood, as Stuart Russell (“ Genesis of Queensland,” p. 360) reports :— “ On my return to Cecil Plains (38 miles from Oakey) alone, one afternoon in the middle of 1844 (just before Leichhardt left for Port Essington) I saw a surprising object a veritable chimney-pot hat . . . ’twas Dr. Ludwig Leichhardt’s.” 8... . Hills. Where was he 4th June, 1843? No works to hand will solve this; but he collected mainly on the coastal country north of Brisbane in the early part of 1843, and on the Downs in the latter half. co CN 4, Leichhardt’s label on another specimen is yala’ tree, very similar to the Bloodwoods in the Sandy Mountain Range, Archer’s Station, 23rd September, 1843.” The Rey. Dr. Lang (‘‘ Cooksland,” p. 83), quotes a letter from Dr. Leichhardt, dated the 4th of the same month from ‘‘ Archer’s Station, Bunya Bunya.” I would suggest that Leichhardt named the tree because of the parrots called Galahs (Cacatua roseicapella) which frequent this and other Bloodwoods because of the profusion of honey-yielding flowers. Following are some specimens by later collectors :— “* White Bloodwood, with broadish leaves,’ South Queensland (Forest Inspector Board). Hight-mile Plains, just south of Brisbane (A. Murphy, J. L. Boorman). Brisbane (J.H.M.). Ipswich-road, near Brisbane, common (C. T. White). Chinchilla (R. C. Beasley). (We want more localities on this railway line.) “ Bastard Bloodwood,’ Taylor's Range (F. M. Bailey). The forma fruticosa of F. M. Bailey. Common on top of Mount Neun Negun, Glass House Mountains (C. T. White, J. Shirley). : Maryborough (W. H. Simon) “ White Bloodwood.’ “‘ Fairly large trees of 40-60 fect, stems 2-4 feet. Bark whitish, flaky, or even of a Stringybark nature. Timber not much esteemed locally.” Bundaberg, close to the type locality. (J. L. Boorman, J.H.M.) Near the Comet River (P. O’Shanesy),. 46 Rockhampton, with a spherical gall 14 inches in diameter, identical with or closely resembling Brachyscelis pomiformis, see Part XL, p. 318. (J.H.M.) “ Bloodwood,” Stannary Hills. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) Percy Island, west gf Mt. Armitage. ‘‘ Small tree, 20 feet” ; Middle Percy Island; low trees growing thickly together, south-east of Middle Percy Island (Henry Tryon). NoRTHERN TERRITORY. “Large Bloodwood. This species grows in the open forest country with £. miniata and EH. tetradonta on both Melville Island and Bathurst Island. Examples are found on the gentle slopes and along the little streams falling from the higher country to the main waterways, ?.e., the tidal estuaries.” Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 465). This is the first record, so far as I am aware, from the Northern Territory, and we must therefore connect this and the North Queensland localities. AFFINITIES. 1 and 2. With £. siderophloia Benth., and EF. crebra F.v.M. “E. trachyphloia, placed by Bentham between H. siderophloia and E. crebra, is much nearer allied to #. terminalis and EB. dichromophloia (2s shown in the Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. xi, 48-44), along which species it was placed already in the Jowrn. Linn. Soc. ii, 90.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,” under EB. siderophloia). ; In the same work, under FL. trachyphloia, he also compares it with H. crebra in the following words :— “, . . E.trachyphloia approaches E. crebra and some cognate Ironbark trees, all of which have the stomata isogenous and show a clear line of dehiscence, by which the lid is separated, while the difference of the anthers separate them even sectionally according to Bentham’s system. Besides, in #. crebra the lid is not depressed, the fruit is not or less contracted at the summit, and the valves are almost terminal.’’ For E. siderophloia turn to Plate 47, Part X of the present work, and for H. crebra to Plate 53, Part XII. But both these are Ironbarks, and it seems inadvisable at this place to stop to make comparisons between Ironbarks and a Bloodwood, the relation- ships being so distant. 3. With E£. tessellaris F.v.M. This species shares in some of the characteristics of H. trachyphloia, but irrespective of the discrepancies of the bark differs already in the uniform coloration of the leaves, which latter are also generally longer, are less pointed and show more distinctly the venation; moreover, the inflorescence is less expanded; the lid is larger and separates by a more sharply defined sutural line from the other portion of the calyx; the fruits are also of greater size, though less hard; the fertile seeds are much larger, comparatively more compressed and distinctly margined; but the last-mentioned characteristic is not well expressed in the lithographic illustration of H. tessellaris now offered, figure 9 having been drawn from unripe seeds, (“ Hucalyptographia,’’ under Z. tessellaris.) 47 For £. tessellaris, see Plate 156, Part XX XVIII. The juvenile leaves are narrow, the flower buds clavate and decurved. The chief similarity is in the fruits, which much resemble each other in size and outline, but they are otherwise very different. One can readily crush the fruits of H. tessellaris between the fingers, as their walls are papery like those of H. clavigera and its allies; those of #. trachyphloia are much more strongly built. The trees are very dissimilar in appearance, LZ. tessellaris having tessel- lated bark (and smooth upwards) as its name denotes, while that of H. trachyphloia has a flaky fibrous bark throughout, with a yellowish cast. 4, With F. dichromophloia F.v.M. Its real systematic place should be next to #. dichromophioia, from which it can be distinguished in rougher bark, in thinner less elongated leaves of a darker green above, and dull paleness beneath (therefore not of equal colour on both sides), with recurved edge, in the want of stomata on the upper page of the leaves, in the calyces of less polished smoothness, in smaller fruits with perhaps never or only rarely four valves, and in the absence of any appendage to the fertile seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under E. trachyphloia.) For £. dichromophicia, see Plate 165, Part XL. Its affinity to #. trachyphloia is not as close as Mueller thought it was. H#. dichromophloia has a red timber, and a reddish, flaky bark. The juvenile foliage of H. dichromophloia is described at Part 2ObIl jos Be The affinity of EH. trachyphlora is with the Yellow Barks. . eximia, peltata, Watsoniana, and trachyphicia are Yellow-barks ; all have barks fibrous-flaky and move or less yellow, and timbers palish in contrast to reddish, such as that of 2. corymbosa. These Yellow-barks are more stringy than those of the generality of those of the Blood- woods (which are more flaky); in this respect they display affinity to the Peppermints and even to the Stringybarks. The following table shows some of the characters contrasted, so far as it is possible to contrast species so closely related :— Cx? pelia'a. Watsoniana. trachyphloia, Juvenile leaves| Peltate ... ...| Peltate ae ...| Unknown ... ...| Peltate, more hirsute than the others. Mature leaves | Tendency to large} Medium size ...| Medium size ...| Tendenty to small size. size. Buds ... ...| No pedicels;' me-| Hardly any pedicels;| Short pedicels; rather} Distinct and even dium size; coni-| smaller than #.| -large; nearly flat/ moderately long cal opercula. cximia 3 conical) opercula. pedicels; small; opercula. sub-conical oper- cula. Fruits... ...| Medium size; ovoid,| Small, ovoid ...| Rather large; dis-| Small, slightly urceo- less rarely urceo- | tinctly urceolate. late. late. D 48 DESCRIPTION: COXXXII. FE. hybrida Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., xlvu, 85 (1913). Fottow1ne is the original description :— Arbor erecta, altitudine circiter 50 pedes. Cortex cinerea, laevis, corrugata. Lignum pallidum durum. Folia matura lanceolata vel late lanceolata, pallida virentia, tenuiora, circiter 8-12 cm. longa, vena peripherica margini approximata, venis lateralibus patentibus. Flores in breve panicula corymbosa, quaque plerumque 3-6 flora. Calycis tubus conoideus. Operculum acuminatum, calcis tubo aequilongum. Fructus cylindrico-conoidei, circiter 6 mm. lati, in orificium leniter contracti, margine tenui. Valvarum apices plusve minusve depressi, orificium rare tangentes. An erect tree of about 50 feet high, the tips of the branches smooth, the butt with a sub-fibrous (peppermint-like) or flaky-fibrous and more or less flat-corrugated bark, greyish or blackish externally, hence some trees have been described as “ Black Box.” Timber pale-coloured, hard, interlocked, and probably valuable. Juvenile foliage not seen in the strictly opposite state, but as seen, not different from the mature foliage except in width. Mature foliage.—Lanceolate or broadly lanceolate, slightly falcate, acuminate, commonly 8 to 12 cm. long. Dull green, the same colour on both sides, rather thin and tough, lateral veins spreading; fine, the intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge of the leaf, oil dots not numerous. Flowers.—Peduncles of moderate length, angular, usually in a short corymbose panicle, each with about three to six or sometimes more flowers. Calyx-tube conoid, 5 cm. diameter, often angular, tapering into ashort pedicel. Operculum pointed and as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers, small, yellow, opening in small slits near the top, filaments at base, and small gland at back, indubitably showing intermediate characters between the anthers of #. paniculata and E. hemiphloia. Fruit.—When immature cylindrical, with a rim round the orifice; when ripe cylindrical to almost conoid, about 6 mm. in diameter, hardly constricted at the orifice, rim thin, tips of valves more or less sunk and rarely flush with the orifice. RANGE. Type from Concord, Sydney, NS. W. (Rev. Dr. Woolls, 1890; R. H. Cambage, 10th February, 1901). It was originally found in Bray’s Paddock, Concord, near Sydney, where I knew of six trees until recently, but building operations may soon exterminate these particular specimens. Dr. J. B. Cleland has drawn my attention to a tree on Milson Island, Hawkesbury River (a short distance west of the Railway Bridge), which appears to be identical with that from Concord. E£. paniculata Sm. is common on the island, but there is no E. hemiphloia, This suggests that the hybrid origmated elsewhere than on Milson Island. 49 AFFINITIES. The affinities of this species are almost intermediate between H. paniculata Sm., the Grey Ironbark, and Z. hemiphloia F.v.M., the Grey Box. This is the first species of this genus which has been named with especial reference to its hybrid character. J have a large number of instances of apparently indubitable hybrids. In most cases a pictorial illustration is necessary to make the hybridism clear, and I propose to describe them in this work when dealing with hybridism as a special subject. Following is the first passage referring to this particular tree. The Cabramatta tree is. the plant afterwards described as E. Bcormani Deane and Maiden (see Part X, p- 330 of the present work). Its affinity is with H. siderophloia Benth. rather than with H. paniculataSm. The Ironbark in Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord is E. hybrida. The Ironbark group (Schizophloiz) is less liable to variation in the nature of its bark than any of the preceding sections; and yet in some forms of HZ. paniculata the bark is less rough and deeply furrowed than in its allies, whilst in exceptional cases, when it goes under the popular names of “ Ironbark Box” and “ Bastard Ironbark,” the wood and fruit are those of Ironbark, but the bark less rugged. Some years ago, when the late Mr. Thomas Shepherd was residing with Mr. Bell, at Cabramatta, he called my attention to a tree which, so far as its general characters were concerned, appeared to be an Jronbark, the shape of the buds, flowers and fruit being similar to those of #. pan culata, and the wood being, in the opinion of the workmen, like the ordinary Ironbark of the neighbourhood. Mr. Shepherd called the tree “ Black Box” and “ Ironbark Box,” and entertained an idea that it might be an undescribed species. Although I have had specimens of this tree for some years, it is only of late that I have come to the conclusion that the tree in question is really an Ironbark, for on Mr. H. Bray’s property at Concord a similar one has been pointed out to me. This the workmen called “ Bastard Ironbark,” as the wood resembles that of Ironbark, whilst the bark is not furrowed as Ironbarks usually are, but is more like that of Box or Woollybutt. Having examined the fruit and leaves of this tree, and having ascertained that the wood is similar to that of Ironbark, I am now convinced that the tree which puzzled Mr. TT. Shepherd and that growing in Mr. Bray’s paddock are identical, both of them being varieties of #. paniculata. If hybridisation were possible in the genus, one would think’ that the “‘ Ironbark Box ” is a cross between Tronbark and Box, but according to the opinion of the late eminent naturalist W. 8. Macleay, F.L.S., the impregnation of the flowers takes place before the operculum falls off, and hence in such a case crossing cannot be effected. As this matter has never been carefully investigated by any observer, nothing like certainty can be affirmed of the probability or improbability of hybridisation. (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls in Proc. Innn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 60-61, 1891.) Ten years later Mr. Henry Deane and I drew attention to a Kucalypt which we had received from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and which we thought presented an instance of hybridism. This was the identical tree from Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord. We are indebted to specimens of a species from Concord from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and the examination of the specimens from the point of view of hybridisation is so instructive that we relate it in detail. Mr. Cambage stated that his tree was growing among Z. paniculata Sm. (another of the Ironbarks), with EZ. hemiphloia near. He added: “ The fruits look like those of HZ. paniculata, but the bark is not that of an Ironbark. The bark is as smooth as that of 2. hemiphloia, and continues right up among the branches.” Reference to the herbarium of the late Dr. Woolls showed that he had, many years previously, obtained specimens from the same locality, and following is a copy of his label: “ 2. paniculata, Bastard Ironbark. Bark something like Woolly Butt or Box.’ The immature fruits have rims which remind one 50 of those of Z. melliodora, and while seized of its affinities to H. paniculata, E. siderophloia and E. hemiphloia, there was certainly evidence to look upon it as an aberrant form of HZ. melliodora and also of Boststoana, an affinity which (as regards the latter species) had already been arrived at by Mueller (though in a different way) as regards the Cabramatta specimens. The fruits are a shade smaller than those of some specimens in our possession, and we have from time to time looked upon the tree as a possible hybrid between E. paniculata and E. hemiphloia, and E. paniculata and E. melliodora respectively. We have examined the trees referred to by Dr. Woolls and Mr. Cambage, and are of opinion that, while they may be properly described as “‘ Black Box” and “ Ironbark Box,” there are certain points of difference between them and the Cabramatta trees (EZ. Boormani) which make us hesitate in referring them to the same species. The foliage and fruits are less coarse than those of Cabramatta, and this circumstance, coupled with the fact that the trees grow amongst HL. paniculata, may cause some observers who may be inclined to look upon the Concord trees as hybrids to consider that H. paniculata is one of the parents. Bearing in mind that cases of hybridisation amongst Eucalypts usually break down under fuller examination, we hesitate to believe that we have a case of hybridisation here, and will revert to the subject at some future time. Four years later I stated that I had no doubt as to its hybrid nature. Ihad had the tree under observation in the meantime, and was of opinion that it was a form sufficiently distinct to receive a name. E. paniculata 8m. x hemiphloia F.v.M. In these Proceedings (1901, p. 340) Mr. Deane and I referred, though with some doubt, to a “‘ Black Box ” or “ Ironbark Box ” from Concord, near Sydney. I desire to say that, having kept these trees under observation, I have no doubt as to their being hybrids of the species named. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 498, 1905.) Hight years later still, I described the tree under the name F. hybrida. 51 DESCRIPTION, COXXXIM. EF. Kruseana F.v.M. In The Australian Journal of Pharmacy (Melbourne), 20th August, 1895, p. 233. Ir was described under the heading of ‘‘ Description of a new Eucalyptus from south Western Australia.” Following is the original description :— Branchlets terete; leaves small, opposite, sessile, mostly cordate-orbicular, some verging into a renate form, on both sides as well as the branchlets, peduncles, pedicels and calyces whitish-grey, copiously glandular-dotted, the venules faint, the peripheric close to the edge of the leaves; peduncles compressed, axillary, 3-4 flowered, about half as long as the leaves; pedicels variously shorter than the whole calyx, sometimes quite abbreviated; flowers small; tube of the calyx at first almost hemiellipsoid; operculum semiovate-conical, slightly pointed, about as long as the calyx-tube; filaments yellowish-white, inflected before expansion; anthers somewhat longer than broad, opening by longitudinal slits; stigma hardly broader than the style; fruit-bearing calyx globular semi-ovate, devoid of angulation, contracted at the summit, the rim narrow; valvules enclosed, but nearly reaching the orifice, usually four. Height of the plant unrecorded, but probably of shrubby stature. Leaves firm, of 3-1} inch measurement. Calyces, inclusive of the lid, hardly above } inch long. Fruit-calyx as broad as long, measuring fully } inch. Matured seeds as yet unavailable. It was named in honour of the late Mr. John Kruse, of Melbourne. SYNONYM. E. Morrisoni Maiden. I described EZ. Morrisoni in the Journ. Nat. Hist. and Science Soc. of W.A., vol. iil, p. 44 (1910). I find that the two species are identical, and therefore EZ. Morrisoni must fall. I endeavoured to see Mueller’s type many years ago, but it was detained by Mueller’s trustees for a number of years, and was not seen by me until Prof. Ewart showed it to me in August, 1911. (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 328, 1915.) Inasmuch as the description of Z. Morrisoni usefully supplements that of Mueller’s in certain points, I give it here. EH. Kruseana was described with 3-4 flowers, Z. Morrisont up to 7. There are lesser differences. A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. One patch seen 50-150 miles east of Kalgoorlie, Trans- continental Survey. Collected by Henry Deane, M.A., M.Inst.C.E., Consulting Engineer, May, 1909. Frutex ramis sparsis circiter 2-5 m. altus. Folia glauca, coriacea, conferta, orbiculata, 1-2 em. diametro, amplexicaula, inconspicue venosa. Flores conferti in fine ramorum umbellis usque ad 7 in capitulo, brevissime pedicellati. Calyx subconicus, sine angulis, gradatim in pedicello, operculum simile forma magnitudineque. 52 Filamenta sulphurea, antherea duabus cellis didymis, glandula magna. Fructus subcylindricus, circiter 6 mm. longus 5 vel 6 mm. latus. Capsula mersa sub orificio. Videtur Z. pulvigere forsan approximandus. Juvenile leayes.—No very young leaves collected. Probably there is no difference between the juvenile and mature leaves. Mature leaves.—Glaucous on both sides, coriaceous, crowded, the branchlets rounded. All nearly orbicular and varying in diameter from about 1 to 2 cm. slightly amplexicaul, apex usually absent or slightly emarginate. Midrib moderately conspicuous for the basal half of its length, lateral veins anastomosing. Incipient crenulations on the margin in some leaves. Buds and Flowers.—Crowded at the ends of the branchlets in umbels up to seven in the head. Very shortly pedicellate, the common peduncle short also. Calyx conoid, not angular, tapering gradually into the pedicel; the operculum similar in shape and size, often bent or curved at the top. Filaments yellow, the anthers with two parallel cells joined together for their whole length, and with a very large gland at the back. Fruits.—In branchlets forming a compound panicle, the individual fruits subeylindrical, about 6 mm. long and 5 or 6 mm. broad, sharply separated from the pedicel. Capsule well sunk below the orifice, valves three or four. In honour of Dr. Alexander Morrison, formerly Government Botanist of Western Australia, who has done so much to diffuse a knowledge of the vegetation of his State. -(The notes on the leaves will be seen under “ Affinities” at p. 53.) RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present. The type came from Fraser’s Range (J. D. Batt), while Mueller’s locality for the type is given in the description as ‘“‘ Fraser's Range, South Western Australia.” The specimen itself bears the inscription, ‘‘ 100 miles north of Israelite Bay,” and doubtless - refers to the same locality. My locality for HE. Morrisoni, ‘‘ 50-150 miles east of Kalgoorlie,” Transcontinental Railway Survey, is new, but is in the same general locality as the preceding. (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., xlix, 329.) I have not seen a specimen from any other locality, and invite attention of collectors to this dainty-foliaged small species. 53 AFFINITIES: 1, With EF. Perriniana F.v.M. Related to Eucalyptus gamophylla, E. orbifolia, and E. Perriniana. The latter (last), however. is from cold mountain regions of Tasmania, and its leaves, free from each other only in the early stage of the young plants, become connate when the trees attain some height, they then resemble those of E. Risdoni (probably the Euc. perfoliata of Desfontaines), although the species belongs to the series of Parallelantherz. (Original description.) For E. Perriniana see Part XXVI and Plate 108. All the leaves of that species are not isoblastic ; a lanceolate leaf is figured at 1d, Plate 108. The leaves of E. Kruseana are much smaller, and, so far as we know, the juvenile leaves are neither connate nor perfoliate. 2. Perriniana is a larger plant (though not very large), with flowers apparently always in threes, and with larger, hemispherical fruits. 2. With EF. gamophylla F.v.M. E. gamophylla is likewise separated from the present new species by the concrescently paired leaves ; moteover its pedicels are almost obliterated, the fruit-bearing calyces are much longer than broad, bearing the vaivules at a higher insertion. (Original description.) For E. gamophylla see Part XXXV, with Plate 147. This again is a perfoliate species, succeeded by racrower lanceolate leaves ; the leaves are not orbicular. The inflorescence is more paniculate and the fruits more cylindroid, while it is a tree yielding timber at least 8 inches in diameter. 3. With E. orbifolia F.v.M. The differences of E. orbifolia are obvious, consisting in scattered stalked leaves, larger flowers, semiglobular calyx-tube, proportionately longer operculum and exserted fruit valvules. (Original description.) _ For £. orbifolia let us turn to Part XVII, with Plate 74. We know but little of the species, but it is sufficient to say that they are very different. Following is an addendum I gave to my description of E. Morrisona :— A few additional notes will be found in square brackets. The general question of the comparative morphology of the leaves of all species remains to be presented when the subject of Morphology is reached. “FE. Morrisoni belongs to the somewhat heterogeneous group (as regards affinities) of species with perfoliate or otherwise strictly opposite (sessile) leaves in the mature stage. , It would appear from B. Fl. iii, 187, that Bentham did not attach much importance to shape of sucker or juvenile leaves. Nevertheless, he used these young leaves to some extent for classification pur- poses, e.g., ‘‘ Leaves in the young saplings of many species and perhaps all in some species’ [my italics] ‘‘ horizontal, opposite, sessile and cordate.” (B.FI. 11, 185.) 54 Some species so included in Bentham’s time are now known not to be sessile throughout life, and it is very possible that, as time goes on, it will be found that all Eucalypts are heteroblastic (blastos, a shoot), i.e , having juverile leaves different from mature ones. This, if proved, will come about in two ways, by (a) the discovery of two kinds of leaves on existing isoblastic species, or (b) the discovery of two species (now accounted isoblastic), one with cordate, &c., leaves entirely, and the other with usual falcate, &c., leaves entirely to be conspecific. : We have much to learn in regard to the effect of changed environment on different species of Eucalyptus, and experiments in cultivation have thrown, and will continue to do so, much light upon variation in this direction. So far as I know, the only species of Eucalyptus (in addition to the present one) which are isoblastic are :— 1. E. pulvigera A. Cunn. A rare New South Wales species. [By this Z. pul- verulenta Sims is meant. See Plate 91, Part XXI of the pres: nt work.] 2. E. cordata Labill. A Tasmanian species. [See Plate 84, Part XIX.] 3. E. macrocarpa Hook. A very coarse Western Australian species. [See Plate 77, Part XVIII. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liii, 70 (1919), I have drawn attention to the fact that there is a tendency to heteroblasticity in this species. ] 4. E. pruinosa Schauer. Indigenous to Western Australia, North Australia, North Queensland. (I have seedlings of this species raised from seed collected by Prof. Baldwin Spencer, at Whanalowra (?), Northern Territory, in 1903, which are distinctly pedicellate!) [See Plate 54, Part XII] 5. E. ferruginea Schauer. With sessile, cordate, rusty pubescent leaves—an Angophoroid species from Western Australia and North Australia. 6. E. setosa Schauer. A sessile, cordate, Angophoroid species, with bristly branchlets, from Queensland and North Australia. [The figures on Plate 158, Part XXXVIII, show that Z. setosa cannot be longer considered as isoblastic, and that Plate 159 shows that HE. ferruginea is becoming heteroblastic, and that probably more active observation will produce additional evidence in that direction. ] Then we have, in a class by itself :— 7. E. perfoliata R.Br., with very large perfoliate, connate leaves and fruits. In this case two opposite leaves cohere into a single lamella, which is pierced by the stem. From Western Australia. [See Part XLIV.] 8. E. gamophylla F.v.M., as figured by Mueller in “‘ Eucalyptographia,” shows no stalked leaves, but it becomes eventually lanceolate and very shortly stalked. See a specimen from Central Australia, collected by C. Winnecke about 1884 (Herb. Melb.), thus leaving E. perfoliata the only connate-leaved species to date. [See Plate 147, Part XXXV of the present work. | 9. E. peltata Benth. is worthy ot special mention. Its leaves are alternate, peltately attached to the petiole above the base, and broadly ovate. This unique species is figured in ‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’ and morphologically it is an incipient 55 form of the connate-petiolate leaf. [The “ Eucalyptographia ”’ plate is erroneous. The adult leaves are not peltate, but lanceolate, as is shown in the present Part. See p. 33 above. | Therefore our new species presents affinities to L. pruinosa Schauer, L. pul- vigera A, Cunn., EL. cordata Labill., B. macrecarpa Hook., HE. ferruginea Schauer, and E. setosa Schauer. It differs from all of them im colour of the filaments, from EB. macrocarpa it is sharply separated in the size and shape of the fruits, from H. ferruginea and EL. setosa in the leaves, fruits, vestiture, &c. Then there remain 2. pulvigera, E. cordata, LE. pruimosa. From £. pulvigera it differs in the very much larger leaves of that species, in the shape of the buds, slightly in the anthers (see below), in the fruits in threes. The fruits are also very much larger, more hemispherical, with a defined rim, and are sessile on a common peduncle. From £. cordata it differs in the foliage (larger even than FE. pulvigera), in the fruits, which are large and almost hemispherical ; the other characters are those of E. pulvigera. The anthers of Z. pulvigera and E. cordata are identical. They also very strongly resemble those of #. Morrisoni, but they appear to differ in having a smaller gland and in being more versatile. ; From H. pruinosa it differs in the very much larger leaves (usually elliptical or tending to lanceolate), larger and more numerous flowers and fruits. The fruits also have a well-defined rim, and, like the branchlets and pedicels, are more or less angular. The two species are sharply different in the anthers, which, in the case of E. pruinosa, belong to a section with a small gland at the top and small openings of anthers.” DESCRIPTION: CCOXXXIV. E. Dawsont R. T. Baker. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 295 (1899), with a Plate (XXI). E. Dawsori is referred to at Part XIII, p. 109 of the present work (1911), but is there looked upon as a synonym of E. polyanthemos. In Part LIX, p. 242, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”? (1916) I was inclined to recognise LZ. Dawsont as a separate species, but hesitated, for reasons stated. I have now come to the conclusion that E. Dawsoni is sufficiently distinct. Following is the original description :— A tall tree with a smooth bark, the foliage, branchlets, buds and fruits glaucous. Young leaves broadly lanceolate 6 inches long and over 3 inches wide, on a petiole over an inch long, very obtuse, glaucous on both sides, venation distinct. Mature leaves mostly short, oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse, rarely acuminate, occasionally reddish in colour, venation fairly distinct, lateral veins not distant, intramarginal vein close to the edge. Peduncles axillary but mostly in large terminal corymbs, exceeding the leaves. Buds on young trees 3 lines long, 14 lines in diameter, sessile or on short pedicels; operculum hemispherical, obtuse; on mature trees 4 to 5 lines long, 1 line in diameter, the calyx tapering into a filiform pedicel, operculum conical, acute. Ovary domed at the summit. Stamens all fertile, inflexed in the bud, filaments thick in proportion to the diameter of the anthers. Anthers very small, cylindrical, rounded at the base and truncate at the top, opening by terminal pores. Fruit small, turbinate, pedicel almost filiform, mostly a line in diameter and under 2 lines long, rim thin, capsule sunken, valves not exserted. Illustrations. Tt is figured (as £. polyanthemos) in Plate 58 (Part XIII) of the present work, under the following figures :—4, 9, 10, 11. With the figures now submitted (5-8; Plate 175) it is suggested that the characters of the species are clear. SYNONYM. None, but hitherto includcd by me in EH. polyanthemos. It is undoubtedly a geminate species. SANGRE: The species is confined to New South Wales as far as we know. In the original description we have the following localities. “‘ Ridges on the watershed of the Goulburn River (R. T. Baker); across the main Divide at Cassilis, 2nd north-west to Pilliga (Prof. W. H. Warren).” 57 To which may be added the following, some of which are supplementary localities. Bylong, 32 miles from Rylstone (R. T. Baker). The type. Also Murrumbo. “ Red Box, Slaty Gum,” Gulgong (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.). Cobborah (between Dubko and Dunedoo) (District Forester Marriott). Dunedoo (Forest Guard C. H. Gardner). “Red Gum Nos. 1 cnd 2.” Murrurundi (Forester L. A. Macqueen, 1913). Baerami, Denman (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 2710, 2711). The following specimens of #. Dawsoni in the National Herbarium, Melbourne, were looked upon by Mueller as £. polyanthemos. ‘‘ Ridges near Mudgee”? (Rev. Dr. Woolls, October, 1886); Mudgee road (Woolls), under EZ. polyanthemos in B.FI. iii. 214. AFFINITIES. With £. polyanthemos Schauer. I think that Part XIII, p. 114, &c., of this work, and Part LIX, p. 214, &c., of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales” are eloquent as to the affinities of the two species. Mr. Baker, in his original description of the species (op. cit., p. 296) does not clearly contrast it with others. Speaking of it and H. polyanthemos he says :—“ The sucker and mature leaves of both species are different as well as the venation. The leaves of H. Dawsoni are almost always glaucous, as well as the buds and fruits, a feature rarely found in HZ. polyanthemos.” The describer speaks of H. Dawsoni as a tree with a smooth bark—growing “ to a great height with a splendidly straight, branchless trunk, and always occurs under the ridges, never being found on the summit nor at the base.’ It seems to me that ~ the most outstanding differences between the two species consist in the larger size, the more erect habit, and the smoother bark of Z. Dawsoni. I cannot satisfy myself that there are important differences in the juvenile leaves of the two species; the mature leaves are more commonly orbicular, or comparatively broad, in Z. polyanthemos, the foliage of H. Dawsoni being more commonly lanceolate. The fruits of ZH. Dawsoni appear to have thinner walls, and to be more conical than those of E. polyanthemos; the latter are usually more pear-shaped. At the same time the fruits are often so similar that they are not easily separated. The staminal ring (fig. 7a, Plate 175) seems more deciduous, with the stamens attached, in #. Dawsoni than in EL. polyanthemos, but this is a matter for investigation with additional material. DESCRIPTION. IDOE basi polyanthemos Schater. Tor a description of this species, see p. 109, Part XIII of this work. It willke observed that, at p. 56 of the present Part, #. Dawsoni R. T. Baker has been recognised as a species distinct from £. polyanthemos. Tilustrations. In Plate 223, Part LIX of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” I hgured the type specimen of #. polyanthemos Schauer. Most of the leaves are orbicular, and I find that the plate is incomplete to the extent that I did not also figure the lanceolate leaves which are often found on trees bearing orbicular and broadly lanceolate leaves as on the type. : If, however, Plate 58 of Part XIII of the ‘‘ Critical Revision” be turned to, it will be found that (as explained at p. 56) while figures 4, 9, 10, 11 are H. Dawsonzt, and show lanceolate leaves, Nos. 3, 5, 8 also show lanceolate leaves, and are true E. polyanthemos. The Bark. The ‘‘ North of Bathurst” tree (the type of E. polyanthemos) has a more or less rough, flaky bark, but it varies, within limits, as to the amount of fibre and the distance the roughness reaches up the bole. See also Cudal (W. F. Blekely), Hill End (R. H. Cambage), p. 61, for local descriptions more or less full. The north-east of Victoria and the southern New South Wales tree was described by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt as having a “ gnarled, greyish boxy bark” and “ bark grey, persistent, and looks often scaly.” ‘‘ At first sight the tree resembles somewhat E. hemiphlova variety albens in its bark.” Mr. Baeuerlen, spcaking of trees near Bombala, N.S.W., says, ‘‘ bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, persistent except on the topmost smallest branchlets.” Speaking of the Tumberumba district, N.S.W., Mr. R. H. Cambage says :— ‘““ In comparing these trees with the Victorian and Bathurst Red Box, they appear to more nearly resemble the former, but this is chiefly owing to their having Pox bark covering the trunk and limbs. The fruit might belong to either, while, from a cursory examination, the red timber of all three appears the same. In foliage, however, the Kyeamba trees closely resemble the Bathurst Red Box, which has been described by R.T. Baker under the name L. ovalifolia (these Proceedings, 1900, p. 680’. (Proc. Linn. Soe. NS Wee Xexixe nO Sue) 59 See also the description of the bark under Wyndham (J. L. Boorman); near Albury (Bishop J. W. Dwyer); Canberra (R. H. Cambage). The use of the term Box as applied to this tree has caused some confusion. The earliest settlers probably applied the name to a half-barked sub-fibrous barked tree, which Sydney people know as Box (EB. hemiphloia). Later settlers, in the drier parts, refer to a bark which is often less fibrous and more flaky, eg., as is often seen in E. melliodora. Itave seen the trees over much of the range of the species in New South Wales and Victoria, and am satisfied that the “‘ north of Bathurst” (the type) and the Southern Tableland (and Victorian) trees do not really differ in bark. There are, of course, differences in the barks as regards individual trees, particularly in localities far apart, as one would naturally expect. E. polyanthemos has lanceolate leaves. The following specimens were seen by Mueller and labelled by him £. poly- anthemos; all tave lanceolate leaves, which indeed are often seen on the upper branches of the species. It is, indeed, a matter of common observation that towards the top of an adult tree the leaves become smaller or more lanceolate. This has been already referred to under “ IIlustrations.” Mr. R. H. Cambage (op. cit.) points out the va-ic.tion in the leaves of this species. Besides the examples to be immcd'ately cited, see the references under “ Range” to the Federal Territory leaves (Weston, Camhage), and Hill End (Cambage). 1. “ Den.’ Narrow-leaved Grey Box. The young saplings have round blue leaves, the old trees as within [2.e., lanceolate leaves.—J.H.M.]. Bark grey, persistent, and looks often scaly. The smallest branches are smooth. This tree when young often grows as a number of saplings from the same root. The trunk has often swellings and knobs, and is frequently largest just where it springs from the ground (Iguana Creek, Gippsland, A. W. Howitt, No. 10). As to the use of the name Den, see the present work XIII, p. 109. These speci- mens show that, even if this aboriginal name is given to another species, it is certainly apphled to £. polyanthemos. 2. In“ B. polyanthemos, Snowy River, Gippsland (R. Rowe per Charles Walter),”’ the leaves vary from broadly lanceolate to lanceolate and even narrow-lanceolate. There are no orbicular leaves amongst them. 3. Mudgee road, N.S.W. The specimen is identical with Schauer’s, but the sender [not named.—J.H.M.] writes:—‘‘In the larger trees the leaves are ovate- lanceolate.” Other specimens in the Melbourne Herbarium including lanceolate leaves are :— Daylesford (J. R. Tovey); County of Talbot (F. M. Reader). Both Victoria. 60 - RANGE. This has already been described at pages 112-115 of Part XIII. In view of the. confusion that has gathered about some specimens, I give the following labels of speci- mens in the Melbourne Herbarium seen by Mueller, which haye been sent te me by Professor Ewart. I have excluded those specimens of Z. Dawsoni and E. Bayeriang which Mueller attributed to . polyanthemos. Tke lakels of these specimens are, in some cases, referred to at p. 113, sometimes with some change in the verbiage. In most cases the leaves are oxbicular to broad- or oblong-lanceolate. VICTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). McAllister River (Mueller, 1858). Seen by Bentham. “ Hill Box, Red Wood,’ Mt. Kosciusko Range (Find’ay, January, 1880). Wangaratta. Also timber No. B2, from same locality. Beechworth and near Chiltern (A. W. Howitt). Ovens River (Mueller, January, 1853). Seen by Bentham. Bindi(?). Gippsland (Mr. O’Rourke, A. W. Howitt). Heyfield and Euroa (A. W. Howitt). Upper Avoca and Loddon Rivers (A. C. Purdie, 1894). With lanceolate leaves, Ravenswood (Walter K. Bissill). Red Box. Wood red, close-grained, durable and very useful. Warrandyte, July, 1874 (? Walter). “ Walter's timber specimen from Anderson’s Creek.” New SourH Wates (sEEN By MUELLER). Delegate district (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1885, No. 124). Flowering as a shrub about 8 or 10 feet high, very spreading. Occurring only once ona hill here. Quiedong, near Bombala (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1887, No. 419). Bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, persistent except on the topmost smallest branchlets. Trunk 2-3 feet, low, soon dividing. Branches wide-spreading. 50-60 feet high (do. No. 418). “White Box. Upright tree 50-70 feet high. 2-3 feet diameter. Common in Lachlan and Murrumbidgee districts.” (J. Duff, 1883, No. 44.) : New Sours WALES. Following are some additional specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— “ Small to medium-sized trees up to 40 or 50 fect. Bark ribbony or coming away in flakes, leaving a mottled patchy stem of red and grey. Foliage varying in size and shape; a most variable tree. Timber spoken of locally as first-class, but seldom reaches mill-size in the district.” Wyndham (J. L. Boorman). 61 “Has a persistent, rather rough bark; spreading and rarely tall. Locally called ‘ Black Box’ (?) near Bega.”’ (W. D. Francis). “ Bark fibrous, persistent up to the branches, then whitish. About 50 feet high. Flowers creamy white, buds ashy.” Albury (Rev., now Bishop J. W. Dwyer, No. 111). Albury (A. V. Frauenfelder). Gundaroo (Rey. J. W. Dwyer). Mt. Stromlo, Federal Territory (C. J. Weston). With cylindroid fruits and lanceolate leaves. Malcolmvale, Majura, Federal Territory (C. J. Weston, No. 48). Smooth bark, almost to ground; some of the leaves lanceolate. Towards Murrumbidgee from Canberra (R. H. Cambage, No. 2974). Very common throughout the district and known as “‘ Red Box.” It occasionally produces a straight, workable timber, which is said to be excellent for all purposes, but usually it is a small much-branched tree. It suckers frecly, and is a good honey plant. Trunkey (J. L. Boorman). “Red Box; gum bark, except at base.” With lanceolate leaves, Hill End (R. H. Cambage, No. 2751). E- Bumbery (J. L. Boorman). “ Rather low, well-branched trees. The bark white or greyish. Timber chiefly used for fencing, height 40-50 feet, girth 3 to 4 feet.” Box from the ranges, Mount Esk, Bowan Park, near Cudal (W. F. Blakely). AFFINITIES. These are dealt with at p. 116 of Part XIII, and it is only necessary to add E. Dawsoni to the species there enumerated. The differences between L. polyanthemos and this species are ccalt with at p. 57 of the present Part. DESCRIPTION. LXIV. E. Baueriana Schauer. Ficurep and described at p. 120, Plate 59, Part XIII, of this work. Seealso p. 149, Plate 215, Part LVII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” RANGE. The following specimens from the Melbourne Herbarium have been lent to me by Professor Ewart. They were all labelled HZ. polyanthemos by Mueller and are very interesting on that account, since they help to interpret his own and Bentham’s writings on that species. They usefully supplement the list of localities given at pages 122-3 of Part XIII of the present work. VICTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). Australia Felix (J. Dallachy, 1852). “ Beyond Mount Disappointment’? with narrow- to broad-lanceolate leaves (Mueller); about Station Peak (Mueller; both early fifties). Lake Wellington, Lake Tyers, Mitchells River and Tambo. (Mueller.) Upper Genoa River; Rhytiphloiz (Mueller, September, 1860). New SourH WALES (SEEN By MUELLER). 1. “ Poplar leaf Box,’ Round leaf or Poplar Box. No attributes of ““ Gum” about it. Very ornamental. Hard to kill. Flowers most abundant. ~ Rich in honey. Candelo, damp gullies and river banks near the sea. 2. Bark rugose, reticulately wrinkled, dull olive green or ash grey, smaller branches smooth, green. Parrel 20-40 feet. Diameter 18 inches—3 feet. Murrah River to Towamba, along the coast, and a path at Wolumla Camping Reserve. (Both 1 and 2, Tyrone White, 1885.) ‘“ Round-leaved Box, Ulladulla (J. 8. Allan, No. 8B), (The above are South Coast.) ‘* Bark slightly furrowed and grey. Spreading tree 40 feet high, stem 2 feet diameter. Liverpool (John Duff), 63 The following were collected by Rey. Dr. Woolls, and the labels bear some of his remarks, which explain some of his writings :— 1. “ Hemiphloiz. Bastard Box. Very like the ‘true Box’ in appearance (E. hemiphloia). May be E. populnea or E. (c) gneorifolia.” This specimen was labelled E. polyanthemos by both Mueller and Bentham. Fairfield. (#. populnea is a synonym of E. populifolia. See Part X, p. 340.) 2. “ Poplar-leaved Gum. Rhytiphloie. Bark persistent. Small tree on the Nepean called Lignum Vite. Heart wood very hard. #. populnea? See Hooker.” Labelled E. polyanthema Schauer by Mueller, and Bentham concurred. 3. “ E. populnea. On the banks of the Nepean. Bark like Stringybark, but not so fibrous. Sometimes called Bastard Box. I think this must be EL. populnea. Wood very hard, used for rough furniture. Small tree called Lignum Vite.” Following are specimens additional to those seen by Mueller or recorded by myself, op. cit. :-— Southern New South Wales.—‘‘ Small trees or large shrubs, leafy from the ground upwards. Locally known as Bastard Box.” Eden-Towamba (J. L. Boorman). “ Blue Box,” near Cobargo (W. Dunn). Moruya (E. Breakwell). “ Exceedingly large trees, having large and round stems, of a Pox-like scaly appearance. Yield a large amount of good, sound timber for use in fencing and such- like purposes. Has yielded most of the fencing on the Bodalla Estate. Fairly common. Nerrigundah (J. L. Boorman). Cobbitty, near Camden, on the river Nepean banks (J.H.M.). Northern New South Wales.—Enmore, 18 miles east of Uralla, head waters of the Macleay River. “ On Silurian (?) slate formation, 3,300 feet above sea level. Greatest elevation known to me for this species.” (R, H. Cambage. ) 64 DESCRIPTION. CCXXXV. FE. conica Deane and Maiden. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 612 (1899), with a Plate. Tue description will be found at p. 123, Part XIII, of the present work, and figures at Plate 60. It is also figured at Plate 219, Part LVIII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” SYNONYM. E. Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden, in this work, p. 123, Part XIII. In certain cases (of which this is one), it is a matter of honest opinion as to whether a plant may be looked upon as a variety of a certain species or not. _It is a geminate species with EZ. Baueriana, and I think that convenience will be better served by looking upon £. conica as distinct. — RANGE. It is confined to New South Wales and Queensland so far as we know, and many localities are cited at p. 124, Part XIII of the present work. The following are additional :— New Soutn WALES. “ Large fuzzy Box-trees, 40-60 feet. It grows in a low moist place, subject to occasional floods.” Yalgogrin (J. L. Boorman). “A White Box. Has a rough white bark almost to tips of limbs; practically no bole; of a spreading and gnarled appearance, and useless.” Cumbijowa State Forest, 12 miles east of Forbes (Forest Guard K. Walker). “Like Peppermint, 24 inches diameter, 30 feet high. Rough grey bark, clean at tips of branches; growing on high country.” (Harvey Range State Forest.) 65 ““Yamble Box.” Near Yamble, via Mudgee (A. Murphy). Near Tingha (Gordon Burrow; I have not specimens, but do pot dispute the record). ““ White Peppermint. A huge tree, in appearance like ZL. Stwartiana; a rough white bark. Parish Nangarah, County Darling, near Barraba(W. A. W. de Beuzeville). “Fairly large tree, branches somewhat pendulous. Rough and fibrous bark on trunk and large branches, clean upper branches. Growing on alluvial flats at Arra- rownie; head of Bohena Creek, Pilliga Scrub; 35 miles south of Narrabri (Forest Guard T. W. Taylor, No, 82). ‘‘ A White Box, rather smooth white bark.” Baradine and Bohena Creeks, Pilliga Scrub (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). <‘ Bastard Box;’ Baradine district (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 75). ‘‘ Box, rough bark to top. 40 feet high, 40 inches in girth.’ Parish Bomera, County Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). ‘“ Narrow blue-leaf Box. 60 feet high, branching low.” Pilliga (E. H. F. Swain); Pilliga Forest (Gordon Burrow). QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe (J. L. Boorman); Warwick (Dr. J. Shirley); “‘ Box,’ Gowrie, Little Plain (W. F. Gray). 66 LXX. E. concolor Schauer. The Type. The concolor confusion. Tue type of this species comes from limestone hills near Fremantle, Western Australia, as stated at p. 153, Part XIV of this work. A good deal of confusion has gathered - around it, partly because the incomplete material available could not be interpreted at the time. ; Bentham (B.F. iii, 249) quotes, in addition to the type, only specimens which come from the south coast, hundreds of miles from the type locality. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 231 (1913), I have drawn attention to two specimens of the type lent to me by Dr. Fischer von Waldheim, then of the St. Peters- burg Herbarium. Careful drawings were made of the specimens before returning them, but one was in leaf only and the other was in flower, but without opercula. With additional experience gained since then, and comparison of all material obtained from the Fremantle district (including Claremont), I find that figures 7 a-d, Plate 63, are practically identical with the type of E. concolor. Fremantle material has, by Bentham, local botanists and myself, been included in three species in all, viz., Z. decipiens, wncinata, and falcata. Following are references which will help to elucidate this :— 1, Under E. decipiens End]. See Part XIV, last paragraph of p. 151, also Plate 63, figs. 7 a-d. Near Claremont Asylum, Perth, “ practically a type locality of FE. concolor.” In other words, I figured practically a typical specimen of EZ. concolor as E. decipiens. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald, a well-informed Western Australian botanist, wrote, “E. decipiens Endl. The Fremantle form consists of small thickets of erect shrubs, 8-12 feet high, growing on tertiary limestone.” Bentham (B.Fl. ii) kept £. decipiens and E. concolor very far apart in his classification. Both under E. decipiens (p. 218) and under B. concolor (p. 247) he recognises shrubby and tree forms, but although he gives a far larger ultimate size to the former, he, speaking of the latter, says, ‘‘ larger and more rigid (than HE. decipiens) in all its parts.” To what extent the shrubby and tree forms are to be divided amongst E. decipiens and H. concolor begs the question as to whether the two species are really different. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 231 (1913) I express the opinion that E. decipiens and HE. concolor are not specifically different, in which case E. decipiens, being the older name, would stand. In view of the fact that inquiry is still 67 proceeding as to the relations of shrubs and trees from, say, the Swan River to King George’s Sound, hitherto variously attributed to EL. concolor and to E. decipiens, the matter may well stand over for a reasonable time. It may turn out that— (a) E. concolor is the Fremantle form of EZ. decipiens. (b) EB. decipiens var. angustifolia (see Part XIV, p. 149) is an even narrower-leaved form of H. decipiens than is typical FL. concolor. _2. Under E. uncinata Turez. See Part XIV, and at p. 145 we have Subiaco Beach near Fremantle (Dr. J. B. Cleland) and 3 miles south of Fremantle (W. V. Fitzgerald). I have also received specimens from “near Fremantle, Limestone” (C. Andrews). Not only did Mr. Fitzgerald, but also Mr. Ardrews, another competent botanist, label them E. uncinata. They had not seen the type of EH. uncinata, the forms of which have not even yet been fully worked out, and it is useful to point out that the view above indicated was held near the type locality of E. concolor itself. It will be seen that Bentham (B.Fl. ii, 218) points out the similarity of the fruit in Z. decipiens and EL. uncinata. 3. Under E. falcata Turcz. var. ecostata Maiden. See Part XV, p. 181. On limestone, near Fremantle. (Cecil Andrews and W. V. Fitzgerald). These speci- mens are discussed in their relations to Z. concolor lower down the page and on page 182. Placing these Fremantle specimens under £. falcata is an act for which I am alone responsible, but the Fremantle plant has the buds sometimes so ribbed as to resemble ZL. falcata somewhat. Drummond’s No. 77 is not E. concolor. Bentham’s citation of Drummond’s 4th Coll. No. 77 under EL. concolor, a very thick-leaved specimen, only seen in mature leaf and fruit, and figured at fig. 11, Plate 63 (Part XIV) is important inasmuch as it was the only specimen, named £. concolor by high authority, which was available for the guidance of Australian botanists for vely many years. At fig. 12 I have matched Dr. Diels’ Cape Riche specimen with it, and still think that this view is probably correct. I have 1eferred at length to Dr. Diels’ specimens at p. 155, Part XIV. Some further collecting is required, in connection with the general decipiens-concolor investigation already referred to, when the position of these specimens can again be referred to, but at present it can be said that none of them are typical for H. concolor, and I have made a slip of the pen in the lettering under fig. 11 (page 163) in saying that Drummond’s specimen is typical for Z. concolor. 68 AFFINITIES: At pages 66 and 67 I have already gone into the relations of E. concolor to E. decipiens, BE. uncinata and E. falcata, and 1 have little to add. 1. With £. decipiens Endl. Dr. Stoward, under No. 122, sent me a specimen of ‘“‘ White Gum, height 30-40, diameter of trunk 15-18 inches. Grows on limestone country in the Tuart belt along the coast. Spot near Newmarket Hotel, Coogee Road. April-May, 1917.” This is from the neighbourhood of typical E. concolor, and although these specimens lack juvenile leaves, they seem to answer to the description of H. decipiens. It E. concolor, as I surmise, then the tree is the largest recorded for that species. 2. With FE. uncinata Turcz. For this species I would invite attention to Plate 62, Part XIV, and would say that the species is, as regards some of the Western Australian specimens; under revision. { 3. With FE. faleata Turcz. var. ecostata Maiden. For this species see Plate 68, Part XV. Explanation of Plates (172-5). PLATE 172. £. eximia Schauer. la. Peltate juvenile leaf, with curved venation; 16, peltate juvenile leaf, the venation advanced a stage towards the pinnate; 1c, intermediate leaf, the venation still further advanced, but not yet completely pinnate, as the mature leaf depicted at fig. 1, Plate 173. Glenbrook, Blue Mountains, N.S.W. (J.H.M.) 2. Broad, short, intermediate leaf, not in the juvenile stage. Note the glandular appearance of the young shoots. Springwood, Blue Mountains. (J. L. Boorman.) 3a. Elongated petiolate juvenile leaf; 3b, 3c, 3d, different shapes and sizes of juvenile leaves, all with auriculate bases. 3d is almost hastate in shape. The secondary veins of 3c and 3d at a smaller angle to the midrib than those of 3a and 36. These specimens are accompanied, at the lower parts of the branchlets, by small, early leaves, arrested in their growth, similar in shape, and only differing from the other leaves in size. These remarks apply to other species also. Hornsby Valley, Galston Road, Sydney district. (W. F. Blakely.) 4. Buds showing shrinking of the calyx-tube in drying and thus the operculum takes on a mushroom shape. Cultivated plant, Inner Domain, Sydney. (J.H.M.) Compare EH. Watsoniana, fig. 1b, Plate 174. ot 6a. 2a. 3a. 4. la. 2a. 69 PLATE 172—continued. E. eximia Schauer—continued. Buds, with ridges on calyx-tube. Grose River, N.S.W. (George Caley, September, 1801.) (From the British Museum.) Buds with the ordinary conical opercula; 6b, buds with opercula almost hemispherical; 6¢, back and front views of anther. Berowra to Peat’s Ferry, Hawkesbury River, (J.H.M. October, 1895.) Fruits, scarcely urceolate in shape. Woy Woy, Hawkesbury River. (A. Murphy.) Fruits unusually urceolate in shape. Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River. (W. Forsyth and A. A, Hamilton.) From same tree as fig. 1, Plate 173. PLATE 173. E. eximia Schauer. (See also Plate 172.) Rather long, mature leaf, Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River, N.8.W. (W. Forsyth and A. A. Hamilton.) E. peltata Benth. Juvenile leaf, nearly orbicular, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced, broadly lanceolate, peltate, venation making a smaller angle with the midrib; 2c, mature leaf, of the ordinary lanceolate shape (Mueller never saw mature leaves of his own species,—see “ Eucalyptographia ” plate); 2d, umbel of young buds, with bracteoles still attached; 2e, buds; 2f, buds, further advanced, and with conoid opercula; 2g, front and back views of anther. Alma-den, Northern Queensland. (R. H. Cambage, No. 3884.) E. Watsoniana F.v.M. (See also Plate 174.) Portion of mature leaf; 3b, bud; 3c, front and back views of anthers; 3d, fruit. Wigton Creek. Queensland. (T. Wentworth Watson.) From a portion of the type in the Melbourne Herbarium, Note that the bud is more wrinkled than that collected from a cultivated tree in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (see figs. 5a, Plate 173, and 1, Plate 174.) A ‘comparatively long, narrow, mature leaf with long petiole. Parish of Boondooma, Queensland. (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White.) Buds; note their nearly flat tops, and absence of wrinkles; 5b, youngish fruit, also free from wrinkles ; drawn from fresh specimens in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, raised from a seed obtained from the type. PLATE 174. E. Watsoniana F.v.M. (See also Plate 173.) Mature leaf; 1b, buds. This shrinking of the calyx-tube and ribbing, owing to the vascular bundles standing out, together with the “overhanging” appearance of the operculum, is seen also in E. eximia (fig. 4, Plate 172), and in some other species. It is the effect of drying. Cultivated in Botanic Gardens, Sydney. E. trachyphloia F.v.M. Small juvenile leaf, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced; 2c, fruits. Arrarownie, Borah Creek, Pilliga Scrub, N.S.W. (H. I. Jensen, No. 152.) Mature leaf. Pilliga Scrub. (E. H. F. Swain.) Narrow mature leaf. Coolabah, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt.) Intermediate or nearly mature leaf. South Queensland. (Forest Inspector J. Board.) 70 PLATE 174-—continued. E. trachyphloia F.v.M.—continued. 6a, 6b, Juvenile leaves, not in the earliest stage; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, twig with buds; 6¢, front and back views of anther; 6/, fruits. Bundaberg, Queensland. (J.H.M.) N.B.—This is the type locality of the species. 7a. Juvenile leaf in an early, though not the earliest stage; 7b, the same, but a little further advanced. Note the glandular hairs round the edges of these two leaves. 7c, intermediate leaf; 7d, fruits. N.B.—The mature leaves from Bathurst Island are so similar to that of fig. 3 of the present plate that they have not been depicted. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill No. 465.) It is to be observed that the Bathurst Island foliage in its younger stages is coarser than any that has so far been recorded from the mainland. PLATE 175. E. hybrida Maiden. a. Mature leaf (juvenile leaf not available); 1b, buds; 1c, views of two anthers; 1d, le, fruits in two stages, 7.e., the less advanced showing a rim. Concord, near Sydney. (R. H. Cambage, J. L. Boorman, J.H.M.) The type. 2a, 2b, Mature leaves; 2c, buds; 2d, views of two anthers. Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. (Dr. J. B. Cleland.) = E. Kruseanaz F.v.M. 3a. Twig bearing fruits; 3, different views of anthers; 3c, flowers; 3d, a solitary bud (all on the specimen) and a fruit. 100 miles north of Israelite Bay, W.A. (J. D. Batt.) The type. 4a. A leafy shoot, some of the leaves younger than those depicted at 3a; 46, buds; 4c, fruits. 50-100 miles east of Kalgoorlie (Transcontinental Railway Survey), W.A. (Henry Deane.) Type of &, Morrisont Maiden. E. Dawsoni R. T. Baker. 5. Buds of the type as depicted in Vol. XXIV, Plate XXI, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, three views of anthers; 8a, fruits; 8b, the same, end on. Denman, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage No. 2711.) Ta, A flower; 7), the deciduous collar or staminal ring referred to at p. 57. Cobborah, N.S.W. (District Forester Marriott.) CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. Pi, e472) M. Fiockton del. ot tith. EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA ScHauER. [See also Plate 173.] ate vad be aly ¥; CRIT. REY. EUCALYPTUS. = Sonloaiel. X a M. Flockfoen del. ef lith, (1) [See also Plate 172.]} EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA Scuaurr. E. PELTATA F.v.M. (2) E. WATSONIANA F.v.M. (8-5) [See also Plate 174.] PL. 174. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. | ene myn pen ec mesces Neen Ses peek ie ns TSS M.FlocKTon delet lith- (1) [See also Plate 173.] EUCALYPTUS WATSONIANA F.v.M. (2-7) E. TRACHYPHLOIA F.v.M. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS M. Flock fon- deter ith. EUCALYPTUS HYBRIDA Mawen. (1, 2) E. KRUSEANA F.v.M. (8, 4) E. DAWSONI R. T. BAKER. (5-8) [See also Plate 58, figs. 4, 9-11.] DESCRIPTION: COXXXVI. E. ficifolia F.v.M. In Fragmenta 11, 85 (1860). Fotiowine is a translation of the original :— Leaves moderately petiolate, opposite, ovate-lanceolate or sub-ovate, acute, coriaceous, spreadingly and very finely penniveined in a crowded manner, scarcely pellucid-punctate, straightly and faintly reticulate-veined, paler on the underside, peripheral vein close to the margin, wmbels terminal and paniculate, pedicels quadrangular, about the same length as the calyx-tube, fruits large, truncate- or suburceolate- ovate, exangular, three- or four-celled, valves deltoid, deeply included and deflexed, fertile seeds greyish brown with long wings in the fore part, most of the seeds sterile, narrow and elongated. Bentham (B.FI. iii, 256), had his doubts as to its specific rank, and dismissed it in the following words :— E. ficifolia, F. Muell. Fragm. ii, 85. Only known from imperfect specimens in fruit, which differ in no respect from L. calophylla, except that the seeds are of a pale colour and the testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing. Further specimens may prove these differences not to be constant. West Australia. Broke’s Inlet, “ Black-butt,” Maxwell. From the Hay, Gordon and Tone Rivers in the same neighbourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from LZ. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species. It was then more fully described, and also illustrated, by Mueller in the ‘* Hucalyptographia.” Some of his remarks on the colour of the filaments are referred to below. SUPPOSED VARIETY. E. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Guilfoylei Bailey, in Proc. Roy. Soc. Q., x, p. 17 (1894). This is identical with Z. calophylla R.Br. var. rosea (Hort.) Maiden, see below, p. 75. RANGE. The type came from Broken Inlet, ‘‘ near the coast of the estuary, Broken Inlet, south West Australia,’ Maxwell. I would suggest that this is a slip of the pen or a limited local name for Brookes’ Inlet, between Irwin Inlet and D’Entrecasteaux Point (v.e., approaching Cape Leeuwin). | 72 Bentham says “from the Hey, Gordon and Tone Rivers in the same neigh- bourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from F. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species.’ It may be said that dried flowering specimens of E. ficifolia and E. calophylla may be difficult to discriminate from each other. Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia”’) says: “‘ From the western side of Irwin’s Inlet to the entrance of the Shannon, constituting a distinct forest belt in the coast region, though not actually approaching the sea-shore.” Brookes’s Inlet appears to be the most westerly locality, and it extends easterly to the west side of Irwin’s Inlet and the Shannon River to Irwin’s Inlet, and northerly to near Mount Hoskins in the Frankland district. The range of this species, which is not very great, has not yet been definitely ascertained. It is so extensively cultivated in gardens that one has to be on one’s guard in recording localities for it, particularly west and north of King George’s Sound. Dr. R. H. Pulleine, of Adelaide, who made an extensive trip, found it “ beauti- fully in flower in December, 1917.” He found it on coastal hills (some of them hundreds of feet high), between Landers’ Camp, about 15 miles north-north-west of Nornalup. It forms flat-topped impenetrable thickets, 8-10 feet high, often so thick and inter- twined that you could walk over the top, rather than get through it. He referred me to Mr. Brockman, who obligingly replied as follows :— “ Only found in its wild state along the south coast in small areas extending from Denmark to the Nornalup Inlet, a distance of about 35 miles by roughly 5 miles. There is no large extent of it in this area, and I think about 2,009 acres is about the largest area where it grows, scattered and in stunted trees. There are a few clumps of flat-topped thickets mixed with other varieties of Gums. The largest tree, judging from memory, was about 6 feet (sic) diameter and about 35 feet, with a ragged and spreading top.” (E. J. T. Brockman, Reviley via Balingup.) It is in the National Herbarium of New South Wales from the following localities :— “ Trees of 12, 14 and 20 feet,” west side of Irwin’s Inlet (Sid. W. Jackson, through H. L. White). “ Red-flowering Gum. Height up to 30 feet and up to 3 feet in diameter. Grows on sandy hills near Irwin Inlet and on granite hills near Mt. Hoskins in the Franklin district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 112). Shannon River; also near Wilson’s Inlet (W. V. Fitzgerald). JAEIE UN ICID With £. calophylla R.Br. See p. 78. 73 DES ORIPT ION: CCOXXXVI. E. calophylla R.Br. In Journ. Geog. Soc. i, 1831 (1832), 20; Lindley in Bot. Reg. (1841), Pl. Misc. 72. In the “ General view of the botany of Swan River,’ by Robert Brown (Journ. Roy. Geog. Soc. i, 17-21, 1832), at pp. 19-20, we have :— Of Kucalyptus, the only species in the collection (Fraser’s) had been first found on Captain Flinders’ voyage at King George’s Sound, on the shore of which it was the only useful timber tree, though there oI very moderate size. I have named it Lucalyptus calophylla. Lindley’s description was as follows :— Foliis alternis ovato-lanceolatis marginatis parce punctatis nune acuminatis nunc obtusis cum mucrone; venis primatiis simplicibus pennatim dispositis contiguis subparallelis, umbellis terminalibus et axillaribus 4-5 floris, pedunculatis, operculo. minimo hemisphaerico umbonato hine cupulae c. cardine affixo. (Of which the following is a translation :—Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate, marginate, with a few dots, sometimes acuminate, sometimes obtuse, with a mucro. Primary veins simple, pinnate, close together, sub-parallel, umbels terminal and axillary, 4-5 flowered, pedunculate, operculum very small, hemispherical, umbonate, fixed to the calyx-tube by a hinge.) Lindley then proceeds in English :— The name of ZL. calophylla is current in gardens for this beautiful plant, but I cannot discover it in books. It is a native of Port Augusta* on the south-west coast of New.Holland, whence its seeds were ‘sont to Capt. Jas. Mangles, R.N., by Mrs. Molloy, a lady enthusiastically fond of flowers, to whom we are indebted for many acquisitions. Its branchcs are of a rich reddish biown. The lcaf-stalks, which are rather more than an inch long, are of the same colour. The leaves are from 4 to 6 inches long, ovate- lanceolate, flat, pale green, with a rich red marginal line, within which, at the distance of a quarter of a line, runs a faint intramarginal vein; when bruised they have a faint ard rather pleasant smell; very few transparent dots are visible; the veins are delicate lincs, almost at 1ight angles to the midrib, from three- fourths to one and a half lines asunder, and running somewhat parallel till they lose themselves in the intramarginal vein; they are held together by fine reticulations. The whole appearance of the foliage is that of a Calophyllum. The flowers are large and white, the cup is obconical, 6 lincs long, and as much across the mouth; the lid, however, is only half that diameter, and hanzs to the edge of the cup on one side, by a narrow neck, so that it cannot fall off; this arises from the cup continuing to enlarge after the separation of the lid. (Lindley, op. cit.) It is redescribed by Schauer in Plante Preissiane, i, 131 (1844-5). *This is not to be confused with Port Augusta, in South Australia. The home of the type of BZ. calophylla is now known as Augusta, and is just to the cast of Cape Leeuwin, 74 Bentham (B.FI. 111, 255) then described it as follows :— A beautiful tree, with a more dense foliage than usual in the genus, the rough, corky bark coming off in irregular masses (Oldfield). Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, obtuse or mucrenate-acute, rather rigid with very numerous transverse parallel veins, the intramarginal one scarcely distant frcm the edge. Umbels loose, with rather large flowers, in a terminal corymbose panicle, with one or two some- times in the upper axils. Peduncles flattened or nearly terete, pedicels longer than the calyx-tube. Calya- tube turbinate and often ribbed on the adnate part, the free part much dilated, often 4 inch diameter. Operculum hemispherical, obtuse or umbonate, shorter than the calyx-tube and continuous with it till the flower expands. Stamens } to ? inch long; anthers ovate, with parallel distinct cells opening longi- tudinally. Ovary flat or slightly convex on the top. Fruit when perfect ovoid-urceolate, 2 inches long and above 1 inch diameter, very thick and hard, with a thick neck contracted at the orifice, but sometimes the fruit is smaller, the neck less distinct and less contracted. Capsule deeply sunk. Seeds large, ovate, black, flat or with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged, the hilum large on the inner face. It was figured and described by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia.” Here we have a case of nomen nudum had the date been, say, thirty years later. Nowadays a date would not be accepted without a description, as was accepted by our predecessors in the case of 1831 or 1832. Probably Robert Brown distributed specimens to herbaria at this time, but the generally accepted dates of species in the old days were often in the nature of a compromise. Schauer in Plante Preissiane 1,131(1845), attributes this species to Lindley, but Bentham, Mueller, and all other writers on Eucalyptus are unanimous in attributing it to Brown, and I do not agree that they are wrong. Lindley himself speaks of the name as ‘“current’’ in his time. This is the commonest ‘“‘ Red Gum” of Western Australia. The leaves slightly perfoliate in the young state. There is caoutchouc in the young leaves. Miss Bussell, of Ellensbrook, informed me that Red Gum blossom is called ‘“* Booneet” by the blacks. They state that when it is in flower the Groper comes into the reef, so that the blacks can spear them. They make a somewhat similar observa:ion in regard to the plant they call ‘‘ Whale’s Hye” (Candollea cuneiformis Labill ). In bark and general appearance the Red Gum resembles the Bloodwoods of the east. Red Gum is a pale-coloured timber with abundant gum-veins (in this respect also resembling Bloodwood). (It owes its common name to the abundance of its red astringent gum or kino.) I noticed fruit cases made with Jarrah ends and Red Gum sides. At a little distance the pale wood in a fruit case resembles Pine. (J.H.M. in Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. III, 1911). When travelling in Western Australia a few years ago, this tree was reputed to flower every alternate year, and was said by some to yield the best honey. Mr. A. H. Smith, of Baker’s Hill, W.A., gave the following particulars in the Western Mail of 6th March, 1914, in regard to the flowering of this species. He is a beekeeper, and the notes would have increased value if they had been backed with the dates of the flowerings. When well grown it is the largest of the trees in the coastal and hills districts. It blooms from February to April, March being the month of full bloom. Every year a few trees, particularly saplings, may be found in bloom, but usually only one year out of three is marked by abundant general blossoms. In other words, the majority of trees bloom one year and miss two. Sometimes only one year is missed, 75 sometimes it is three. Apparently the season and the bush fires have something to do with the blossoming. From a beekeeper’s point of view the Red Gum honey harvest may be counted on once in three years. As the buds are formed only shortly before blossoming time, one canot tell whether the tree will bloom until December or maybe early in January. This tree is occasionally planted by beekeepers, particularly in South Australia and Victoria, as a honey plant. Schauer in Plante Preissiane gives the aboriginal name as “ N’gumbat.” Captain J. Lort Stokes, in his “ Discoveries in Australia,’ 11, 132, gave the aboriginal name as “ Kardan.’ At Ellensbrook, in the south-west, the name, at least for the blossom, is ‘“‘ Booneet.” The following inspired paragraph in the Western Mail of 11th April, 1919, shows that an attempt is being made to change the vernacular name of Red Gum, so commonly applied in Western Australia to this tree, and replace it by “* Marri,’ said to be of aboriginal origin. It remains to be seen if people will give up a name at the bidding of authority, however desirable the change may be. Mr. Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests, is endeavouring to correct and replace the misleading name by which one of our most prominent timbers, the so-called Red Gum, is known. In the eastern States the term “ Red Gum” isapplied to Eucalyptus rostrata,the wood ofwhich is red, hard, and somewhat resembles in appearance our Jarrah. The name of the tree evidently arose from the colour of the wood. Our Rcd Gum is Hucalyptus calophylla, and the name “Red Gum” was probably given to it on account of the quantity of red gum or kino which exudes from this tree. In some portions of the South-west, the natives, according to the writings of pioneers, called this tree ““ Kurden ” or “ Karden,” while other tribes called it the “ Marni” or “ Maree.” As the native name “ Marri” is simple and in harmony with the native names karri, jarrah, ‘and wandoo, Mr. Lane-Poole has decided to try and get people to adopt this name instead of the present common misleading one (sic) of Red Gum. I have seen fowls eating the seeds, but do not know the result of lengthened indulgence in such a diet. The fruits, which are large, and of a suitable shape, have had a limited use in country districts as tobacco pipes, both in Australia and South Africa. During the Great War these fruits had a great vogue as protectors of steel knitting needles. Two fruits were connected with strips of elastic by ladies who knitted socks and other garments for our soldiers, and they were willing to pay fancy prices for these fruits and thus the Red Cross benefited. VARIETY. Var. rosea Maiden, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl', 187 (1916), a synonym of LZ. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Guilfoylei Bailey. As a matter of convenience this will be found under “ Affinities” at p. 78 below, since it is not easy to make the subject clear without entering into an exhaustive comparison of ZL. ficifolia and E, calophylla, 76 SYNONYMS. 1. E. splachnicarpa Hook. 2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmansegg (perhaps) 1. In Hooker’s Bot. Mag. t. 4036, is a figure of a twig in bud and flower, with immature fruit, sufficient, however, to distinguish the species. This is accompanied by a description in Latin, of which the following is a translation :— Leaves alternate, oblique, ovate-lanceolate, with a marginal vein, penninerved, coriaceous, with terminal compound umbels, hemispherical operculum, sub-globose, broader than the calyx-tube. Fruit splachniform in shape. Splachniform means that it resembles the fructification of a moss of the genus Splachnum. Sir William Hooker was a considerable authority on mosses. 2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmg. The original, in a very rare work, is as follows :— “ (429) Bucalyptus glaucophylla. . foliis superioribus sparsis petiolatis oblongis acuminatis apiculatis coriaceis glaucis, passim basi inaequalibus, nervis reticulantibus ante marginem connexis. Hab. in Austral. Caulis ramique teretia, cumque petiolis purpurascentia. Folia utiingue glauca. Pctiolo supaiorcs ad 6” lz. Lamina magis nunc ad ovatum nune ad lanceolatum accedens, versus apicem sensum angustata 4-6’ lg., ~ 2’ lt., nervo primario pallido. An E. longifolia? Link. Enum. Nonullis quadrans, aliis discrepans. Differt enum potissimum : foliis plurimis basi non inaequilibus, nullis ullo modo punctatis, coloris valde glauci, qui tamen in aliis, e.g., purpurascente, expresse memoratur, nul]a mentione, acumine non incurvo, ita ut illam credere non audeam. Quousque sese extendat identitas, pronuncient comparantes arbitri me peritiores. Peregrinator quidam dixit, eam a cl. Wendland ZL. glaucescentem vocari; alii peritiores, meam aliam, novamque sp., asserunt.” (Hofimg. Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. 2, p. 113.) Schauer in Walpers’ Repertorium u, 927, says this is £. splachnicarpa Hook. I have not seen the type, but agree with Bentham that it is “ very doubtful,’ particularly as there is an absence of glaucousness in the foliage of . calophylla. RANGE. The type came from near Cape Leeuwin, Western Australia, and the species has not been found out of that State. Schauer says it 1s found around Perth and “totius colonise.” Bentham says ““ Common about King George’s Sound, Rk. Brown, Fraser, Oldfield and others; and thence to Swan River, Fraser, Drummond No. 150; Preiss’s No. 250; rare towards Port Gregory, Oldfield.” 77 Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia”’) puts it this way: “ Interspersed accompanying E. marginata through nearly the whole area of that species, but less gregarious, reaching its northern boundary about the Hill River, and the southern at King George’s Sound, mixed also into the forests of E. loxophleba (facunda), but not into those of E. diversicolor, preferring a richer and deeper soil than LE. marginata.” It is a lover of good soil and well-watered districts, and forming as it does a large, picturesque, often scrambling tree, with huge branches, occurring exclusively over large areas, it gives to country what is known as a “ park-like” aspect. It occurs within a line roughly connecting Cape Riche and Port Gregory, but we do not fully know the localities north and east of that line. I have seen the following :— A specimen labelled “‘ £. calophylla Lindl. No. 250 of Mr. L. Preiss, 1837-1840, Swan River.” Also Drummond’s No. 150 (presented by British Museum through Dr. A. B. Rendle). Following are “ modern” specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— King George’s Sound (B. T. Goadby, No. 90). Albany (Henry Deane, R. Helms, J.H.M.). Shrub of 2-3 metres, flowers sweet-scented; near King George’s Sound (Dr. L. Diels, No. 2188). “South West Plantagenet” (Dr. E. Pritzel, No. 250). Denmark (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 159). Bow River, also Wilson’s Inlet and Deep River (Sidney W. Jackson, presented by Mr. H. L. White). (These are as near to the type locality as I have got; they are a few miles to the east of it.) Foot of Stirling Range near Mt. Tulbrunup. Juvenile leaves perfoliate (J.H.M.). (This is as far east as I have seen it. It is very abundant in the locality, and has by no means petered out in the district). Jarrahwood (Forest Ranger Wm. Donovan). Preston Valley, with perfoliate juvenile leaves (Max Koch, No. 1855). (The above are connecting localities between the extreme south-west and the York district.) Tree of 20-30 feet. Thick, rough, brown, spongy bark. Growing in black humus, foot of hill near Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 280). Bald Hill, near York (O. H. Sargent, No. 421). Following are in the Perth district :— xreenmount (Dr. Stoward, No. 285). Guildford (W. V. Fitzgerald). Wood- lupine Creek near Perth (A. G. Hamilton). Perth (Dr. J. B. Cleland). Lower Canning River (Dr. A. Morrison, No. 28). The following locality is on the Midland Railway. 25 metres high, Gingin (Dr. L. Diels, No. 1945). This is the same as the Moore River. Mueller gives the Hill River (which is on the same parallel as Watheroo, on the Midland Railway) as the northern limit, but this is greatly exceeded towards the north by Port Gregory (Oldfield) which is near Northampton, which is again north of Geraldton. 78 APFINITIES. With £. ficifolia F.v.M. Bentham’s contrast in the Key (B.FI. iii, p. 199) is— Seeds large, not winged ... ... (EH. calophylla). Seeds (very irregularly) winged ... (H#. fictfolia). This contrast has to be taken philosophically. While the seeds of HL. ficzfolia appear to usually have more wing than those of EH. calophylla, those of the latter species are sometimes not without a winged appendage. This species, as far as is known, is related to L. calophylla, but is very distinct in having pale brown, smaller seeds and a transparent wing running down the back as long or longer than the nucleus. The leaves resemble those of certain species of Ficus of the series of F. elastica. (Translation of original description ot E. ficifolia.) The characteristics by which ZL. ficifolia can be distinguished from £. calophylla are as follow :— The tree is of less height, the bark is somewhat more deeply furrowed, the leaves are proportionately not quite so broad but longer, the flowers are mostly larger, the calyces assume a reddish hue, the filaments are of a splendid crimson [see my remarks below—J.H.M.], the fruits less turgid, while the seeds are much paler in colour, have a smaller kernel, and are provided with a conspicuous appendicular membrane. Irrespective of this a very marked difference in the seedlings is observable, as those of H. ficifolia show only slighly or not at all the bristly roughness of H. calophylla, nor are the seedling-leaves inserted above their base to the stalk, as in that species. (“ Eucalyptographia,”’ under ZL. ficifolia.) Bentham (B.Fl. ii, 256) pointed out that ‘certain flowering specimens of EL. ficifolia are indistinguishable from E£. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this species (ficifolia).” The seedling of Z. ficifolia is described. at i, 538, of Lubbock “ On Seedlings,” and that of #. calophylla at the same place, and also fig. 344. There is a seedling of E. calophylla figured at the back of the plate of EL. calophylla in “ Eucalyptographia.” It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to lay down important differences between the seedlings of FE. ficifolia, calophylla and hematoxylon. All are more or less scabrous, with large cotyledon leaves (those of E. calophylla are especially large), and with early peltate leaves. I prefer to leave the matter of seedlings to a subsequent Part, when those belonging to some hundreds of species can be compared as a whole, which is the true method to elucidate affinities. The following notes contrasting H. ficifolia and #. calophylla lay especial stress on the colours of the filaments in the two species, and deal with a hybrid form. Everyone who knows Sydney and Melbourne, and who pays attention to horti- cultural matters, must have noticed the great development, during the last few years, of the cultivation of what the ordinary citizen calls ‘‘ Flowering Gums.” By this he means with flowers comparatively large in size and other than white in colour. Some people, a little more definite, simply call them Red-flowering, and many, Scarlet- or Crimson-flowering indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they 79 were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both “ red.” As one to whom flowers of various kinds are often sent, I find that, as often as not, when a man writes “‘ scarlet ” he means “ crimson,” and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and Kurrajongs, which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the confusion may be inconvenient. Colour of Flowers (filaments).—The colour of the filaments of 2. ficifolia F.v.M., is not given in Mueller’s original description, but is stated to be “‘ crimson” in “ Eucalyptographia,” in the first half of the formal description, but in the second half it is described as “‘ beautifully cimnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, but never very pale.’ Further down, in contrasting Z. ficifolia with EL. calophylla, he says, “ the filaments (ot #. ficzfolia) are of a splendid crimson.’ This may be carelessness, but it probably arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms for the colours concerned. I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, near Sydney, flowers which are true L. ficifolia. They are bright scarlet in colour or, in in the language of Plate No. 79 of R4p. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange. The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers, for the pollen-masses are scarlet, too. The calyx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole inflorescence is of a uniform tone of colour. Supplementary Note—We have an indubitable FE. ficifolia flowering in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney (January, 1920), which has all the morphological characters of the species, but the rich-coloured filaments (Dauthenay Plate 114), with stamens hardly in contrast, are rich crimson red, and do not belong to the orange or scarlet series at all. Evidently we must take more evidence in regard to these forms. Dr. Prior’s No. 2 is a shrub at present; itis the F. ficifolia alba of nurserymen; it has white filaments, with a suspicion of colour at the base, arising from the coloured rim. Calyx-tube green. A little colour on the operculum. In E. calophylla R.Br. the filaments are white or creamy, and I saw the trees in flower over large areas in their native habitats. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald states that the filaments are “rarely pmk”; this indicates a tendency. This muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of LZ. ficifolia is continued by the nurserymen. Large numbers of plants are sold; indeed, the demand exceeds the supply. I need scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes necessary, in speaking of the colours. of flowers. The following is a useful work of reference :—“‘ Répertoire de Couleurs (quoted as Rép. de Couleurs) publié par la Société Francaise des Chrysanthémistes,’ &c. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two portfolios of plates and a handbook. | In Vilmorin’s (Paris) Catalogue of Plants, the colour of the flowers of Z. fictfolia is’ given as ‘‘ rouge carmin,” which is not a colour admitted, as such, into Rép. de Couleurs. The firm is evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority on the genus, who, Mém. Eucal. i, 555, says :—‘“ Z. aii qui les a dun nouge carmin trés brillant, au moins dans une de ses variétés 80 In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find the following given under EL. fictfolia :— 1. *“* Red-flowering Gum,” 20 feet. This colour may mean any thing. bo . Scarlet, 15 feet; ‘‘ Scarlet-flowering Gum,’ 15 feet. Scarlet is correct. 3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; “ Bright Crimson,” 15-20 feet. This may or may not be a confusion with scarlet, as begun by Mueller; I shall have something to say about a Crimson-flowering Gum presently. See also p. 79. Then one firm has :— 6. “ Scarlet-flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beautiful rich crimson shade.” In examining the catalogues of Australian nurserymen I cannot find one which describes the colour of £. calophylla correctly. It should be white. One firm calls it “rich pink.” Several firms, however, have EZ. calophylla rosea in their lists, either without comment, or “ Bright pink, 30 feet,’ or “‘ Similar to Z. ficifolia, but rosy pink flowers.” I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson-flowering forms, which are large-growing (getting size from their calophylla parent, and their colour more or less from their ficifolia parent). The habit of these trees remmds me more strongly of £. calophylla than of E. ficifolia, and as to colour, we have them of all shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to deep crimson. The flowers of EZ. fictfolia and E. calophylla are honey-smelling, the perfume heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower mostly in December and January, and the climatic conditions in Sydney during the last season have induced an exceptionally fine display of bloom. T have received trom Dr. Prior flowers, fruits and seeds oi what I eal] No. 1. The flowers are Tyrian Rose in colour; see Plate No. 155 of Rép. de Couleurs. There is a short, white attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with a line of Tyrian Rose running round the back, and this colour is sometimes blurred. When old, the anther-cells inside take a pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white In Proc: Roy. Soc. Qsld., x, 17 (1893), the late F. M. Bailey described “ what is probably an accidental sport” in the Melbourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a “ deep rose” as EF. ficifoliavar. Guilfoylei . . . “It proved to be onlya form ot EL. ficifolia differing from the norma] plant in its smaller foliage, more compact inflorescence, different colour of flowers, with prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed- wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the late Mr. Guilfoyle and from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers contrast well with the filaments. The calyx- tubes are urceolate and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most charming. 81 The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In every respect that I can see, it is identical with FZ. ficifolia var. Guilfoyle: and FL. calophylla var. rosea Hort., and I am inclined to think that the more reasonable view is to look wpon it as a form of E. calophylla. The habit and size of the hybrid incline to those of 2. calophylla, while the pink or purple tinge (in contradistinction to the scarlet of LZ. ficifolia) naturally occurs in #. calophylla. Size and habit.—E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling, umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple (Angophora intermedia) of eastern Australia. The size is given as up to 150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet (‘ Eucalyptographia’’), and I am certain this is not exaggerated. E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it rarely exceeds 30 feet in height, and it is usually erect, and not scrambling. The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size. Seeds.—Those of FE. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged. the hilum large on the inner face. Those of #. ficéfolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing (B.FI. i, 256). The hilum is towards the end of the seed, and furthest from the wing. The seeds of the &. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter than those of E. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. . As compared with those of H. ficifolia, they are a little darker and less winged, but the hilum is more remote from the wing. In other words, they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the seeds are, however, sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in colour, shining, and mostly boomerang- shaped. The sterile seeds of £.calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps a little darker in colour. Tt seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have incontrovertible evidence of hybridisation, the two most obvious factors being colour and size; and I, therefore, add E. calophyila and E. ficifolia to the very long list of pairs of species of which the evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear. I have touched on the general question of hybridisation in the genus in Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p. 297, in the Proceedings of this Society, xxx, p.492 (1905), and on many other occasions, (Maiden in Proc, Linn. Soc, N,S.W., xli, 185, 1916.) DESCRIPTION. COXXX VIL. E. hematoxylon Maiden. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 218 (1913). Arbor parva altitudinem 20’ et trunci diametrum 18” attinens, “ Mountain Gum” nominata. Bloodwood typicus. Cortex stratis mollibus rubris secedens. Lignum rubrum, gummi venis. Folia petiolata lanceolata ad lato-lanceolata, coriacea, 8-9 cm. longa 2-3 cm. lata. | Venae secundariae tenues et fere paralleles. Flores in corymbo irregulare. Filamenta alba. Fructus ovoidei vel fere sphaerici, aliquando orificio constricti, urceolati, 8 cm. longi, 2-5 cm. lati. Orificium 1 cm. latum. A small tree, attaining a height of 20 feet and a trunk diameter of 18 inches. “ Much resembling E. calophylla R.Br., the ‘ Red Gum,’ in general appearance.’ Known as“ Mountain Gum.” It is a typical “ Bloodwood.” Bark.—In soft reddish flakes, typically that of a “ Bloodwood.” Timber.—Red, with gum veins, stated to be “ very soft”; a typical Bloodwood timber, hence the specific name suggested. ; Juvenile Leaves.—Broadly lanceolate, thin-membranous, reddish purple, petiolate, margin thickened, secondary veins very fine and nearly parallel to each other. Containimg caoutchouc. Mature Leaves.—Petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate, symmetrical or somewhat oblique, apex attenuate-acuminate, coriaceous and of medium thickness, equally green on both sides, margin thickened, intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge. Secondary veins fine and nearly parallel to each other. Length say 8 or 9 cm., and breadth 2-3 cm. Buds.—I a large corymb consisting of individual umbels of four to seven. Each peduncle thin, flattened, ribbed, and about 2°5 cm. long; the pedicels similar but slenderer, and from 1 to 1-5 cm long. The bud club-shaped, the operculum pointed, short, less than half as long as the calyx-tube, which is contracted at the orifice, and which does not taper gradually into the pedicel. Flowers.—Filaments cream-coloured, stamens inflected in the bud, the anthers all fertile, long and somewhat pale, opening in parallel slits, small gland at the top; versatile. Style ribbed, the stigma hardly exceeding it in thickness. The anthers, style and stigma appear to be identical with those of L. corymbosa. (The description of the buds and flowers, op. cit. xlvili, 432 (1914).) Fruits.—Ovoid to nearly spherical, sometimes constricted at the orifice, thus taking on an urceolate shape. Large, 3 cm. long and 2:5 cm. broad, with an aperture of 1 em. and less. Tips of valves well sunk. Seeds large, wing rudimentary. eeu G It is confined to south West Australia so far as we know at present. Specific localities are :— Happy Valley, Jarrahwood Railway, Western Australia. Generally in poor, sandy country (Forest Ranger W. Donovan, July, 1912). “ Mountain Red Gum.’ Height 30-40 feet and up to 12-18 inches in diameter. Trees are of a stunted nature, and the wood is very faulty. Grows in ironstone country in the mountains with Jarrah, between Busselton and Jarrahwood. (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 108.) UPI ONI Nass The affinity at once suggested is H. ficifolia F.v.M., but the filaments of the new species are white, and the fruits are of a different shape, viz., smaller and more spherical, those of H. ficifolia being somewhat cylindroid. The seeds of the latter species also are winged, its bark is more fibrous and its timber paler; it lacks the rich cedar-coloured timber of the present species. It is also allied to #. calophylla R.Br., a much larger tree. The three species are closely related, and all have very large, handsome cotyledon leaves, and the young leaves soon become more or less peltate, but the character is apparently most common in L, calophylla. 84: DESCRIPTION, COXXXIX. EF. maeulata Hook. In Icones Plantarum, t. 619 (1844). The figure shows mature leaves, buds and flowers. FoLLowING is a translation of the original description :— A tall tree, the trunk spotted, leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, drawn out into a long point, pellucid-dotted, purplish at the edges, copiously and distinctly veined, obliquely spreading, panicles axillary and terminal, sparsely branched, shorter than the leaves, operculum double, the external one conical- hemispherical, mucronate, shorter than the sub-angled calyx-tube, the interior one (the corolla) hemi- spherical membranous, shining. Spotted Gum, MSS. No. 37. (The type is therefore doubtless Backkouse’s No. 37 from the Maitland district, see p. 87.) The rest of the description is in English, and is as follows :— A large tree, Mr. Backhouse observes, of which the bark falls off in patches, giving it a spotted appearance. The timber is nearly equal to oak, but the sap or outer layers decay rapidly. The lid or operculum is double, inner one membranaceous; this inner one has justly been considered by Mr. Brown as the corolla, and it here forms an exactly hemispherical glossy membranaceous cup, which often continues to adhere after the outer one has fallen away. ‘“‘The gum from the tree contains benzoic acid.” (Backhouse.) It is described as follows by Bentham :— A lofty tree with a smooth bark falling off in patches so as to give the trunk a spotted appearance. Leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, straight or falcate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long or even more, with numerous parallel but rather oblique veins, not so close as in the preceding species (E. pyrophora), and rather coarse, the intramarginal one close to the edge. Umbels 3-flowered, usually several together, on short leafless branches, forming a panicle or corymb. Peduncles and pedicels short and thick, scarcely angular. Calyzx-tube in the young bud shortly cylindrical, when open broadly turbinate, 3 to 4 lines diameter. Operculum hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube, the outer one much thicker and more persistent than in most species where it has been observed, and usually umbonate or shortly acuminate, the inner one (corresponding to the single one of most species) thin, obtuse, smooth and shining. Stamens attaining 4 or 5 lines; anthers ovate with parallel distinct cells opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit ovoid-urceolate, usually about 4 inch long, and nearly as much in diameter, the rim narrow, the capsule deeply sunk. (B.FI. iii, 258.) Mueller figured and described it in the “ Eucalyptographia.” Some additional notes on the species, which need not be reprinted here, will be found at Voi. I, p. 154 of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” This is the common Spotted Gum of New South Wales and Queensland, because of the mottled appearance of its smooth bark. There are other Spotted Gums, but none more characteristic in appearance than this, 85 “Yah-ruigne” was the name of the aborigines of the Illawarra, and ‘“‘ Booangie” of those of Cumberland and Camden, N.S.W., according to the late Sir Wiliam Macarthur. Mr. Forester Allan tells me that “ Thurraney” was the name used by the South Coast blacks. ‘“ Urar” is a Brisbane name, according to Mr. T. Petrie. “ Kangar”? is a name employed by Queensland aborigines to denote the variety citriodora. Many years ago Mr. Charles Hedley informed me that in Queensland certain persons were affected by what is known as “ Spotted Gum rash” after handling timber of this species. He instanced one case (at Maryborough) in which a man was habitually so indisposed after touching sawn Spotted Gum tliat he declined to handle it further. This acridity of the sap must be rare, as I have only heard of one other case, and this was in New South Wales. I have dealt with the matter in regard to other Hucalyptus timbers in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,’ Vol. V, p. 175. RANGE. The original describer quoted the following localities for the species :—* Interior of N. Holland (Fraser) [which was not far from the coast.—J.H.M.] ; Maitland, Liver- pool and Newcastle (Backhouse).” Liverpool is about 20 miles south of Sydney, and Newcastle and Maitland are about 100 miles to the north. It is confined to eastern Australia, extending from Gippsland, Victoria, in the south, from south to north of New South Wales, along the coast and coastal ranges and in Queensland to at least as far north as the Rockhampton district, while the variety citriodora occurs as far north as the Gulf of Carpentaria. It prefers ridges and poor country, and is commonly found with Ironbark. VICTORIA. In “ Kucalyptographia,’ under H. Watsoniana, Mueller records that Reader found H. maculata in the neighbourhood of the Genoa River. It was subsequently known from a specimen sent by Mr. J. H. King to the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, from the eastern slope of a spur from the Tarra Mountain, on the track from Buchan to Orbost, Gippsland, and about 15 miles from the former place, where it forms a small compact colony of a few acres in extent. (Vict. Nat., xiii, 150,1897.) I hope our southern neighbours will connect this locality with the most southern of New South Wales localities, for I do not know any very close to the border of the two States. New Soutu WALES. Southern Localities — The Spotted Gum practically disappears after crossing the Bega River near Tathra. I believe there is no sign of Spotted Gum at Eden, and none between Eden and the Victorian border; there is a forest or two about Bermagui; there is also some between here (South Bermagui) and the Bega River, but once the Bega River is crossed the tree is lost.’ (Forest Guard W. Dunn.) 56 Bodalla district (Dromedary Mountain). (W. Baeuerlen.) Having travelled about much in localities where the Spotted’ Gum occurs, I notice that it is usually accompanied by the Burrawang (Macrozamia spiralis)—hoth sure indications of poor soil. Usually when the Burrawang disappears, Messmates, Stringybarks, &c., make their appeararce and the Spotted Gum disappears. Sometimcs I travel for miles over a tract cf country where I sce ro Emiawang, but es scon as I notice the Burrawang making its appearance again always expect that the Spcttcd Crm will appear also, which is usually the case. (W. Baeuer'en, writing from Bat man’s Bay.) George’s Basin and Wandandian and South Coast road generally (J.H.M.). With intermediate leaves. Milton (J. L. Boorman). Nowra (J.H.M.). A specimen in Herb. Kew in bud only labelled “Sydney Woods, Paris Exhib. No. 95, Spotted Gum, 100-150 feet; W. Macarthur, 1854,’ is #. maculata. To trace the history of this specimen we must turn to the N.S.W. Catalogues of the Paris Exhibition of 1855 and of the London Exhibition of 1862. In the former catalogue it is called “Spotted Gum” and “ Mottled Gum,’ and the aboriginal name is given as “Yah-ruingne.” In the latter catalcgue Illawarra is given as the place where the name is in use, and “ Booangie”’ as the name in the Counties of Cumberland and Camden. We now leave the South Coast, and the following locality is on the tableland, perhaps as high (2,500 feet) as I have met it. Nye’s Hill, Wingello (not common). (J. L. Boorman.) Very large intermediate leaves. Theresa Park to Werombi, Camden district (J.H.M.). Liverpool to Bringelly (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). “ I believe picked up at Mulgoa, April, 1810.” (Copy of label in George Caley’s handwriting, British Museum, No. 43.) On sandy shale, ? mile south of Prospect Hill, near Parramatta (R. H. Cambage, No. 3590). We are now practically at Sydney. Following is an admirable account of the range of the species chiefly on the “South Coast” of New South Wales, and with particular reference to the geological formations on which it occurs :— HL. maculata . . . occurs just where the menoclinal fold, alrcady alluded to, has thrown down the shales and exposed the Hawkesbury Sandstone, about 4 milcs before Tke Oaks is reachcd. This species . . . is widely distributed throughout the coastal districts of New South Walcs. By the casual observer, erect trees of Angophora lanceolata are sometimcs mistakcn for H. maculata. In going south from Sydney along the Illawarra railway line, the Spottcd Gum is rot seen, except for a few trecs just beyond Wollongong, until the neighbourhood of Nowra is approached, after which it becomcs common, and occurs at many points along the Milton road, such as at The Falls, ard beyond Tomerong, where the geological formation is of Permo-Carboniferous age. It is absent, however, from the igneous formation of Milton, but reappears to the south immediately the sedimentary 10cks are reached, being plentiful towards Bateman’s Bay and also at Wagonga, where some of the very fincst specimens of this specics may be found. It extends into the north-eastern pait of Victoria, but is only very sparsely represented in that State. On parts of the North Coast of New South Wales it is a common tree, and occurs in the Maitland-Singleton district on the Peimo-Carboniferous formation in company with EL. crebra, the Narrow-leaved Ironbark. It extends to within about 20 miles of the Great Dividing Range at Crooked Creek, on the Tenterfield- Casino road. 2. maculata is decidedly rare, however, in the Sydney district, and generally speaking, appears to avoid the Hawkesbury Sandstone formation. There are a few exceptions to this discrimination, one being its occurrence on the sandstone just near the monoclinal fo!d from The Oaks to the western side of Mulgoa, while others are at Newport, and on the Appin road, about 5 miles from Campbelltown. At Newport, the Spotted Gum is growing on the rocks which form a remnant of the base of the Hawkesbury 87 Sandstone immediately overlying the Narrabcen Shales; while at The Oaks and near Campbelltown it occurs on the top of fairly thick beds of Hawkesbury Sandstone, from which the overlying Wianamatta Shale is, in places, only just barely removed. Observations in regard to the distribution of this species tend to show that it docs not seck cither a highly siliceous sandstone, or a shale or slate of basic origin, but flourishes best where there is a combination of the two; and while it usually avoids the Hawkesbury Sandstone areas, as too siliccous, it is also absent from the deepest poitions of the Wianamatta Shale. Its occurrence on this latter formation denotes the presence of sand in the vicinity. (R.H. Cambage, in Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xx vi, 551 (1911).) Western Localities —In. New South Wales the most western locality known to me is Poggy, a wild district a few miles from Merriwa. There is also some on the Mudgee. Cassilis road. Parish of Curryall, County of Bligh(Forest Guard J. B. Yeo). This is in the Cassilis district. Northern Localities —Occurs on the Ranges at Ourimbah, 6 miles from Gosford (J.H.M.). Near Clarence Town (Forest Guard Ikin). Common between Newcastle and Maitland (J-H.M.). Maitland (James Backhouse, No. 37, about 1837). Presented by Kew. The type. Ravensworth (Forest Guard L. A. MacQueen). Dungog (W. F. Blakely). Taree (E. H. F. Swain). Anderson's Sugar Loaf, Macleay River (J. L. Boorman). Grafton to Coffs Harbour (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). Seuth Grafton (Henry Deane). Lawrence, Clarence River (J. V. de Coque). Lower Southgate, Clarence River (W. W. Froggatt). Very large intermediate leaves ; Copmanhurst, Upper Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). Casino, Richmond River (District Forester Pope). QUEENSLAND. Canungra, near Mt. Warning (J. L. Boorman.) Enoggera, Brisbane (F. M. Bailey). With young peltate leaves, Brisbane (J.H.M.). “ Fairly large trees of 60-80 feet, with a diameter of 3-4 feet still remain, where it has been preserved against the constant demands on this valuable timber.” Waterworks road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). Aspley, 5 miles north of Brisbane (EK. Bilbrough). “Spotted Gum, Burro, Taylor’s Range.’ (Dr. L. Leichhardt, 1843.) Hatton Vale, Laidley (W. H. Pimlott). Kalbar (formerly Engelsburg), 76 miles west of Brisbane, eza Ipswich and Dungandan (W. H. Martin). Goomboorian Range, near Gympie (R. N. Jolly). Brian Pastures, Gayndah (S. A. Lindeman). Bundaberg (J.H.M.). East of Rockhampton, near sea coast (P. MacMahon). The allusions to Spotted Gum by Leichhardt in his ‘ Overland Expedition” are few: two of them are at pages 20 and 48. On the banks of Hodgson’s Creek he points out that Spotted Gum and Tronbark (a combination often confirmed since Leichhardt’s time) formed the forest, while at Robinson’s Creek (p. 48) he found the same two species. &8 VARIETY. Var. citriodora F.v.M. I have gone into the question of whether Z. citriodora is a variety of E. maculata or not at pages 154, 155, 164, of Vol. I of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” Mueller (Fragm. ii, 47) used the name ZL. citriodora and so did Bentham (B.F. iil, 257). The latter, by placing it between FL. corymbosa and E. terminalis, indeed he says ‘“‘ evidently very closely allied to H. corymbosa,’ did not realise its close affinity to EZ. maculata, although he remarks, under E. citriodora, “ Woolls’ Spotted Gum from Parramatta [which is L. maculata——J.H.M.] is very much like E£. citricdora.’ Later, Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia,” under HZ. maculata) thus speaks of it :-— E. citriodora can only be considered a variety of E. maculata, difiering merely in the exquisite lemon-scent of its leaves, and holding as a variety precisely the same position to B. maculata as Boronia citriodora to B. pinnata, or Thymus citriodorus to T. Serpyllum. Mr. Bailey, who had opportunities to compare the two trees promiscuously growing, confirms their specific identity. Under the circumstances it seems proper to attribute the authorship of the variety to Mueller. Mr. Bailey, in his ‘‘ Queensland Flora,” records it as E. maculata var citriodora. I have occasionally crushed the young foliage of E. maculata and detected the curiodora perfume. This was the case in some specimens collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman at Copmanhurst, Clarence River. Messrs. E. Schimmel & Co., Miltitz, Saxony, in “ The Volatile Oils” (Gildemeister and Hoffman, p. 536), describe the oil of H. maculata, and say that “it cannot be distinguished from the following oil (Z. citriodora).” See my “ Forest Flora” i, p. 155. This means that, while the oil of Z. maculata is less in quantity, its composition is similar to that of BE. citriodora. An adaptive character, like the presence of oil, cannot or should not in itself be used for specific determination. That is the evidence. The two trees (maculata and its variety citriodora) do not differ in important morphological characters (the young shoots of the latter are more hairy, and perhaps the leaves are narrower and the buds less pointed, but these differences do not amount to much), and their oils run into each other, the relative proportion of Citronellal being vastly greater in the latter. Here, there seems to me, is a case of a variety clearly enough, and as I think that the term variety is a useful botanical designation, I employ it in the present instance. At the same time, the distiller and seller of oil (like the forester and gardener) are not to be blamed if they choose the simple descriptive name ‘‘ Hucalyptus citriodora” for the unwieldy one of “ Eucalyptus maculata variety citriodora.’ Although I would much like to see trade names approximate to the botanical ones, ordinary people will have to be more educated before they will accept ponderous names for everyday use. The application of botanical names is subject to laws; trade names, which sometimes simulate them, are not so controlled, and divergences between the two kinds of names are sometimes inevitable. 89 There is a note on the size of this tree at Wide Bay, Queensland, and on a planted one in the Sydney Botanic Gardens, in Dr. George Bennett’s ““ Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia”? (1860), p. 265. Dr. Bennett got Mr. Norrie, the Sydney chemist, to distil the leaves for oil and the specimen was sent to Kew, and must have been one of the earliest prepared from the species. SYNONYMS (of variety). 1. FE. citriodora Hooker, in Mitchell's Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. A translation of the brief Latin description is as follows :— Branches angular, brownish, minutely tuberculate, leaves broad-lanccolate, petiolate, pinnulate, spreading parallel veined, green (not glaucous). Then follows the statement :— Sir William Hooker has ventured to name this Eucalyptus, though without flower or fruit, from the deliciously fragrant lemon-like odour, which exists in the dry as well as the recent state of the plant. I have seen the following specimens :— (a) “1846, July 16, No. 153 bis. Sub-tropical New Holland, Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Zucalyptus citriodora.” (b) “1846, July 17, No. 217. Height 6 feet. [Evidently young scrub, not yet arrived at the flowering stage—_J.H.M.] Leaves perfumed like lemon. Sub-tropical New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Eucalyptus citriodora Hooker, 204.” (c) “ Eucalyptus citriodora Hook., Sub-tropical New Holland, Col. Mitchell.” Allin Herb. Cant. All in leaf only; (6) in young leaf, (a) and (c) in older, broad, shining and markedly veined. All are FE. citriodora Hook. ; (a) and (b) are ex Herb. Lindley. Imperfect specimens were described by Bentham in B.FI. i, 257, as EF. c2trio- dora, from Balmy Creek, Mitchell, and Wide Bay, Moore. 2. E. melissiodora Lindley in Mitchells Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. (non F.v.M., which = peltata.) The brief description is in Latin, which may be translated as follows :— Branches ferruginous-tomentose, scabrous, leaves on both sides with rusty papillae, scabrous, ovate oblong obtuse, peltate above the base (flowers and fruits unknown). I have examined the following specimens :— (a) “ No. 153, July 16, 1846. Sub-tropical New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Height 5 feet. ‘Strong balm scent” Eucalyptus ? melissiodora.” Herb. Cant. ex Herb. Lindl. 90 (b) “ Eucalyptus melissiodora Lind]. Sub-tropical N. Holland. Col. Mitchell.” Herb. Cant. The label of (b) is in the same handwriting as (¢) vay. ettriodora (I think Lindley’s handwriting), The principal difference between the type specimens of melissiodora and citrvodora lies in the greater amount of rusty tomentum on the leaves and stem of the former. The difference is, however, very slight and variable. E. melissiodora was described by Mitchell, when he first came across it, as having “a powerful odour of balm.” (Melissa officinalis.) At the same time and place he found “ another bush, with leaves of the same shape, and glossy, but having a perfume equally strong of the lime.” This was called E. citriodora. Neither species had flower or fruit. Bentham (B.FI. i, 254) doubtiully describes this in the followmg words :— A shrub, exhaling a powerful odour of balm, and covered with a rusty resinous pubescence, short and scabrous on the foliage, almost bristly on the branchlets. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, more or less peltately inserted on the petiole above their base, the veins transverse, but not close. Flowers and fruit unknown. Queensland.—Sandstone rocks, Balmy Creek, Mitchell. Possibly a barren state of E. citriodora or some allied species, in which the leaves of the flowering branches are not peltate. 3. FE. variegata F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soc., ui, 88 (1859). The specific name was given because of the appearance of the bark. Following is a translation of the original :— A tree, branchlets angular, leaves alternate, moderately petiolate, lanceolate-lnear or narrow- lanceolate, falcate elongate, long acute, shining, thickly penniveined, covered with pellucid dots, peripheral vein very close to the edge, umbels paniculate, 3-flowered, the calyx-tube semiovate, twice as long as the hemispherical operculum, and like it ecostate, fruits truncate-ovate, 3-celled, 2-4 times longer than the pedicel, ecostate, smooth at the vertex, valves included, secds winged. Habitat in the grassy hills near the Burnett River. Flowering in the summer. A rather tall tree, trunk smooth, ashy-white, variegated with the grey or diity reddish outer layer of the bark. Leaves mostly 4-7 inches long, and an equal number of lines broad. Peduncles 2-3 lines long, angular. Buds ovate. Fruits 5-6 lines long, gradually contracted at the apex. Called Spotted Gum-tree by certain of the colonists. In habit it hardly differs from JB. tereticornis and L. rostrata, except in the trunk, which is stripped of the outermost layers of bark as far as the base, and not covered with old woody, flaky, wrinkled layers of bark. 91 RANGE (of Variety). The type came from Balmy Creek, a name given, presumably, because of the presence of this tree, whose odour reminded Major Mitchell of Balm. See Mitchell's “Tropical Australia,’ p. 235, and it is marked on his map, opposite p. 189. It is south of Mantuan Downs, and Dr. J. Shirley informs me that it is 20-30 miles west of Springsure. In his ‘ Queensland Flora” Bailey records it from Gladstone, Rockhampton, Springsure, Herberton and Port Denison. In the Catalogue of the Queensland Forestry Museum (1904) the record is given “ Plentiful around Gladstone and the Port Curtis district, Rockhampton, west side o: Eungella Range (Mackay district), Herberton, Mount Garnet, and a large quantity on the Hughenden-Charters Towers Railway Line.” With peltate young growth. (Queensland, recorded as H. melissiodora Lindl. ; with no further details.) Bundaberg and Gladstone Railway (correspondent of F'. M. Bailey). Duaringa, 65 miles west of Rockhampton (J.H.M.). O’Shanesy points out that E. exserta and FE, citriodora are often found in company. See this work, Part XXXII, p. 35. “Scented Gum,” Stannary Hills. (Dr. T, L, Bancroft.) Irvinebank (corre- spondent of F. M. Bailey). Dr. H. I. Jensen informs me that the Lemon-scented Gum abounds on mixed soils and on the porphyries on the Herberton-Irvinebank tableland, but seeks good deep soils. “Scented Gum.’ “ Found sparsely throughout the coastal range north of Town ville. Grows in ridgy country, tall growing with spare top, pink bark, timber grey, dark heart.” Near Atherton (District Forest Inspector H. W. Mocatta). This tree which is so very common on the east side of the coast range in New South Wales, was thought at no very distant date to be almost confined to this colony. But it changes its character, and under another name, £. citriodora or Lemon-scented Gum, extends right up to the waters of the Carpentaria. It is always a fine tree and loves the warm sheltered eastern slopes of the ranges. But in tropical Queens- land it becomes a very much finer tree. The peculiar spotted appearance of the stem is exchanged for a uniform greyish blue tint. The tree is tall and stately, with a large sound trunk, and, in fact, there are no Hucalypts which can at all compete with it in size except #. Raveretiana, and its leaves now send forth a strong perfume which is most grateful at a distance and like roscs, but close it is most powerful and pungent and exactly like essential oil of lemon. . . . Ihave tried to fix the southern limit of the ciirz- odora variety. Between Maryborough and the Burnett is the first place where the peculiar smell of rose leaves becomes apparent in the open forests. Mr. C. Moore is quoted as having found it in Wide Bay. On the road between Gympie and Maryborough, or about 120 miles north of Brisbane, the spotted variety of H. maculata is very abundant on stony ridges. The spotted character has disappeared somewhat and. the trunks of the trees have a uniform reddish hue which is very remarkable. Here, too, one notices that the trees exude great quantities of a dark brown resin that ought to be of some commercial value. The strong rose scent in the woods, which is indicative of this tree, begins about the Burrun River on the over- land road between Maryborough and Bundaberg. The tree is, however, nowhere abundant, and I think D 92 places may be found where the two varieties grow side by side on the Burnett. After this, the spotted variety disappears and the scented kinds are confined to a few stony spots of the most elevated ridges as one journeys north. The farthest north I have seen it was on the summit of the Slate" Range, 2,100 feet above the sea, on Carpentarian waters, in about Lat. 16° S. It extends no great distance inland. Fifty miles from the coast is the farthest I remember to have seen it. . . . In the young state the shoots are often hispid from an abundance of coarse glandular hairs of red colour. This variety has more tke odour of balm than of lemon, and hence was described as a different species. This is H. melissiodora Lindley, of the Flora, which was found by Mitchell and described in “Tropical Australia.” The appearance for a young Eucalypt is very remarkable. The foliage is short and rough and quite rusty looking, from the glands which become bristly on the small branches. (Rey. J. E. Tenison-Woods in Proc, Linn. Soe. N.S.W., vil, 338, 1882-3.) AFFINITIES (of Species). E. maculata is a well-defined member of the Corymbose, but it stands out from all of them because of its smooth, blotched bark, With £. Torelliana F.v.M. This is the nearest species to it, but it has black, scaly bark up to about 10 feet up, while Z. maculata has practically no rough bark. Then let us turn to Plate 160, Part XXXIX, for H. Torelliana. It will be seen that the leaves of both species are peltate and hairy in their earliest stages, developing inte the usual lanceolate-leaved form, but in HZ. Torelliana the persistence of the broad, juvenile form is greater than in EL. maculata. The flower buds have a good deal of resemblance, but the opercula are more conoid and more sessilein Z. Torelliana. The fruits are more urceolate and more distinctly urceolate in EZ. Torelliana, while there isan absence of the warty excrescences sae) ae iy wt PRISE: iin wyelig kh siren cg iA et ihe : = . ny ‘CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.Flochton del.cr ith, EUCALYPTUS CALOPHYLLA RSE Rem lo) E. FICIFOLIA F.v.M. (6,7) [See also Plate Op | ALTE, PL. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. va eet M.Flockton det er ith. es el |e EUCALYPTUS FICIFOLIA F.v.M. (1-3) [See also Plate 176.] (4-7) E. HAEMATOXYLON MatIpen. BESAIB: RIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS Os i : wa 4 PR re M.Flockton.deleF (ith. (1-4) EUCALYPTUS MACULATA Hook. 7) (a- E. MACULATA var. CITRIODORA F.v.M. CRIT. REY. EUCALYPTUS. Pt, 17/%). M. FlocKton. del. ef lith. EUCALYPTUS MOOREANA (W. V. FITZGERALD) MAIDEN. (1) E. APPROXIMANS Marpen. (2) E. STOWARDI Marpen. (8, 4) ff id a amon Ne 7 Ly 1 aaN f . : Ee ey Leth DESCRIPTION. CCXLIU, EF. perfoliata &. Brown. In Bentham’s “ Flora Australiensis,” in, 253 (1866). FoLiow1ne is the original description :— A large shrub of 10 feet or more (A. Cunningham). Leaves opposite, connate, 6 to 8 inches long and 3 to 4 inches broad, very obtuse, glaucous, with numerous parallel transverse veins. Flowers large, sessile in heads of four to six, on terete peduncles, forming a corymbose terminal panicle. Calya-tube thick, broadly turbinate, smooth or nearly so, 7 to 8 lines long and as much in diameter. Operculum not seen. Stamens above } inch long, inflected-in the bud; anthers small, ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct cells. Fruit urceolate, 14 inch long and above 1 inch diameter, smooth, the rim concave, the capsule sunk. Seeds not seen. It will be observed from the figures that the operculum is shorter than the calyx- tube; it is slightly conoid, but the process of drying accentuates its pointed character. The anthers are certainly small (see fig. 2c, Plate 180) for a member of the Corymbose, and will be drawn attention to when anthers are treated of collectively, and also when the affinities of the Corymbosee are dealt with. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds the following information :— Tree from 20-40 feet; trunk, very crooked and frequently piped, to 15 feet, diameter 1 foot; bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-grey, rough, lamellar, and longitudinally fissured ; timber very _ dark-red, tough and hard; filaments white to pale yellow; fertile seeds terminating in a long membranous appendage. If Mr. Fitzgerald has made no mistake in his notes, it will be observed that the species attains the height of a medium-sized tree. RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia (the tropical north-west) so far as we know at present. Bentham (original description) quotes it from “ Barren Hills, Rae’s River (should be Roe’s), North West Coast, A. Cunningham.” On the specimen in the Kew Herbarium are the following notes: “ Metrosideros, Roe’s River, A. Cunningham,” and “ Roe’s River, 238/1820, Sept., N.-W. Australia,” A. Cunningham, which means that it was collected on Captain P. P. King’s Expedition, and that it was specimen No. 238, collected in September, 1820. 3 104 Roe’s River runs into York Sound, and must not be confused with a river of similar name in the Northern Territory. Bentham also records it from Surgeon Bynoe (Captain J. Lort Stokes’ Expedition, 1838). WESTERN AUSTRALIA. e I have seen the following north-west specimens :— Leaves only (Harry Stockdale). King’s Sound, fruits and a leaf (W. W. Froggatt, seen by Mueller). Leaves, buds, and fruits. Lennard River (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333). Native Well, 9 miles from Goody Goody, near Derby. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333 bis.) Six miles north-east of Mt. Eliza. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 707). Mt. Anderson and Grant Range. (W. V. Fitzgerald). Balmarringarra, not far from coast; Exmouth to King’s Sound. (Dr. H. Basedow. ) AFFINITIES. E. perfoliata, as a member of the Corymbose, stands in a class by itself, because of its connate leaves and small anthers. It fruits alone are available for comparison, they may be compared with those of EB. terminalis (Plate 164, Part XL); E. pyrophora (Plate 166, Part XL); H. Foelscheana (Plate 169, Part XLI); &. Abergiana (Plate 170, Part XLI). If buds are alone available, they are most likely to be confused with those of 2. pyrophora. 1. With E. gamophylla F.v.M. “The concrescence of the leaves by pairs in all stages of growth occurs, so far as known, only in E. perfoliata, if even in that rare and little known congener this coalescence should prove also unexceptional, .’ (“ Eucalyptographia,” under ZL. gamophylla.) A discussion on such leaves will be found at pages 53 to 55 of Pact XLII of the present work. The number of species originally believed only to have connate leaves during all stages of growth has been gradually reduced, until, apparently, E. perfoliata alone remains, although in some, where a petiole has been found, it is exceedingly short. As regards H. gamophylla, see Plate 147, Part XXXV of the present work, it would appear to differ from H. perfoliata in almost every other character. 105 DESCRIPTION: COXLIV. E. ptyehoearpa F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Soc. i, 90, (1859). FoLLowInG is a translation of the original :— A tree, with angular branchlets, leaves large, thick, alternate, obliquely lanceolate, drawn out to a point, moderately petiolate, rather shining on the upper side, paler beneath, penniveined, marginate, imperforate, peripheral vein close to the margin, umbels terminal, paniculate, few to seven-flowered, partial peduncles two or three times longer than the angled pedicels, calyx markedly 8-ribbed, operculum hemispherical, two or three times shorter than the tube. Capsules large, ovate-campanulate, deeply 8-ribbed, 4-celled, valves deeply included, fertile seeds with long wings on the upper side. On woody creeks and on drying watercourses, near the sources of the Rivers Wentworth, Wickham, and Limmen Bight. Flowering in March and April. A medium-sized or large tree with a dirty, greyish, wrinkled bark, somewhat fibrous within and everywhere persistent. Leaves 5-7 inches long, 14-2 inches broad. Capsule 1-1} inches long, contracted a little at the orifice, valves short. Seeds 2 lines long—that is, the fertile ones—bearing a membranous " obovate wing 3-lines long, the numerous sterile ones smaller, and with narrow wings. The trunk in the structure of the bark holds an intermediate place between the Stringybarks and Boxes. Bentham (B. Fl. ii, 255) described it as follows :— A middle-sized or tall tree, with a persistent bark, intermediate between that of the Stringybarks and the Box trees (F. Mueller). Leaves large, from broadly ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sometimes above a foot long, straight or falcate, with numerous fine, closely parallel, almost transverseveins. Flowers large,in umbels ~ forming a terminal panicle, peduncles terete, $ to 2 inches long, pedicels sometimes very short, sometimes 1to2inches long. Calyz-tube turbinate, } to 2 inch long, hard, with about 8 longitudinal ribs. Operculum not seen. Stamens above } inch long; filaments rigid, inflected in the bud; anthers small, ovate, with distinct parallel cells. Fruits ovoid or slightly urceolate, very thick and hard, 1 to 2 inches long, with about 8 prominent ribs, the rim thick, the capsule sunk. Seeds winged. It is also figured in “ Kucalyptographia.”’ For notes on the bark, see p. 107. Colour of filaments.—Leichhardt has a note (Paris Herbarium) on a Port Essington specimen, “Scarlet blossoms,” but he may have written the wrong colour in his imperfect English. Mr. B. Gulliver, who saw the tree during Captain Cadell’s voyage to Arnhem’s Land, states the flowers (filaments) to be “ scarlet’ (“‘ Eucalyptographia.”?) Mueller is, however, in some doubt, for he goes on to say, “ If really they persist in the bright colour of E. miniata and E. phenicea,” &e. (I have shown under E£. ficifolia that Mueller confused scarlet and crimson.) 106 W. V. Fitzgerald says (MSS.): “ Filaments white or occasionally tinged with pink, and not scarlet (vide “‘ Eucalyptographia ”).” G. F. Hill’s specimens confirm Fitzgerald’s remarks. His filaments are cream- coloured and crimson. C. E. F. Allen later recorded “‘ crimson.” It is obvious that we have here a confusion between scarlet and crimson, as is not infrequently the case. The colour, other than cream, is pink to crimson. RANGE, North Western Australia and Northern Territory.—Mueller (original description) found it in “ Dry river beds and rocky streams at the sources of the Wentworth, Wickham, and Limmen Bight Rivers.” ; Bentham adds, Melville Island, Fraser. (Fraser was never there, although specimens may have passed through his hands.) Port Essington, Gilbert. Later on Mueller recorded it from a number of localities in North Western Australia, so that we have it for the most northerly portion of Australia, as far east as the Gulf of Carpentaria. E : WESTERN AUSTRALIA. The following record was made by Joseph Bradshaw’s Expedition to the Regent's River, William Tucker Allen being botanical collector. ““ Welcome Creek, Roe’s and Drysdale Rivers, chiefly on the banks of tributaries.” Mueller in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 469 (1891). Le ES ; Then W. V. Fitzgerald noted, from his own collection in the Kimberley district, “Tsdell and Charnley Rivers; Woollybutt and Synnott Creeks,” adding that it is always found in wet, boggy spots. On another occasion he says “ chiefly growing along the banks of water-courses, but occasionally in rocky localities.” His Woollybutt Creek specimen, near Phillips’ Range, is No. 950. NoRTHERN TERRITORY. Liverpool River (Gulliver in Herb. Melb.). Has a large lanceolate leaf. “ Bark like EZ. terminalis to topmost branches (7.e., like a Bloodwood, J.H.M.). Trunk 15 inches diameter. Spreading, somewhat stunted growth, 28 feet high; only one tree seen.”’ Side of small ravine, Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 467). Bud collected by Leichhardt on his Overland Journey to Port Essington (Herb. Paris). “Large tree, crimson flowers.’’ Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 116). Powell’s Creek (Prof, W. Baldwin Spencer). 107 “8 Mile Spring on to Tanumbirini (near creeks and springs). Crimson filaments. Stem like Bloodwood. (Appears to be same species as white-flowering form No. 810.) ”’ (G. F. Hill, No. 809.)” “No. 810. 8 Mile Creek on to Tanumbirini (tree similar to 809). Cream flowers. (G. F. Hill.) Both were collected on the same day, 26th March, 1912, and are identical, except in regaid to the colour of the filaments. . ptychocarpa is therefore to be added to the list of species with filaments of two colours. APPINI TIES. 1. With FE. miniata A. Cunn. In the original description, Mueller says that the trunk of E. ptychocarpa, so far as the bark is concerned, holds an intermediate place between the Stringy-barks and the Boxes. He amplifies this in the following passage :—- “With a greyish, wrinkled, everywhere persistent, somewhat fibrous bark, thus fluctuating between the Stringybark and so-called Box trees, though in cortical characters perhaps nearest to E. hemiphlora and FE. albens, but....... (“ Eucalyptographia.”) In his classification of barks he puts it with the Pachyphloiz. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) says it 1s “a tree up to 40 feet, trunk 15 feet, . diameter 2 feet, bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-coloured, rough, soft and flaky, timber red, soft and very porous.” On the evidence it is not proper to put E. ptychocarpa with the Pachyphloiz (Stringybarks). It is difficult, in exceptional cases, to describe clearly the bark of a Eucalypt. That of H. miniata I have tried to describe at p. 37, Part XXII. While I do not say that it is the same as that of EL. ptychocarpa (a bark I have not seen, except in a very young tree), the fact that 1. miniata is sometimes called (with others) “ Woollybutt ”’ and “ Stringybark ” shows that, at least as regards the barks of the trunks of mature trees, the two species have some resemblance to each other. A character hitherto unrecorded is that some of the young or intermediate leaves are slightly peltate. This is consistent with the suggested Corymbose affinity. Bentham says: “The fruit (of E. ptychocarpa) somewhat resembles that of E. mimiata, but the venation of the leaves and the inflorescence are quite different.” (B. Fl. iii, 255.) Mueller, later, observes : “ From Z. miniata it is far more distant (than H. Abergiana) in its not scaly-friable bark, which does not separate from the main branches, in the leaves being not of a pale and dull-green on both sides, besides of thicker consistence, much larger and proportionately also broader, without any translucent oil-dots, in the absence of stomata on the upper page of the leaves; further, in the umbels not solitary nor lateral nor axillary, in larger flowers and conspicuous development of flower-stalklets, in fruits often smaller (although similarly shaped and ridged), and in the seeds provided with.a long appendage (those of H. miniata being quite exappendiculate). (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,” under HZ. ptychocarpa.) b 108 E, ptychocarpa is @ species with ribbed fruits, the fruits being large individually. Such a species is also BE. miniata A. Cunn.; see Plate 96, Part XXIL Those of E. miniata are sessile, often more elongate and narrow, sometimes hardly constricted at the orifice, but in other cases more constricted than in E. ptychocarpa, and with the ribs thicker. They differ also in the much smaller leaves of 2. miniata and in the venation of them, but I know of no closer affinity for E. ptychocarpa. 2. With E. Abergiana F.v.M. “Tts affinity is with HZ. Abergiana and EB. miniata; from the former it can be distinguished by its longer leaves, with a still paler lower page, by its also still larger flowers, which are provided with usually long stalklets (although Bentham déscribes the latter as occasionally also very short), and most particularly by the fruit longitudinally traversed by about eight narrow, ridges.” (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under E. ptychocarpa.) For E. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI, when it will be seen that the two species are not very closely related. 2 ith E. Forrestiana Diels. This is a ribbed, large-fruited species, but the fruits are only fons ribbed, while there are other differences (see Plate 95, Part XXII) which show that it is more removed — -from E. ptychocarpa,than is EB. miniata. 4, With FE. Planechoniana F.v.M. Although #. Planchoniana has been referred to in Part LX, I have not figured it, since Mueller had figured it in“ Eucalyptographia,” and I had nothing of importance to add. I have, however, figured it in Plate 90, Part XXIV of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” to which I beg to refer my readers. It will be see that E. Planchonana is a large-fruited species, with some ribbing of the buds and fruits, more marked in my plate than in Mueller’s. 2. Planchoniana is an Eastern Australian tree, whose affinities are not close to those of 2. ptychocarpa. 109 DESCRIPTION. COXLV. E. similis Maiden. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 90, (1913). FOLLOWING is the original description :— Arbor mediocris. Folia juvena tenua, glabra, pedunculata, ovato-acuminata. Folia matura angusto-lanceolata, flavo-virentia, concoloria, circiter 12 cm. longa, 2 cm. lata. YVenae laterales, pinnatae distinctae, vena peripherica distincta et a margine remota. Umbellae confertae, multiflorae, plerumque in panicula terminale corymbosaque. Calycis tubus irregulariter costatus. Operculum hemisphericum vel umbonatum. Fructus vix 1 em. longi, truncato-ovoidei, in orificium sensim contract, A tree of medium size; notes on bark and timber uncertain. Juvenile foliage.—Thin, parchment-like,~ perfectly glabrous, not seen strictly opposite, pedunculate, ovate-acuminate. Size of a specimen, 6 by 3 cm. Mature foliage.—Narrow-lanccolate or slightly falcate, petiolate, the petioles flattened and twisted, length of blade up to 12 cm. and more, with a greatest width of about 2 cm. Equally yellowish- green on both sides, rather shiny, venation distinct, and nearly as prominent on the upper as on the lower side. Midrib very prominent, lateral veins pinnate and very distinct, the intramarginal vein distinct and removed from the edge. Buds and Flowers.—Inflorescence profuse, in a loose umbel,-several-flowered, mostly in a terminal corymbose panicle, the peduncles slightly compressed or angular, calyx-tube irregularly ribbed, shiny ; opercula hemispherical or umbonate, shiny. Filaments yellow, anthers with long, narrow adnate cells, with a moderately large gland at the back, and the filament attached half-way up. Fruits.—Sharply separated from the short pedicel, on a slightly flattened common peduncle of about 15cm. Truncate-ovoid, gradually constricted towards the orifice, barely 1 cm.long and about 6 mm. at the orifice. Three-valved, the valves blunt, and these capsule teeth not adherent to the calyx-tube. (In the above description two errors have crept in. The intramarginal vein is not removed from the edge, or, at most, only occasionally, and then only to a brief distance. The description of the calyx-tube as “irregularly ribbed” is a slip of the pen. The words should have been applied to the fruits. See figure 3e, Plate 182.) c The seeds are not winged. 110 RANGE, It is confined to rather dry country in Central Queensland, so far as we know at present. The type came from “ Desert country west of Enerald,” so described by Mr. G. H. Carr, Crown Lands Agent, Clermont, through Mr. R. Simmonds (March, 1908). Many years previously I had received it from Jericho (Henry Deane), with fruits larger and more elongated than those of the type. I have received it since from Mr. W. Pagan (through Mr. C. T. White) from the vicinity of Alice, a railway station 328 miles west cf Rockhampton, or 21 miles west of Jericho, at no great distance from the type locality. Publication of the drawings will enable our friends in Queensland to greatly extend its range, since there is no doubt that it has been confused in the past with other Yellow-barked Bloodwoods or Yellow Jackets. Dr. H. I. Jensen calls it “ Desert sandstone Yellow Jacket,” and describes it as between a Bloodwood and Stringybark, with a very yellow bark. AFFINITIES. Its closest affinity (at the time of description), appeared to be E. Baileyana F.v.M. (See description amended by me in “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XXXYV, 71). Like that species, it is a member of the section Eudesmiez, and appears to differ from #. Baileyana in the following characters :— 1. LE. similis is a “ Yellow-Gum,” “ Yellow Jack” or “ Yellow Jacket,” while HL. Baileyana is a ‘* Black Stringybark.” 2. The mature leaves of E. similis have the same colour on both sides, and have shorter peduncles, while the juvenile leaves are glabrous, those of H. Baileyana being covered with stellate hairs. 3. The fruits of E. similis are, in comparison with those of H. Baileyana, almost spherical to cylindroid, those of #. Baileyana being almost spherical, darker, and much larger. The specific name is given in view of the affinity of this species to H. Baileyana F.v.M. (Original description, slightly amended. ) Its relations to the other members of the Eudesmic will be further referred to in Part XLV when the Kudesmie are all figured. See also under £. lirata, p. 111. ; 111 DESCRIPTION. CORE Cisse lirata (WV. \. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. ARBoR ca. 30 m. alta, caulis diametro, 1 ad 1-5 m.; cortice aspera, cinerea sed molle et fere friable in trunco ramisque persistente, ligno brunneo; foliis alijuando oppositis, 8-10 cm. longis, petiolatis, flores, non vidi fructibus 3-5, breviter pedicellatis, ovoideo-oblongis, orificio paullo contractis; marginibus tenuibus capsulis depressis. Arborescent; branchlets cylindrical; leaves opposite, subopposite, or alternate, lanceolate, straight or faleate, acuminate, petiolate, dull-greyish on both pages, oil-dots crowded, veins inconspicuous, ascending, the intramarginal one not far removed from the edge; fruits 3-5 together, shortly pedicellate, on terete lateral or axillary solitary peduncles, ovoid-oblong, obscurely contracted between the summits, the rims thin; capsule sunk; valves 3, somewhat triangular, semi-exserted ; fertile seeds ovate, slightly compressed, dark-brown, punctate, the sterile ones very much smaller, narrow, and angular. Height, 30-40 feet; trunk to 15 feet, diameter 1-14 feet. Bark rough and greyish, but soft and almost friable, resembling that of some forms of E. amygdalina Labill., persistent on trunk and limbs. Timber brownish, fairly hard and rather free in the grain. Leaves 3-4 in. long, petioles }-4 inch. Peduncles 3-5 lines. Flowers not seen. Fruits about 5 lines (1 cm.) long. RANGE. It is only known, at present, from the type locality in the Kimberleys, North West Australia, where it was collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, viz., summit of Bold Bluff, in sandy soil overlying quartzite. (The closely allied EZ. similis is found in west Central Queensland. We want further collections between the localities recorded for the two species, not only that we may know more about them, but in order that this knowledge may enable us to say whether we are justified in keeping them apart, or whether they are forms of the same species. ) Seles AE PENTEY. With £. similis Maiden. The two species are so closely related that I regret that the material of E. lirata is so scanty that it is impossible to make a final pronouncement. The colour and lustre (or absence of it) of the foliage of the two species resemble each other (as indeed does that of E. eudesmioides). 112 ; Mr. Fitzgerald says nothing of the yellowness of the bark of 2. lirata, which is obvious in #. similis; one is an eastern and the other a western species, but these points must not be urged too strongly. é Of the material available to me of #. lirata (a few leaves, fruits, and seeds), together with Mr. Fitzgerald’s description, I have spoken of the leaves, and my readers may also consult the figures. The fruits are different in the types, but those of E. similis (as shown in figure 4, Plate 184) approximate to the shape of those of E. lirata (figure 5b), although the former are larger. The fruits of £. similis would appear to be more numerous than these of £. lirata. Compare figures 3e and 5b, but, as regards the latter, the description says “ 3 to 5.” The seeds of 1. lirata are wingless, like those of E. similis, but those of the former appear to be larger and rounder: At the same time I have not much of either before me. 115 PE SCRIPIMION. COXLVI. EF. Baileyana F.v.M. In Fragm. xi, 87 (1878). FoLLowi1nG is a translation of the original :— A tree, with angular branchlets, /eaves scattered, papery, falcate-lanceolate, glaucous green, opaque, densely punctate, veins very fine, moderately spreading, peripheral vein rather distant from the margin, umbels axillary and lateral, solitary, 7-10 flowered, on a slightly compressed peduncle, calyx shortly pedicellate, the tube slightly longer than the semi-ovate or almost hemispherical, rather acute operculum, ‘all the stamens fertile, anthers broadly cordate, fruit globose-urceolate, trilocular, margin of the orifice thin, valves deltoid, shortly exsert. Moreton Bay, rare. Bailey. Bark fibrous, persisting not only on the trunk but also on the branches, the inner bark tough and yellow. The timber, according to the discoverer, is yellowish. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 4-1 inch broad, the same colour on both sides, dull, thickly covered with slightly pellucid dots; veins inconspicuous, not closely pinnate. The flower-bearing peduncles about 4 inch long, the fruit-bearing ones double that length. Buds densely capitate, clavate-cylindrical; I have not seen fully developed flowers. Stamens inflexed before expansion. Fruit-bearing pedicels 2-4 lines long. Friut 5-7 lines long and broad, slightly wrinkled- striate, very obtuse at the base; the valves occasionally scarcely extending beyond the mouth of the calyx. Seeds not seen. ? Mueller described the species in English in the “ Kucalyptographia”’ with a figure, which, like the description, is erroneous in parts. Mueller mixed up two trees under the one name. For example, in his “ Kucalyptographia ” figure, the lower part of the twig bearing the fruits is the true E. Baileyana. The rest of the figure, leaves, buds, and flowers, and of the details (again excluding the fruits and seeds) belong to a Stringybark nearest to HL. eugeniordes Sieb. The figure, therefore, is a composite one, the twig of H. eugenioides having been prolonged, and the fruits of H. Baileyana having been fitted on to it. In other words, no such plant exists as is figured. I therefore re-described the species in the following words in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,’ Part XX XV, p. 71 :— Bark.—The bark is hard, thick, rather interlocked, and contains much kino. It is not a typical Stringybark—that is to say, its bark is not soft and fibrous. Timber.—Of a light-grey colour when fresh, interlocked in grain, very tough, inferior in quality to that of the other Stringybarks (J. L. Boorman.) 114 Juvenile leayes.—Nearly ovate, not cordate at the base, tapering slightly at the apex to a blunt point or rounded. Common dimensions are 14 inches broad and 3 inches long. The margin somewhat undulate, the intramarginal vein a considerable distance fom the edge. The under surface nearly white, densely besprinkled with stellate hairs, as also the rhachises. The upper surface bright green, in prominent contrast to the lower surface. This surface is very sparingly besprinkled with stellate hairs, or they may be entirely absent. Mature leaves.—Lanceolate, symmetrical or falcate, gradually tapering to fine, though not rigid points. Five inches long, with a width in its broadest part of about ? of an inch, are common dimensions. The marginal vein close to the margin, or forming a thickening of the same; the lateral veins numerous and fine, parallel, and forming an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib. Upper surface shiny, under surface paler and dull. Flowers.—Umbels vary in number, but usually 5 to 7, the common flattened peduncle of about an inch; the flattened pedicels from } to } an inch. Anthers small, versatile, with parallel cells and long narrow openings, with a relatively large gland at the back. Buds.—Pear-shaped, the calyx irregularly toothed; the operculum nearly hemispherical, or with an umbo. ; Fruits.—Rather large, globular-urn-shaped, 3-celled; margin of the orifice thinly compressed ; valves deltoid, slightly exserted or hardly extending beyond the orifice; seeds without any appendage. (Mueller.) The largest fruits seen by me are about 2 of an inch wide, and the same deep. RANGE. The type comes from “‘ Moreton Bay.’’ More precisely, the locality from which the type was obtained is Eight Mile Plains, a few miles south of Brisbane. It, however, is also found in northern New South Wales, and its known localities extend from 20 miles south of Grafton, New South Wales, in the south, to the Blackdown Tableland, about 100 miles west of Rockhampton, Queensland, in the north. New SoutH WALES. Low, sandy country, about 20 miles south of Grafton. “Trees. mostly hollow and ringy,’ showing that, as regards this particular locality, it 1s dying out. “T do not remember having mentioned to you my meeting with the tree LE. Baileyana (Bastard Ironbark) onthe Clarence. I found it on some low, sandy country, about 20 miles south of Grafton. The trees | saw were from about 20 inches to 3 feet in diameter, and of medium height—25 to 40 feet to first branch. Bark dark, fibrous, and transversely interlocked, and very hard and tough. Trees mostly hollow or ringy.” (Late Mr. Augustus Rudder.) Copmanhurst, Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). “* Fairly tall trees of 30-50 feet high, with girth measurements of 6-8 feet. The bole is free from branches up to 25-30 feet; is sound and heavy. The bark is thick-fibrous, but perhaps inferior for thatching purposes. ‘Lhe colour of the sten: is a distinctive reddish colour, making it 2 115 prominent above all other trees in the district. The soil where it grows is of a sandy nature, ridgy, and of a poor quality. It is known locally as Stringybark. The timber is much esteemed locally.” Between Lawrence (Clarence River) and Casino (Richmond River). (W. Forsyth.) (JUEENSLAND, Eight Mile Plains (F. M. Bailey and others). The type. Between Sunnybank and Mt. Gravatt. (C. T. White.) The next locality of which I have a record is approximately 500 miles to the north-west. “ Good development, distribution scattered. Elevation about 2,400 feet. Blackdown Tableland near Dingo, 100 miles west of Rockhampton.” (P. MacMahon, N. W. Jolly.) It is quite evident that we have much to learn in regard to the range of this species, particularly in Queensland, and it is very probable that a careful investigation of the trees of the Blackdown Tableland would yield interesting and perhaps unexpected results. AFFINITIES. 1. With E. dichromophloia ¥.v.M. The species in the fruit somewhat resembles E£. dichromophloia, otherwise it is very different. The true affinity of this species will be better shown when expanded flowers are available. (Original description.) 2. With EF. Bowmani F.v.M. Mueller, “ Eucalyptographia,” goes into the supposed differences of these two Species at some length, but as (see the present work, Part X, p. 344) we do not know what L. Bowmani is, we may defer consideration of the comparisons until we do. ' 3. With FE. trachyphloia F.v.M. ce its leaves are paler beneath, and their veins very divergent and copious; the stalklets are thin; the lid is much smaller, and exceeded in width and still more so in length by the tube of the calyx, separating moreover by an irregular rupture and not a clearly defined circumcision; the anthers are ovate, whereas the fruit Is much smaller, nearly twice as long as broad, with deeply enclosed valves,” (“ Eucalyptographia,” under LE. Batleyana.) ; Cc INS 116 4. With EF. eugenioides Sich. “Finally it may be observed that LE. Buaileyana exhibits great resemblance to E. eugenioides both in leaves and flowers, although the fruits are so very decidedly different. .” (* Hucalyptographia,” under £. Baileyana.) The comparison with E. eugenioides more particularly arose through the confusion between the two species, as already detailed. The comparisons with 2. Baileyana already referred to for the most part fall to the ground because, in his original description, Mueller described portions of two species, as already explained. E. Baileyana is a true member of the Eudesmiee, and it is with species of that series that it can be most suitably compared. Its closest affinity appears to be with E. tetradonta. The matter will be further dealt with when the whole of the Hudesmies are passed under review. See Part XLV. 117 DESCRIPTION. CCXLVIU. FE. Lane-Poolei Maiden. In Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., lin, 107 (1919). FoLLow1nc is the original description :—- Arbor mediocris, White Gum vocata; cortice crassa, pulvere alba tecta; ligno hepatico; foliis primariis lanceolatis vel lato-lanceolatis, ca 6 cm. longis 3 cm:latis, venis secondariis fere parallellis ; foliis maturis breve petioliatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis subfalcatis, ca 10 vel 11 cm. longis, 2 cm. latis, venis inconspicuis ; pedunculis teretibus, ca 1-5 cm. longis, plerumque 4-6 floris, pedicellis, teretibus 1 cm. longis ; calycis tubo ca. 1 cm. diametro, fere hemispherico; operculo crassissimo, hemispherico; antheris grandis fissuris parallelis late dehiscentibus; fructibus hemisphericis, ca. 1 cm. diametro, margine lato, leniter convexo, valvis distincte exsertis. A medium-sized tree, known as “ White Gum,” and carrying a thick bark covered with a white powder. Sapwood pale-coloured and thick, the timber interlocked, and rich reddish-brown in colour, drying, in the course of years, to a deep purplish-brown. Juvenile leayes shortly petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate, about 6 em. long by 3 cm. broad, of the same colour on both sides, the secondary veins moderately spreading, and tending to be parallel to each other. A vein more prominent than the other secondary veins, roughly following the outline of the leaf, but at a considerable distance from the margin, and giving the leaf a triplinerved appearance. ‘ Mature leayes shortly petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, slightly falcate, not large, usually about 10 or 11 cm. long, and up to 2 cm. broad, venation inconspicuous, the fine veins roughly parallel and making an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib, intramarginal vein hardly removed from the edge. Peduneles axillary or lateral, terete, about 1:5 cm. long, bearing usually 4 to 6 moderately large flowers on terete pedicels up to 1 em. long. Buds shiny. Calyx-tube nearly hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, with two slightly raised ridges separated by 180 degrees; tapering rather abruptly into the pedicel. Operculum very thick, hemispherical or terminating in a slight but sharp point when nearly ripe. When less ripe, slightly broader than the calyx-tube, and without a point. Stamens about 9 mm. long, inflected in the bud, anthers large, opening widely in parallel slits. Gland long, faintly visible at the back. Filament at the base. The anthers belong to the Platyantherse group. : : Dise broadish, oblique, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, of which the obtusely conical centre protrudes slightly above the disc at the time of flowering. Fruit hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, the rim broad, slightly convex, the capsule not sunk, the valves conspicuously exsert. Type from Beenup, W.A. (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 465). Named in honour of Charles E. Lane-Poole, Conservator of Forests of Western Australia, who collected this species, and who has done much to promote-the study of this genus in his State. 118 It is confined to Western Australia, and, so far as is known at present, to a strip of coast-land, more or less ascending the Darling Range, in the south-western portion of the State, on the Perth- -Bunbury me Line, between Kelmscott 16, and Waroona, 70 miles south of Perth. “Very clean White Gum, Kelmscott, foot of Darling Range, 16 miles south of Perth.” (Dr. J. B. Cleland, No. 4.) Figured at AB 4a and 4b, Plate 74, of the present work. “White Gum,” 40 feet high, 12 inches in diameter, near Beenup, 8.W. Railway, on the Perth te Bunbury road, 24 miles south of Perth (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 8, November, 1918, fruits only; No. 465, July, 1919, complete material). “A White Gum, sandy scrub land, Serpentine River, W.A.”’ In Herb. Melb., and variously attributed by Mueller (on the label) to E. wncinata and to E. micranthera.* It is a very old specimen, and is figured at fig. 8a, 8b, 8c of Plate 74 of the present work. This and the following three localities are practically identical. “Salmon-white Gum -er Powder Bark Wandoo. Height to about 40 feet, to 3 feet in diameter.’ Near Keysbrook (39 miles south of Perth), near the Belgobin School, on the Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, through C. E. Lane-Poole, under the same number, 8, as given to some Beenup specimens. ) Tree of 40 feet, 3 feet in diameter. Keysbrook, Perth-Bunbury road (Mr. Schock, per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. 1). “Salmon Gum or Powder-bark Wandoo,” half a mile south of Serpentine River on Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. $0.) Sent as “ Wandoo,” Waroona, January, 1903 (Forester J. J. Fitzgerald). Waroona is 70 miles south of Perth, and I could only obtain buds. Referred to at p. 224, Part XVII of the present work. APE INTHE: 1. With £. redunea Schauer. That officers of the Forest Department of Western Australia should, quite independently, in 1903 and 1918, speak of this as a Wandoo, shows that the general appearance of the tree, its bark and timber, must bear more than a_ superficial resemblance to the true Wandoo (£. redunca). But comparison of the figures 4 and 8, Plate 74 of this work, which partly depict #. Lane-Poolei, and Plate 140, which shows E. redunca, shows that the two species are botanically very dissimilar. * This is the specimen referred to at Part XX of the present work, bottom of page 308, under 2. micranthera. There is, however, very little affinity between the two species, 119 2. With E. aecedens W. V. Fitzgerald. Mr. Schock, the Collector of the Forest Department of Western Australia, calls FE. Lane-Poolei “ Powder-bark Wandoo.” Both species are White Gus, with white, powdery barks, and the timbers have some external resemblance. The sylvicultural conditions of the two trees require to be worked out. As to the use of the term “ Powder-bark,”’ Part XXXIV, p. 101, of this work may be referred to. If we turn to Plate 142 of the same Part, and compare it with figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74, which in part depict 2. Lane-Poolei, it will be seen that the two species have no close botanical affinity. 8. With B. Oldfieldii F.v.M. The affinity of this species is with 2. Oldfieldii, which included E. Drwmmondii Benth., a species which in Part XVII of this work I erroneously followed Mueller in suppressing. I have shown, in Part XLI, how these two species differ. The affimty of E. Lane-Poolei is with E. Drummondii rather than with £. Oldfieldii sensu strictu. FE. Oldfieldii is a Mallee with fruits in threes, while 2. Lane-Poole? is a tree of considerable size, with fruits up to six in the head. he buds and leaves, both juvenile and mature, are very different. 4. With EF. Drummondii Benth. This species, of which but little is known in the field, is described from the York district as “a small tree of about 20 feet, with trunk and branches smooth, whitish- buff, with a few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark.’’ Additional field-notes are very desirable, but it would appear that H#. Lane-Poolei is a different tree, and a Powder-bark. Comparison, however, with figures 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of Plate 74 (2. Drummondit), together with a good specimen of the type of this species, is sufficient to show that it and HL. Lane-Poolei (figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74) are sufficiently different. The leaves af BE. Drummondii are commonly, perhaps preponderatingly, ovate-lanceolate, the buds more ovoid, with the opercula longer than the calyx-tube; the fruits are smaller, and very different. 5. With EF, Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. It is interesting to note a resemblance in the very thick, hemispherical operculum of E. Campaspe, but the anthers are different, and so are the fruits and other characters. But one so frequently receives, particularly from distant places, botanical’ specimens which are quite fragmentary, and a hint which may put one on one’s guard may be usetul. 6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. Tn its anthers it belongs to the Platyantherx, which includes 2. oleosa and its allies. ‘I'he species are, however, very different in many other respects, but endeavour will be made to discuss these relationships when the seedlings of all the species are brought into comparison. 120 DESCRIPTION. COXLIX, F. Ewartiana Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Jini, 111 (1919). FoLLowI1ne is the original description :— Frutex Mallee similis, 20’ altus, multis caulibus 3” diametro:; cortice decidua peculiariter striatis ; foliis primariis crassiusculis, late ovato-lanceolatis vel fere orbicularibus, 7 cm. latis, 10 cm. longis; foliis maturis petiolatis, lanceolatis, 5-7-5 cm. longis, 1-5-2:25 cm. latis, petiolo 1-1-5 cm. longo, crassis, venis patentibus; pedunculis teretibus 2 cm. longis, 2-7 flores breve pedicellatos umbella gerentibus; alabastris clavatis, operculo hemispherico, ca. 8 mm. diametro, calycis tubo angustioribus; antheris, forma irregulare paralleliter aperientibus, filamentis brevibus; fructibus conoideo-globosis, ca. 12 mm. diametro, margine latissimo, truncato, conoideo ; capsula non depressa, valvis leniter exsertis. Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. Somewhat Mallee-like in habit. The stems 3 inches in diameter, and the timber tough and pale. The bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving it a striped appearance, which, if not unique, is certainly rare in Eucalyptus. Wood hard, the centre deep reddish-brown. Juvenile leaves (described from Kunnunoppin, No. 146) with petiole of 1 cm., broadly ovate- lanceolate to nearly orbicular, 7 cm. broad by 10 cm. long, very thick, venation spreading. Mature leayes lanceolate, 5-7-5 cm., say, 2 to 3 inches long, and 1-5-2:25 em., say three- quarters to | inch broad, with a petiole of half to three-quarters of an inch (say, 1-1-5 cm.) long. Dull yellowish-green on both sides, thick, venation spreading, the secondary veins not very prominent and meeting the midrib at about an angle of 45 degrees; the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. Peduncles terete, long (say, 2 cm.), each supporting an umbel of 2-7 flowers on short but distinct terete pedicels. Buds clavate, very yellow, with hemispherical operculum, about 8 mm. in diameter, and no muero. The operculum less in diameter than the calyx-tube, and affording an excellent example of “ ege-in-egg-eup, ” 1.€., showing the place at the commissural rim of a deciduous additional operculum. _ Anthers most irregular in shape and opening in parallel slits. The gland sometimes seen on the top and sometimes at the base. The filament attached nearly half-way up at the back of the anther. It is included in the Macranther. Filaments very short, the stigmas not dilated. Dise forming a broad, conical, truncate band around the ovary, which becomes less truncate as the fruit develops. In its early stages it resembles a hat with a depressed crown. Fruits conoid-globose, about 12 mm. in diameter, the rim very broad, truncate-conoid, at length almost conical, the capsule not depressed, the valves slightly exsert. Named in honour of Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc., Professor of Botany and Vegetable Physiology in the University of Melbourne, well known for his researches on the Australian flora. Type, Pindar, W.A. (J.H.M., October, 1909). 121 RANGE. This is a species of dry country, mainly recorded, so far, from Western Australia, but, by the Elder Expedition, found first in South Australia and subsequently in the western State, WESTERN AUSTRALIA. “Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet. Tough wood. Peculiar bark, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving a striped appearance. The indurated stems are 3 inches in diameter. Several clumps seen. Very yellow buds, with hemispherical operculum, and absolutely no mucro. Operculum, which is distinctly smaller than the calyx, affording one of the best examples I remember of the “ egg-in-egg-cup ”’ bud. Leaves greenish-yellow, dull coloured. The material I have is figured at 11, Plate 74.” The above statement will be found at p. 225, Part XVII of the present work. (664 mile post, Pindar, Murchison Line, J.H.M., October, 1909.) “ Bark decorticating from 1 foot from the ground. Mallee, branching from the ground to a height of 15 feet and up to 6 inches in diameter. The bark at base grey, rough, decorticating in rolled up grey strips leaving the stem, which is red in colour, with a peculiar streaked appearance. On rubbing, the loose pieces of bark come off easily, leaving the stem: more or less smooth.” Near Government Tank, Westonia. This is 6 miles north of Carrabin, a railway station 195 miles east of Perth. - (C. E. Lane-Poole, Nos, 220, 463.) Shrub 5-8 feet, several stems springing from base, 2-3 inches diameter, bark smooth above, inclined to be rough at base. Open flowers and young fruits. On iror, stone gravel on high land. Best specimens always near the summit, Kunnunopp, district. (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 144.) “ Shrubby Mallee, 8-10 feet. Sucker leaves, flowers, mature fruits, and bark. Found on ironstone ridge, Kunnunoppin district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 146). The bark precisely similar to that of the Pindar specimens, but the leaves of this specimen are broader than those of the type. | “ Eucalyptus Oldfieldii, mountain form.” Mount Cooper, Cavenagh Range, R. Helms, 31st July, 1891. “ A dwarf state at 2,500 feet elevation.” This locality is in Western Australia, and the Camp No. 31, long. 128 degrees. SouTH AUSTRALIA. — “ Hucalyptus Oldfieldii,” Elder Expl. Exped., R. Helms, 15 feet high, 12th June, 1891. The Expedition was then in the vicinity of Yeelunginna Hill in South Australia, say, th lat. 27° 20” 8., lony. 131° 70” E. 122 AFFINITIES. 1. With £. Oldfieldit F.v.M. There has been great confusion between HL. Oldfieldii and EH. Drummondi, and the present species, like H. Lane-Poolei, has been carved out of the aggregate. The affinity of #. Lane-Pcolca inclines to #. Drimmondi, and so does the present species in general characters, but both #. Hwartiana and LE. Oldfield are dry- country Mallees. Mueller and Tate looked upon the Klder Expedition specimens as a mountain form of #. Oldfield. Both species have fruits with broad rims, though the sculpture is not the samein both. The fruits of #. Hwartiana are smaller, more numerous, have long peduncles, and are distinctly pedicellate. The operculum is very different to that of H. Oldfieldii; it is hemispherical, and shows a contraction with the calyx-tube which is not observable in EL. Oldfieldu. The two species also differ in other characters. 2. With BE. Drummondii Benth. Compare fig. 11, Plate 74 (H. Ewartiana), with figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of the same Plate (EZ. Drummondi). The buds of B. Drummondu are more ovoid than those of E. Ewartiana; the former have much longer and slenderer pedicels. The shape of the fruit is different in the two species, that of EH. Drummond having a more convex rim, with the tips of the valves more exsert. The mature leaves of H. Drummondii are usually more or less ovate-lanceolate, a character not observed in those of #. Hwartiana. The juvenile leaves of LZ. Ewartiana are remarkably coriaceous, and so broadly lanceolate as to be almost orbicular. 3. With E. Lane-Poolet Maiden. E. Lane-Poolei is a moderately large White Gum, found in coastal situations ; EL. Ewartiana is a Mallee frequenting regions of low rainfall. The foliage of the former is thin, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate; that of the latter much broader and thicker, with the juvenile foliage remarkably coriaceous and so broad as to be almost orbicular, and considerably larger than that of H. Lane-Poole. While the texture of the operculum of L. Hwartiana is thinnish, that of £. Lane-Pooler is remarkably thick, while comparison of the figures on Plate 74, viz., 4 (#. Lane-Poolez) and 11 (EZ. Ewartiana) shows that they are widely different. 4. With E. accedens W. Y. Fitzgerald. In the size, paleness and extreme coriaceousness, I know only one species whose juvenile leaves resemble those of L. Ewartiana, and that is EL. accedens. See fig. 8, Plate 141, of the present work. But in almost every other character the two species diverge. 123 DESCRIPTION: COL. E. Bakert Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 87 (1913). FoLLow1ne is the original description :— Frutex altus similis Mallee, vel arbor parva 30-50’ alta. Trunci cortex dura et squamosa. Ramuli laeves. Lignum durum, grave, rubrum. Folia juvena obscuro-virentia, concoloria, linearo-lanceolata, vix acuminata, 9 cm. longa, 1 em. lata, oleosa, indistincte venosa, penniveniis, vena petipherica a margine remota. Umbelle plerumque axillares, multiflore, saepe 10-13 flore. Operculum elongatum calycis tubo multo longiore, cujus diameter leniter latior est. Fructus diametro circiter 5 mm., truncato-spheroidei. Valvarum apices subulati, 2 mm. exserti. A large shrub or small, pendulous, Willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 feet, forming a single stem or stooling from the ground. Bark dark, box-like, or hard and scaly up to its branches, falling away in long flakes, rough at the butt, branches clean, bluish-green or pale-yellow to white right up to the tips. Wood hard and heavy, of a deep red when freshly cut, becoming browner with age, the grain of the timber fibrous, very tough, reputed to be an excellent timber for wheelwrights’ work. Juyenile leaves dull green on both sides, linear-lanceolate, hardly acuminate, about 6 or 7 cm. long, the venation not distinct, the intramarginal vein close to the edge, the lateral veins penniveined, plentifully besprinkled with oil-dots and the branchlets angular and glandular. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, petiolate, acuminate or with a hooked tip, bright-green, dull- shiny, richly covered with oil-dots, venation indistinct, the intramarginal vein distinct from the edge, the lateral veins penniveined. Average dimensions 9 by 1 cm. (If the species were gregarious, it would probably be found to be a valuable oil-yielding Be) Flowers.—Umbels mostly axillary and flowers numerous, often 10-13 in an umbel, which sometimes takes on a stellulate appearance. Operculum elongated, very much longer than the calyx-tube, which is of slightly increased diameter, and which tapers, somewhat abruptly, into the short pedicel. The common peduncle about 1 cm. Anthers small, renantheroid, but the two cells more united than in the Renanthere; spherical gland at top and back. Fruits.—Small, about 5 mm. in diameter, truncate-spheroid, the tips of the valves awl-shaped, and protruding 2 mm. from the orifice. Enclosing the valves, and torn by the tips of them as the fruit ripens is a thin, white membrane, which gives the rim and orifice a whitish appearance, and which, if present in all, is only obvious in a few species of this genus. This is a specially interesting species, rich in oil, which I name in honour of Mr. Richard Thomas Baker, who has done very valuable work in connection with this genus. 124 RANGE. It extends from northern New South Wales to Central Queensland, so far as we know at present. Following are specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney. I am satisfied that careful research will bring many new localities to light. New Soutn WALES. 1. “ Willowy Eucalypt,’’ Warialda, N.S.W. (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 3). 2. Ticketty Well, Wallangra (E. H. F. Swain, July, 1911. The type. J. L. Boorman, December, 1912). “* Tree-like Mallee,” 28 feet high and 5 inches in diameter, wood brown, bark grey up to 6 feet, then yellowish. . Ticketty Well, locality of type. (Forest Guard A. Julius, Nos. 17 and 19). The leaves of these specimens are broader than those of the type (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., li, 68, 1919). ()UEENSLAND. ! 3. “Small bush, grows up to 10 feet high, grows very thickly on the poorest soil, where there is no Ironbark cover.”” Warwick (Forester W. E. Moore, through C. T. White). 4. Near Jericho (J. L. Boorman). It is a Mallee, and it would appear that Mallee is rare in the northern State. It grows in masses on red, stony ridges around the black soil of the flats, up to 10 feet high as seen. Gidgee (Acacia Cambagei R. T. Baker) and Gastrolobium grandiflorum F.v.M. grow in the immediate neighbourhood. (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. xlvii, 235, 1913, as EH. oleosa.)~ ~ AFFINITIES. It is a remarkable, narrow-leaved species, with narrow juvenile foliage, buds with long opercula of less diameter than the calyx-tube, and small fruits with well exserted awl-like tips to the capsules. It is not easy to indicate its closest affinity, showing that it 1s a strong species. 1. With £. uwneinata Turez. It would appear to have affinity to H. uncinata Turcz., but Mr. Boorman, an experienced collector, is emphatic that the two species are very different in habit. E. Bakeri is a tree of 50 feet and even more, reminding one of a Willow; indeed, it was first sent in as “ Willowy Eucalypt.” The foliage is narrow, and somewhat dull in appearance; the anthers are very similar, but not identical, while there is no kink in the filament in the stamens of Z. Bakert. (Original description. ) For 2. wncinata turn to Plate 62, Part XIV. &. Bakeri has narrower leaves (as a very general rule), and narrower juvenile leaves; the anthers are different, though not widely so. The buds of the two species sufficiently resemble each other to necessitate caution, but the fruits are different. 2. With B&. viridis R. T. Baker. Drawings of H. viridis (under EF. acacioides A. Cunn.) may be seen at figs. 9-12, Plate 52, Part XI of this work, and a larger drawing at Plate 180 Part XLVIIT of my “Forest Flora of New South Wales.” The latter has fruits with thin rims and non-exsert valves. 3. With £. salmonophloia ¥.v.M. Its fruits remind one of those of the Western Australian B. salmonophloia F.v.M.., but those of the latter species are smaller, more shiny, have thinner and more marked pedicels. (Original description. ) For £. salmonophloia see Part XVII, Plate 73. It may be added that the latter is a large timber tree, with smooth bark, and different anthers. 4. With FE. Seeana Maiden. j E. Seeana Maiden is another species with small fruits (which are, however, domed), and a long operculum (more tapering into the calyx-tube in #. Seeana), leaves different, and the bark of H. Seeanais smooth. (Original description.) For H. Seeana see Part XXXII, Plate 132. 5. With &. redunea Schauer. E. redunca Schauer var. angustifolia Benth., is another narrow-leaved, long operculumed form. It is from south-western Australia, and has no close affinity to the present species. Other narrow-leaved species are H. angustissima F.v.M. and EL. apiculata Baker and Smith, but they have no special affinity to this species. (Original description. ) For E. redunca var. angustifolia see Part XXXIV, Plate 140. 6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. E. oleosa F.v.M. bears an obvious resemblance as far as the fruits are concerned, but those of the new species are smaller, and in leaves and in most other respects the affinities are not obvious. (Original description.) It is amusing that, nevertheless, I should have first recorded the Jericho specimen as H. oleosa. For E. oleosa see Part XV, Plate 65. The latter species has, however, broad juvenile foliage. 126 DESCRIPTION. CCLI. EF. Jaeksoni Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 219 (1913). FoLLow1ne is the original description :— Arbor magnifica sylve, altitudinem 200’ attinens, et 15’diametro. “‘ Red Tingle Tingle ” vocata. Cortex “ Stringybark ” similis sed fragiliuscula. Lignum rubrum, durum. Folia juvenilia fere orbicularia vel lato-lanceolata. Folia matura petiolata, lato-lanceolata, acuminata, p'eraque 9 cm. longa, 3-4 em. lata. Vene visibiles, non conspicuee. Alabastros floresque non vidi. Fructus fere spherici, plerique 8 mm. ad 1 cm. diametro. Orificium parvum, 3 mm. diametro. Valvarum apices sub orificio valde depressi. A noble forest tree up to 200 feet high, erect in habit, with a long trunk, which attains a diameter of 15 feet (measured at 4 feet from the ground). Another measured tree was 7 feet 6 inches in diameter and 80 feet high (Mr. Saw). It reached a height of quite 200 feet; one tree measured was 45 feet round the base, 38 feet round 6 feet from the ground, and about 50 feet to the first branch (Mr. Brockman). Known locally as “ Red Tingle Tingle.” Bark fibrous, reddish, thick, of a stringybark character, but somewhat brittle, covering the trunk and branches. Timber bright red, reminding one, in that respect, of the Forest Mahogany of New South Wales (E. resinifera Sm.). It is fissile and tough, and I believe it to be a most valuable timber for economic purposes. Juvenile leayes.—Nearly orbicular to broadly lanceolate, somewhat oblique, paler on the under side, not specially thin, venation distinct but fine, lateral veins nearly parallel, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. Oil-dots abundant. Average dimensions about 1 dm. long by 6 to 8 em. wide. Mature leaves.—Kqually green on both sides, petiolate, broadly lanceolate, acuminate, slightly curved, slightly inequilateral, veins obvious, but not very conspicuous, lateral veins parallel, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge, well besprinkled with fine oil-dots, and apparently moderately rich in oil. Average size of leaves 9 by 3 to 4 em. Buds and flowers not seen. Fruits.—Almost spherical, with an average diameter of 8 mm. to 1 cm., with asmall orifice, of say, 3 mm. in diameter, ‘Tips of valves well sunk below the orifice. [Since the above was written | have received half-grown buds, as figured, fig. 7, Plate 183. ‘hey may be described as clavate, four or five in the head (as seen in very few specimens) with rather long peduncles and with distinct pedicels, tapering gradually into the calyx-tube. Operculum hemi-ellipsoid, about half the length of the calyx-tube. ] ee 127 RANGE. So far as we know, this species is confmed to South-western Australia. Deep River, Nornalup Inlet, Bow River, Irwin’s Inlet, South-west Australia. (The type collected by Sidney Wm. Jackson.) Found also on the hills along the Frankland River, where it predominates and extends about 10 miles up. (Inspecting Ranger H. 8. Brockman, to the Inspector-General of Forests, W.A.) As opportunities occur, no doubt the range of this species, and also the Yellow Tingle Tingle (Z. Guilfoylez) will be carefully defined, as they yield valuable timbers. edejeden pili ee. 1. With £. Guilfoylei Maiden. Although there are precedents, | hesitate to describe a species in absence of inflorescence, and without this, the description must be incomplete. But I have no doubt as to the validity of the species. It is closely allied to the Yellow Tingle Tingle (EZ. Guilfoylei Maiden, Journ W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., 111, 180; see also Part XX of the present work), the wood of which is pale, of a yellow colour and heavy, that of the present species being red, and lighter in weight. 7 The Red Tingle Tingle is a much larger and thicker tree than the Yellow Tingle Tingle, the latter having been observed only up to 5 feet in diameter. As regards the adult leaves, those of E. Guilfoylei are always symmetrical, or nearly so; those of 2. Jacksoni are more or less oblique, shorter, and broader. The oil-dots in #. Guiljoylei are a greater distance apart than in the case of the new species, over the leaves of which they are evenly and abundantly diffused, while the secondary veins are further apart and ramify more in the case of the leaves of E. Guilfoylei. (Original description. ) 2. With E. patens Benth. Mr. H. S. Brockman says that “in general appearance the trees resemble very much the Blackbutt ” (EZ. patens). Reference may be made to the original description of E. Guiljoyle:, where there are some comparative references to E. patens. 128 DESCRIPTION. COMMS HL: eremophila Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv. 71 (1920). FOLLOWING is the original description :— Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus angusto-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis, pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo oblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; operculo cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies equilongo, diametro distincte minore ;\filamentis antherisque cornutis similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphzricis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini aequante, fructu truncato. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. Branchlets glaucescent. Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available, in the tallest stage, but probably narrow. Those of the seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. Mature leaves heeorianeenlare to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary veins fine but rather distant, and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, not feather-veined. ; Peduneles elongate, flattened; pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long: Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to 5 times as long as the calyx-tube, and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and with anthers as in the Cornute. Fruits cylindroid to spherical; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit, when not fully ripe, a characteristically truncate, flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes rounded and somewhat contracted. SYNONYM. E. occidentalis Kndlicher, var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv, 442, 1905. See also Part XXXVI, p. 147, of the present work. Figured at Plate 149, figures 7-11. The relations of H. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXVI, p. 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to #. eremophila remain a matter for further consideration. 189 RANGE. It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present, but it is quite possible that it may occur in western South Australia. This is a dry country form, and its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo, on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and back again to the vicinity of the Great Southern Railway. It probably has a very extensive range in country of low rainfall. “Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5,237). Coolgardie, er rather, Boorabbin (E. Pritzel, No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). The type comes from Coolyardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit. p. 148. AFFINITIES. It is a member of the Cornute. ~ 1. With E. occidentalis Endl. . It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliaye, that of E. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil- dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The fruit of FL. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of 2. eremophila is cylindroid or inclining to hemispherical. — 2. With E. platypus Hook. Here I invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities 1 have brought forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work. Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. PL. 180. ™. Flockron. det. et lith. EUCALYPTUS PERFOLIATA R.Br. : . = © = = Se eee r: Sy Monts se peaccted Gatae rec srer cer omecns wee 14 = . : PL. 16ie CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS, i in 4 ek M-Flockfon.del ef lith. [See also Plate 182. ] EUCALYPTUS PTYCHOCARPA F.v.M. Pi, 182: CrIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. UAT tN CAITR Aeon et AVN FORT ON ae 28 a NPP LETTE RN Ok Or ™-Flockfon. defer lith. ] E. SIMILIS Marpen. (8,4) E. LIRATA (W. V. FITZGERALD) MAIDEN. (3) [See also Plate 181. 2) ’ (1 PUCALYEDUS PRY CHOCARERA,EivoM E. BAILEYANA F.v.M. (6) CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS te arate) M.Flockton. del. ef lith- EUCALYPTUS LANE-POOLEI MaipeEn. (1) [See also Figs. 4 and 8, Plate 74.] E. EWARTIANA Matpen. (2, 3) [See also Fig. 11, Plate 74.] E. BAKERI Matpen. (4, 5) E. JACKSONI Matpen. (6, 7) DESCRIPTION. CCLIUI. E. erythrocorys F.v.M. In Fragm. u, 33 (1860.). FoLLowineG is a translation of the original description :— ‘Shrubby, leaves opposite, thickly coriaceous, long and narrowly lanceolate, somewhat falcate or slightly curved, imperforate, densely and spreadingly penniveined, with long petioles, the intramarginal vein somewhat distant from the edge; the peduncles thick, compressed, generally three-flowered, the calyxes large and sub-sessile, calyx-tube obpyramidate-tetragonous, plicate-costate, at the angles with a short apiculate tooth, several times longer than the scarlet operculum, depressed at the vertex, quadri- costate at the angles, swollen and wrinkled, fruits very large, very broadly campanulate, the top convex, deeply marked in front of the very rounded indentations of the margin, and broadly surrounding the orifice of the four-celled capsule; the valves red, converging, sunk below the vertex of the fruit, seeds winged. At the Murchison River and toward Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains. A shrub 8-10 feet high, called “ Illyarie”’ by the natives, by whom it is named on account of its ornamental character. Branches somewhat terete. Branchlets compressed-tetragonous, sturdy. Leaves of the same colour on both sides, shining, 3} to 7 inches !ong, under 3 to 1 inch broad, slightly pointed at the base and very much so at the apex; veins prominent. Peduncles about 1 inch long. Buds about 1 inch long or slightly shorter, contracted towards the base. Calyx tube dark green, bicostate on each side, from whence it is somewhat plicate. Operculum twice as broad as deep, cinnabar-red from the observation of the finder, preserving the red colour remarkably when dried, sometimes with and sometimes without a small umbo. Filaments innumerable, the csllector has observed them to be purple, in dry specimens in a young state they were yellowish-green and half an inch shorter. Limbs four, confluent; the peduncles very thick, semi-orbicular, corresponding with the sides of the calyx-tube. Anthers sub-ovate, bearing a conspicuous gland at the back of the apex. Pollen golden. Fruits about 14 inch long and broad, twelve-ribbed, ribs confluent in threes at the apex: flat top of the width of the orifice, undulate, smooth; vertex of the capsule itself somewhat smooth, valves acuminate when contracted. Seeds 14 to 23 lines long, some are sterile and angular-clavate, others half renate or half-round or deltoid, always smooth; I have not seen ones bearing the embryo. One of the most magnificent species of the genus; it now seems to have been known to Drummond (compare Hooker, Kew Misc., v, 121). I have hardly seen the flowers well opened; if the stamens, on the observation of Drummond, are collected in bundles of four, then the species should be added to the Eudesmiee. Drummond’s earlier account is as follows :— “A square-capsuled opposite-leaved Eucalyptus, not yet seen in flower, grows among the hills near Dundarangan; and a beautiful yellow-flowered Eucalyptus grows on the limestone hills to the west of the Valley of the Lakes; it grows to a tree from 20 to 30 feet high, the leaves resemble those of the Red Gum (E. calophylla), they are hispid on the young shoots, glabrous on the flowering branches, they are always opposite in vigorous growth, sometimes alternate on old stunted trees;. the cups are of a bright scarlet colour, and have a verrucose appearance; when the capsule expands in a quadrangular form, the angles carry with them the stamens in four divisions; the seed-vessels are nearly as large as those of the Red Gum. The scarlet cups, fine yellow flowers, and opposite shining leaves of this tree make it one of the finest species of the genus.” James Drummond in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, vol. 5, p. 121, 1853. From Bentham we learn that this description applies to Drummond’s 6th Coll. No. 70, fragments of which I have figured at figs. la and 16, Plate 184. Bentham (B.FI. iii, 258) re-described the species in the following words :— A shrub of 8 to 10 (Oldficld) or a tree of 20 to 30 feet (Drummond). Leaves mostly opposite or nearly 30, or the upper ones alternate, all petiolate, long-lanceolate or broadly linear, often above 6 inches long, 134 rigid, but with the oblique rather irregular veins conspicuous on both sides, the intramarginal one near the edge. ~Peduncles axillary or lateral, very thick, flat and broad, 4 ta 1 inch thick, flattened pedicels. Calyz-tube turbinate, very thick, irregularly ribbed, 4 to 3 inch long, and nearly 3 inch diameter at the top. with four more or less prominent angles, terminating in exceedingly short, obtuse, scarcely prominent teeth. Operculum red, thick and fleshy, depressed and flat-topped, broader and shorter than the calyx- tube, obtusely square or almost four-lobed, divided into four quarters by raised ribs, forming a cross on the top, each quarter transversely wrinkled, with a raised rib along the centre, opposite to the calyx-teeth. Stamens very numerous, inflected, forming four bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth, the claw or entire part very short and broad, or four clusters if the claw be considered as a mere dilatation or lobe of the margin of the staminal disk. Ovary much depressed, flat-topped. Fruit nearly hemispherical, tibbed, 1 to 14 inch diameter, the margin of the calyx horizontally dilated, the disk very broad and obtusely prominent, giving it the shape of an old-fashioned hat. the capsule depressed in the eentre, the valves not raised. Mueller redescribed it, with a figure, in his ‘“ Eucalyptographia.” In that work he repeats that the filaments are sometimes purplish, thus adding it to the number of species with filaments of more than one colour. “ To the description should be added :—Juvenile leaves broader than the adult, margin very smooth; broadish and both sides and the branchlets stellato-scabrous. : “ This species is often shrubby, but sometimes a tree of 10 metres, in calcareous coast-lands, it seems to be restricted to the Irwin district. Mueller’s Eucalyptographia’ plate unsatisfactory.” (Diels and Pritzel, Engler’s Jahrb. xxxv, 444, 1905.) The authors do not say in what respects Mueller’s plate is unsatisfactory— perhaps in the absence of juvenile leaves which were, however, sent by Drummond, although apparently Bentham and Mueller did not see them. Probably they refer to the reduced scale of the drawing, which is thus calculated to mislead, and the plan of the flower, at figure 2, which does not show the stamens in bundles. Following is the history of two out of several plants in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, raised from Mr. W. D. Campbell’s seed. We find it requires a sheltered situation to do well. Sown 10th October, 1913, seedlings drawn in various stages, planted out 11th May, 1914, flowered 12th April, 1917. (a) 12 feet high and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from the ground (23/4/17). 19 feet 5 inches high, and 13 ft. 6 in. in girth (15/10/20). (b) 16 feet high, and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from ground (23/4/17). 20 ft. 3 in. high, and 103 inches in girth (15/10/20). The following description is taken from fresh material from the above two small trees :— Stems white, smooth. The mature leaves opposite, and the branchlets decussate. The inflorescence displays the most charming colour-scheme of any Eucalypt known to me. The axes or branchlets bearing the inflorescence are of a dull purple lake (see Dauthenay, Plate 170, shades 2-4). The long, flattened peduncles are moss-green (see Dauthenay, Plate 272, shades 1 and 2). The buds are handsome because of the large, fleshy, biretta-like opercula, of an old carmine red (see Dauthenay, Plate 107, shades 1 and 2), which contrast well with the rich, grass-green ribbed calyx-tubes (Dauthenay, Plate 273, shades 2-4). The inside of the large operculum is smooth and white, and the outside has four raised, cruciform ridges, the general surface being more or less rugose. The falling of the operculum is succeeded by the protrusion of filaments, at first greenish-yellow (primrose-yellow), and afterwards lemon or golden-yellow (see Dauthenay, Plate 16, shades 2 and 3). The staminal disc or ring heing broad and white, it effectively contrasts the colours of the calyx-tube and filaments. See also p. 135, for a further accaunt of the stamens and staminal rivg. 135 The stigma is. punctate and green, thus contrasting with the stamens. The top of the expanded flower shows a rim or hub round the base of the stigma (top of the ovary) and radiating from it, in the direction of the greatest widths of the staminal rings (greatest lengths of stamens) are four equidistant ribsor spoke-shaped processes whichenclose four shallow troughs which are filled with honey and are therefore nectaries. : The inflorescence is alike bizarre and beautiful; the plant is most charming. Fresh fruits sent to me from spontancous trees by Mr. Campbell were up to 2} by 2} inches (therefore, much larger than those of the type), with sessile or rudimentary flattened pedicels. Bundling or Tuftiness of the Stamens. Robert Brown included “Stamens in four polyandrous bundles, alternating with the teeth of the calyx, connate at the base”’ as a character in his definition of Hudesmia as a genus distinct from Hucalyptus. He dropped the genus as untenable, later on, but Bentham (B.FI. iii, 258) preserved the name to indicate a sub-series (1X) of Eucalyptus, which he called Eudesmiez. His definition of the sub-series includes “ Stamens sometimes (my italics) very shortly united in four clusters, alternating with the calyx-teeth,”’ The matter of grouping will be dealt with subsequently, at the proper place, but Miss Flockton has produced such an excellent figure (fig. 2g, Plate 184), of the bundling or apparent bundling of the stamens in: a large-flowered species such as E. erythvocorys that a few remarks may be offered at this place. In the Hudesmiez we have (so far as the material at our disposal permits us to judge) various degrees of bundling (compare fig. 3c, Plate 185, for another example, H. tetrodonta). E. tetragona and L. eudesmioides will follow in the next part. In E. erythrocorys, the white staminal ring (which is ultimately deciduous) is undulate on both margins, becoming wider at the crests or tops of each undulation, _ of which there are four, and becoming narrowest in each trough. An effect of the narrowness of the staminal ring at the four troughs is that there is a diminution of the number of stamens, since there is less room for them, and thus an appearance of tuftiness or bundling is caused. As a matter of fact there is not, at all events, at the period of the fall of the operculum, any complete break in the continuity of the stamens, though, as the flower develops, there is some deciduousness where the trough is deepest. If therefore the use of the word “ bundle” or “ tuft’? means a complete break in the continuity of the stamens, it is incorrect, but there certainly is an appearance of bundling. Further, there is variation in the lengths of the filaments, the longest emerging from the crests of each undulation and the shortest at the troughs. This character increases the appearance of tuftiness of the stamens. It may be convenient at this place to contrast the stamens of five species of Eudesmiez where I have adequate stamen-material. The. material of the other species is not so satisfactory. E. erythrocorys (see Plate 184, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles, usually quite round the undulating staminal ring, but there are not so many in the trough, nor so long as those on the crest. The outer row expands last, in the following species the inner row expands last. pee 136 E. tetrodonta (see Plate 185, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles, but are disposed round the staminal ring , which is not undulate in this case. E. tetragona (see Plates 188, 189, Part XLVI). The stamens are in four bundles on an undulating staminal ring, with a distinct gap between the four clumps. This species is especially interesting because it is that on which the genus Budesmia was founded. E. eudesmaordes (see Plate 189, Part XLVI). -The stamens are in four bundles on an undulating shallow staminal ring. There is a gap without stamens between each pair of bundles. As regards H. tetragona and E. eudesmioides, the stamens appear to have thinned out or disappeared where the staminal ring becomes narrowest at the troughs, Speaking generally, as regards the Kudesmiez, whether the ring is of varying thickness or not) the stamens appear to thin out at four parts of the periphery. E. Baileyana (see Plate 182, Part XLIV, where, however, the stamens are not shown in the mass). The stamens are in four distinct bundles right round the staminal ring, although more deciduous between the bundles. RANGE. _ It is confined to Western Australia. The type was collected “ at the Murchison River, towards Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains,” by Oldfield. In “ Eucalyptographia”’ its range is defined as “In stony undulating bushy country between the Irwin River and Shark Bay, rather rare.” ‘‘ Not observed nearer (to Shark’s Bay) than 20 miles south of Freycinet Harbour. The plants indigenous around Shark’s Bay and its vicinity.” (Mueller, Parliamentary Paper, W.A., 1883, p. 14) | _ This would bring it not many miles north of the Murchison River, and it would be desirable to enquire into its limits more accurately, which are at present recorded as 10 miles south of Dongarra (which is at the mouth of the Irwin River) on the Arrow- smith road in the south, and 20 miles south of the Freycinet estuary in the north. We do not know its eastern boundary. If Drummond’s Dundaragan be identified, as it seems to be, with the modern Dandaraga, then the southern boundary is removed to say, the Moora district, Moora being a railway station 108 miles north of Perth. It would be very desirable to obtain more accurate information in regard to the range of one of the most interesting species of the genus. I have seen specimens of Drummond’s No. 70 (6th Coll.) in Herb. Calcutta and Herb. Cant. “* Limestone Hills, west of the Valley of the Lake,’ which is, of course, near Dundaragan, as already quoted from Drummond’s original letter. This place has been already referred to. I have also seen it from the Murchison River, in Herb. Barbey-Boissier, collected by Oldfield. Herta 137 “Tree of about 25 feet, rather straggly, has white bark, looks like a white gum but is slightly different. 10 miles south of Dongarra (W. D. Campbell). The pink buds look peculiar.” AFFINIGLES. With EF. megacarpa ¥.v.M. Arrowsmith-road, about “ Among Eucalypts,. it resembles H. globulus on account of the shape of the bud. The latter species appears also to grow in the humid tract of land on the coast of south- west Australia near Cape Leeuwin, as far as it is possible to judge from the specimens of our carpological collection.” (N.B.—This was an error, the globulus-like species being E. megacarpa J.H.M.). . (Original description.) “ It differs widely from the few other species of that section (Budesmia) in the large size of its flowers and fruits, in the shape and coloration of the lid, as well as in the very. broad expansion of the summit of its fruit, irrespective of some less conspicuous differences.’ > (“ Eucalyptographia.”’) It is convenient to have a small table of characters illustrating all the Eudesmiee, The number preceding each species-name indicates the Part of this work in which it has or will be treated. as follows. | | 44. | 45. 45. 44. | 44. - 46. - 46. 45. Baileyana. | tetrodonta odontocarpa. | similis. lirata. eudesmiordes. tetragona. erythrocorys. | | } | | | Eastern Eastern | Species. | Species. | H . | Size ...| Medium-sized | Medium-sized | Shrub .... Medium-sized | Medium-sized | A shrub or| Tall, glaucous Tall shrub or tree or larger.) tree to - very tree. “ Yel-| tree. small tree up| shrub or small - small tree. “ Black | large. “ Mess- | low Jacket.” | to 20 feet.| tree. ‘‘ White! Branches de- Stringybark.” | mate.” | | ‘“WhiteGum’’) Marlock.” | cussate. Bark ...| Hard, thick,| Whitish, fibrous,) —.......... | Yellow flaky ...| Rough and| Smooth, a little] Smooth, a little) Smooth, with a fibrous, inter-| persistent. greyish, soft) scaly at butt.| scaly at butt. little ribbony locked. A | and friable. ; bark. coarse stringy-, bark. | | Timber | Pale brown ...| “Pale” (W.V.; — ......00 |" Boadaece0 | Brownish .| Pale-chocolate | Pale -| Pale brown. | | F.), “‘ Reddish- | | brown to-| brown” (R.H. wards heart;) | GC.) most of it) | white. | Leaves | Broadly - lance-' Long-lanceolate.) Linear-lanceo- | Ovate acumin-| Lanceolate ...! Lanceolate ...| Reek with oil ...! Very large. olate. Huge juvenile} late. ate, then nar- | leaves. | row _ lanceo-| | fale i] | late. | | | Flowers | Filaments Buds reminis-| —......... Filaments yel-| ......... Filaments Filaments | Very large fila- eream- cent of large| low. cream- eream- ments prim- coloured, | cloves. Fila- | | coloured. coloured. | rose yellow. ments yellow-| | | Opercula car- ish-white. | | mine-red. Fruits | Nearly globular) Oblong - cylin-| Oblong-cylin- | Truncate-ovoid| Truncate-ovoid) Quadrangular | Ovoid to nearly) Tetragonous, ; drical. drical (smal-| perhaps — lar- globular. | quadrangular, ler than pre-| ‘ ger and more Rather large. 2} x 2} inches. ceding). } globular than similis. | Largest fruit in genus. | 133 Thus we have one purely eastern species (Bazleyana), one eastern species (similis) which probably will be found further west. Confined to the tropics are tetrodonta, odontocarpa, and lirata. Sub-tropical Western Australia has eudesmuoides, erythrocorys, and tetragona, of which the first two are true west and the last south-west; the first is inland (approaching the coast), the last two are coastal. Apparently the largest tree is Z. tetrodonta, but E. Baileyana, E. similis and EL. lirata are fairly large trees. JL. tetragona and EL. erythrocorys are tall shrubs or small trees, while Z. odontocarpa, of which we know very little, has hitherto only been recorded as a shrub. The branchlets of all are quadrangular. EH. Baileyana and Z£. tetrodonta are more or less fibrous-barked, the former being the more stringy. ZH. eudesmioides, E. tetragona, and E. erythrocorys are Gums, while £. similis is a Yellow Jacket, and E. lirata may prove to be so. The leaves of all are opposite or sub-opposite, thus showing affinity to Angophora,’ though in the fruits the latter genus more closely resembles the Angophoroidee section of Eucalyptus. The Eudesmiez have interesting affinities, but a fuller discussion of them must be deferred until the affinities of the whole of the species are dealt with. E. tetragona stands out because the leaves reek with oil, and because of its glaucousness. ; Speaking generally, the filaments are arranged in four bundles or tend to be so; the filaments are yellowish white or yellow, those of EH. erythrocorys being bright primrose yellow, H. Preissiana being the only species that can approach it in this respect. The- opercula of EZ. erythrocorys are unique in that they are shaped like a biretta, and are of a rich carmine-red colour. The buds of F. tetrodonta and E. odontocarpa are reminiscent of cloves, the former being the larger. The outstanding characters of the fruit are brought out in the table, the huge fruits of E. erythrocorys (the most remarkable species amongst the EKudesmiez) and the smaller globular fruits of Z. Baileyana, being perhaps the most striking. 139 DESCRIPTION. CCLIV. E. tetrodonta F.v.M.- In Journ. Linn. Soc., ui, 97 (1859). FoLLow:ne is a translation of the original :— A tree with angular branchlets, leaves opposite, faleate-lanceolate, gradually acuminate, moderately petiolate, opaque, indistinctly penniveined, peripheral vein rather close to the margin, wmbels axillary, terminal, solitary, bibracteate, three-flowered ,bracts slowly falling off, rather large, the angled peduncle the same length as the petiole, calyr sub-campanulate, quadridentate, gradually narrowed into a compressed pedicel which is barely the same length as the tube, teeth deltoid, opereulwm hemispherical, and the tube and spreading teeth twice as long as the operculum. Tn woody elevated less fertile tracts everywhere in Arnhem’s Land. (At Port Essington, Armstrong, and on the North Coast, 4. Cunningham in herb. Hook.) Flowering in August and September. A medium-sized tree with a straight slender trunk, with a dirty grey fibrous bark persisting all over. With bark of “ Stringybark trees.” Branchlets reddish, rigid. Leaves 3-6 inches long, $-14 inches broad. peduncles 3-4 lines long, bearing at the apices two cymbiform, lanceolate, obtuse, acuminate bracts, about 3 lines long, deciduous. The tube of the calyx with the teeth, 4-5 lineslong. Opereulum coriaceous, obtuse, opaque, greenish. A species especially remarkable for the toothed calyx, showing transit to Angophora. Bentham (B.Fl. iii, 260) then described it in the following words :— A tree, with a whitish, fibrous, persistent bark (F. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, long- lanceolate, acuminate, often faleate and above 6 inches long, coriaceous, but the numerous somewhat oblique veins prominent, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduwncles axillary or two or three together at the ends of the branches, short and thick but not dilated, each bearing three or very rarely five rather large flowers, on thick angular or flattened pedicels of 2 to 4 lines. Calyzx-tube obconical or turbinate, 3 to 4 lines long, wtih four rounded very obtuse teeth, slightly prominent on the bud. Operculum hemispherical or nearly globular, smooth. Stamens very numerous, the longest attaining 5 or 6 lines, not distinctly arranged in clusters; anthers oblong, with parallel cells opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit oblong-cylindrical, 4 to } inch long, 4 to 6 lines diameter, not contracted at the orifice, the rim narrow but forming an acutely prominent ring, the capsule sunk, usually three-celled. Mueller subsequently redescribed it and figured it in “ Eucalyptographia.”’ ce In this work he speaks of it as “ not tall’ and ‘‘ stem rather slender,” and in the original description as a “ meduim-sized tree.” It will be observed that, as regards the Northern Territory, it is described as ““ exceedingly well developed and reaching very large size, 70 or 80 feet or more and 3 feet or more in diameter.” It is evidently one of the most important timber trees of the tropics, and it is desirable that we should know more of its distribution and abundance. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.), speaking of Kimberley, says: “ Tree of 40-50 feet, trunk to 25 feet, diameter 1-14 feet; bark persistent on stem and branches, greyish, fairly rough, and very stringy ; timber pale, fissile, moderately hard; filaments yellowish- white.” 140: Mr. R. H. Cambage, speaking of North Queensland, says (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., XLIX, 414, 1915) :-— This species, which was the only Eucalypt met with belonging to the sub-series Eudesmiez, is a very interesting one, for in addition to being one of the few having calyx teeth, like the Angophoras, it is apparently the only stringyhark to be found in Northern Australia, excepting in the extreme east. It is known both as Messmate and Stringybark, and its bark is decidedly fibrous, the timber being reddish-brown. The “sucker” leayes‘are opposite or alternate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 7 inches long by 3 to 4 inches broad, with petioles of half to three-quarters of an inch long, the lateral veins being arranged at an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib, the intramarginal vein being close to the edge, the midrib prominent on the upper side of the leaf, the young leaves often reddish. The trees, which are erect, have an average height of about 40 feet with a diameter of about 1 foot, and prefer siliceous soil. There is a discrepancy in the colour of the timber as given by Fitzgerald and Cambage, but anyone who has given much attention to Stringybark-timber in general knows how it varies in colour-according to the district, and as the tree is large or small and the specimen fresh or dry. I overlooked Mr. Cambage’s earlier description of the juvenile leaves, or I would not, in the following passage, have stated that they had hitherto not been described: Juvenile leaves of this species have been received from Darwin from Dr. Jensen (July, 1916), and have not hitherto been described. I proceed to describe them. The branchlets are markedly quadrangular, and like the leaves are entirely glabrous or very slightly glaucous, and equally green on both sides. They are large, oblique or falcate, very acuminate with prominent purplish midribs, raised chiefly on the lower sides of the leaves. Secondary veins very distinct, but fine, roughly parallel, and making an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib. The intramarginal vein is at a considerable distance from the edge. A not uncommon size of the lamina is 25 cm. (say 10 inches) long and 13 em. (say 5 inches) broad, with a petiole of 1-5 cm. . Still in the opposite stage they may be half the width. (Maiden in Ewart and Davies’ “ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 314, 1917.) The flower buds are strongly reminiscent of large cloves, the opercula are ribbed, the ribs being occasionally almost winged. “-E. tetrodonta would probably merge into the division of Pachyphloie, which, comprises all the Stringybark trees.” (“ Eucalyptographia.’’) RANGE. i The type came from the entrance to the Victoria River and the elevated sterile districts of Arnhem’s Land, “ Stringybark.’ (Mueller.) These are, of course, Northern Territory. Bentham adds “ North Coast,” A. Cunningham, and Port Essington, Armstrong. Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia ’’) adds to these Port Darwin, Maria Island and Liverpoo} River and Escape Cliffs. All the localities so far quoted are Northern Territory, unless Cunningham’s be tropical Western Australia. But Mueller has definitely reported it from Tropical Western Australia (Prince Regent’s River), while we have abundant localities from Northern Queensland. So that 141 its range may be at present stated as from the most northern tropical portion of Australia, extending from the West Kimberleys in Western Australia along the Northern Territory to North Queensland. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mueller first recorded the species from Western Australia from the Prince Regent’s River, collected by Bradshaw’s Expedition.. See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 469 (1891). Subsequently W. V. Fitzgerald reported “ A small forest of Messmate or Stringy- bark was observed in sandy loam and among quartzites on the Packhorse Range.” (Kimberley Report, p. 12, 1907.) : Some of his specimens are labelled “‘ Messmate Creek (presumably named after this tree), Packhorse Range,” and Packhorse Range generally. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,214.) The locality is, of course, considerably south of the Prince Regent’s River. Mr. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds Charnley River in West Kimberley, and says it is called “ Messmate ” and “ Stringybark,”’ and that it is found in sandy soil overlying quartzite and sandstone. NORTHERN TERRITORY. It is frequently referred to as “ Stringybark ’’ by Leichhardt in his ‘‘ Overland Expedition from Moreton Bay to Port Essington.” It is the Stringybark of the Gulf Country, and he notes it both in what is now Northern Queensland and the Northern “Territory. I have seen a specimen of his labelled “ West Coast of the Gulf.’ Dr. H. I. Jensen says, in a letter to me, “ Stringybark occurs, as in the Northern Territory, on poor sandy granite and sandstone soils, but not abundantly.” The following specimens are before me :— Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 466); Melville Island (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) ; Darwin (Nicholas Holtze, Prof. Baldwin Spencer). “The common Stringybark from Port Darwin to inland slopes, several hundred . miles from the coast. Always on poor soil—coastally rather stunted in porcellanite and laterite formation. At: the Adelaide River, Stapleton, Batchelor, and in the hill belt generally, exceedingly well developed and reaching very large size, 70-80 feet or more high, and 3 feet or more in diameter on granite, quartzite, and sandstone.” (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) (G. F. Hill, No. 340.) “Large Kucalypt, hard wood.” Batchelor: Farm (C. HK. F. Allen, No. 224). “ Stringybark Box, white flower,” Pine Creek (Dr. H. I. Jensen). Pine and Horseshoe Creeks (EK. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters). Edith Creek and track generally to Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). Speaking generally, but with especial reference to. Darwin, Dr. Jensen writes: “On the granite country we get Stringybark (H. tetrodonta), Bloodwood (L. latifolia), E. setosa, Salmon Gum (?), Ironwood (? Z'ristania suaveolens), H. miniata, and patches, of EB. pheenicea.” 142 (JUEENSLAND. Following are some localities of specimens I have seen, and with the greater settlement in Queensland, as compared with the remainder of the tropics, I look for additional localities, in order that its range may be better defined. Sources of the South Coen River (Stephen Johnson, in Melbourne Herbarium). This is, of course, in the Cape York Peninsula, and the most northern Queensland locality recorded. Stewart River (Stephen Johnson). This is the species referred to by Leichhardt as Stringybark, and noted at various points from the upper Lynd right to the settlement at Port Essington. Walsh River (correspondent of F. M. Bailey). Mitchell, Gilbert, and Norman Rivers (E. Palmer). “ Messmate,” “ Fibrous or stringybark on trunk and large branches, 40-50 feet.” Little River, between Gilbert River and Croydon (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,005). It was first noticed between the twenty-second and twenty-fourth mile posts from Alma-den, and again towards the fiity-first mile post. It was subsequently seen at various points along the Gilbert River, at the changing station on the Little River, and around Normanton. (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 413, 1915.) Referring to Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” at p. 279 (op. cit.), he speaks of the koolimans of the natives being “ very large, almost like small boats, and (were) made of the inner layer of the bark of the Stringybark tree.” At p. 285, “The Stringybark grew to a fine size on the hills, and would yield, together with Tronbark, and the Drooping Tea-tree, the necessary timber for building.” At p. 291, “ All along the Lynd we had found the gunyas of the natives made of large sheets of Stringybark, not, however, supported by forked poles, but bent, and both ends of the sheet stuck in the ground.” They found them frequently afterwards during the journey round the Gulf. AFFINITIBS. 1. With E. odontocarpa ¥.v.M. “ . , this, however, I found only of shrubby growth, its leaves much narrower, the calyces very considerably smaller on shorter and thinner stalklets, the fruit also of much less size, its minute teeth protruding beyond the outward not decurrent rim.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under £. tetrodonta). See also under &, odontocarpa at p. 145. 143 2. With Angophora. “, . . the strongly toothed calyx demonstrates some transit towards Angophora, although the lid is no ways dissolved into petals as in that genus, nor can the operculum be rightly regarded as petaloid, it being quite of the texture and structure normal in most Eucalypts, indeed, in this respect not different from the lid of ZB. Preissii, E. terminalis, E. Abergiana, and a few other species, in which the calyx is rather irregularly ruptured than circumcised by a clearly defined sutural line; at best only the inner layer of the lid could be assumed to be corollaceous, but it is closely connate with the outer stratum as usual in the genus.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia.”’) The relations of the Eudesmiez to Angophora will be treated at greater length in my, grand classification of the various species of Eucalyptus. 144 IDS SCRIBE TKO COLYV. £. odontocarpa F.v.M. In Journ. Linn. Sec., ii, 98, (1859). FoLLow1ne is a translation of the original :— A shrub with angled branchlets; leaves opposite, rather shortly petiolate, lmear or narrow-lanceolate, sub-falcate, acute at the base, shining, covered with bright dots, penniveined and reticulately veined, peripheral vein slightly distant from the margin ; umbels axillary, not exceeding three flowered, shortly pedunculate; the obconical acute quadridentate tube of the shortly pedicellate calyx three times as long as the depressed hemispherical operculum: fruits ovate-obconical indistinctly costate, quadridentate, trilocular, valves inserted below the margin. In sandy desert near Sturt’s Greek, flowering in autumn. Shrub of 8-10 feet. Branches rather slender. Leaves 2-5 inches long, 3-6 lines broad. Umbels sometimes two, one of the depauperate. Fruits 3-4 lines long, shining. It was next described in English by Bentham, in B.FIl. ii, 260 :— A shrub of 8 to 10 feet, with slender branches (F. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, linear- lanceolate, mostly 3 to 5 inches long, with oblique anastomosing veins, inconspicuous at first, more prominent in the fruiting specimens, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduneles axillary, short, each with three small flowers on short pedicels, but not seen expanded. Calyx-tube in the bud narrow-turbinate, about 2 lines long, with four small, but prominent, spreading teeth. Operculum hemispherical, very obtuse. Stamens apparently not in clusters; anthers small, with parallel cells. Frwit oblong-cylindrical, 4 to 5 lines long, not contracted at the orifice when fully ripe; rim narrow, concave, the capsule slightly sunk, three or four celled. It was not included in the “ Eucalyptographia,” but under E. tetrodonta it is stated that well developed flowers (of EZ. odontocarpa) are unknown. RANGE. On a drawing of a portion of the type the words “Sturt’s Creek, Desert, February, 1856, Ferd. Mueller.” This is in the Northern Territory, in about 18 degrees south latitude. It also occurs in north West Australia (West Kimberley), also in desert. NorTHERN TERRITORY. “Small tree (Mallee).”” Tanami Goldfield. (Dr. H. I. Jensen; C. EH. F. Allen’s No. 202.) See also the Sturt’s Creek locality already given for the type. 115 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. “ Desert south of Fitzroy River, West Kimberley.” (W. VY. Fitzgerald.) This is one of Mr. Fitzgerald’s labels, and his discovery of this species as new to Western Australia does not appear to have been recorded. It will be observed that, like Mueller, he speaks of it occurring in a “ desert.” AFFINITIES. 1, With E. BUneeminides F.v.M. € E. odontocarpa is “ very much like some specimens of H. eudesmioides, but the stamens do not appear to be arranged in clusters.” (B.FI., iti, 260.) The affinities of the various species of the Hudesmiez are dealt with at p. 187. The morphology of the filaments in the various species is discussed separately at p- 135. 2. With E. tetrodonta F.v.M. E. odontocarpa “. . . at once distinguished from the following species (tetrodonta) by the very much smaller flowers.” (B.FI., 11, 260.) Luehmann (Pree. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, vii, 524) thought EH. odontocarpa is probably a variety of E. tetrodonta. The species are compared to some extent in the table at p. 137. 3. With £. tetragona. “ EB. tetragona is through E. eudesmioides also cognate to E. odontocarpa, of which well-developed flowers remained as yet unknown; the differences of the latter consist in still narrower and somewhat curved leaves with more spreading veins, in the small- _ ness of its flowers with proportionately more developed calyx-teeth, and the not membranously margined seeds; very possibly its anthers will bring it nearer to E. tetrodonta.” (‘ Kucalyptographia.”’) See the table at p. 187. £. tetragona and HE. eudesmioides will be dealt: with in Part XLVI. 116 DESCRIPTION, | 7 am XVII, E. capitellata Smith. In “ A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland,” p. 42, 1793 (1794). Tue original description will be found at Part VIII, p..211 .of the present work. It. was at this place more fully described by me, but my definition of the species, while largely following Bentham, Mueller and other competent authorities, was too wide. My references at Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 493 (1918), were also'too inclusive, as they include the dwarf form that I separated under the name H. Camfieldi. (See Proc; Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 66, 1920); see also below, p. 149. Coa neat The type from Port Jackson’ may be described as follows:— .. —.. A small to medium-sized tree with a stringy ‘bark and timber Brown or pale brew in colour. the young ‘branchlets sometimes almost quadenuguls: 4 ) _ Juvenile leaves with undulate marginsand a few stellate hairs when quite young, but developing later into a glabrous leaf of thicker texture of much larger size, ovate to orbicular (say 8 by 8 cm. and 8 by 10 cm., and even greater dimensions), shortly pedunculate or almost sessile, Seon veins few, spreading or looped, the intramarginal vein far removed from the edge. ‘ “ as the Colombo specimens are concerned. Further search at Towrang reveals no E. angophoroides, but confirms the previous determination of E. Stuartiana. “ The error is to be regretted, and I would point out the inconvenience of giving more than one locality for a type. “ The combination of the two species is perpetuated in my notes of E. Stuartiana F.v.M. at page 68, Part XXIV of my ‘ Critical Revision of the genus Eucalyptus,’ now in the press, but the type was distributed before I could point out the confusion.” (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 322, 1915.) Mr. K. C. Andrews, now Government Geologist of New South Wales, favoured me with the following note on the abovementioned Wyndham locality, as follows :— “Mr. Cambage has said you would like to know the area from which I collected the Eucalyptus when visiting the Whipstick mines. Enclosed please find sketch of locality at 16 miles to inch (not reproduced). The plants grow thickly alongside main road between Wyndham and Whipstick, the two being 4 miles apart. H. Sieberiana flourishes on the siliceous granites and the Devonian sediments at Whipstick, one tree being 100 feet to the first limb and about 6 to 8 feet in diameter. The Eucalyptus (angophoroides) with the peculiar seedlings, leaves, and sapling foliage grows especially on the Devonian sediments and basic granite. Its mates are E. goniocalyxz; E. Bosistoana, &ce. E. coriacea is there also at Candelo and a few miles west of Wyndham.” (Letter of 22nd July, 1915.) Mr. W. Baeuerlen also collected it at Nangutta, near Eden. I have also received this plant under the name of “ Cabbage Box,” from Mr. William Dunn, from Yourie, about 30 miles westerly from Bermagui, on the Tuross waters. The locality is useful, as we do not at present know the range of this species. This is in the county of Dampier. “ Mr. Baker’s tree appears to be only found in and around Yourie as far as I can learn. I called on Mr. Gough, an old resident of that locality, and he states he does not know of any other locality that the tree may be found. The specimen of the bud, &c., were obtained from two separate trees, one of which is fully 8-9 feet in circum- ference and with a clean barrel of 38-48 feet.’’ (Forest Guard William Dunn of Bermagui). Mr. Dunn is mistaken about his locality being unique, but the statement is evidence that the tree is not well known yet, and probably not very abundant. What its focus or optimum locality is, we do not yet know. 177 AEN TPES: 1. With E. Stuartiana F.v.M. (E£. Bridgesiana R. T. Baker). “The herbarium material of this species is so similar to that of 2. Bridgesiana that on my first examination it was included under that species. “‘ My field observations since that date, and the acquisition of further material such as timber and oil, have convinced me that the two trees are quite different, and should not be included under the same name. Mr. W. Baeuerlen, indeed, who has known the trees for very many years, has always held that the two were different in specific characters. ‘* F. Bridgesiana is known vernacularly as ‘ Apple’ and ‘ Woolly-butt,’ but this tree as ‘ Apple-top Box.’ As stated above, the foliage, fruits, and flowers certainly resemble those of the former species, but there the similarity ends. The bark is a true box-bark, but the timber is quite unlike that of a box. “The bark has not an essential oil as pertains to HZ. nova-anglica and E. Bridgesiana. “ Although it has a regular light-coloured grey box bark, yet the appearance of the tree is more like that of an ‘ Apple-tree’ (Angophora), hence the local name of * Apple-top Box.’ “(It has) ‘A pale-coloured, soft, specifically light timber, open in the grain, and perhaps to be regarded as porous. It has not the broad sapwood of Z. Bridgesiana Baker. It seasons well, and is suited for cabinet work, as it closely resembles in colour, weight, and texture the timber of Angophora intermedia DC. It is much superior to that of H. Bridgesiana.” (Original description.) For E. Stuartiana see Part XXIV, plates 101 and 102, when it will be seen that the resemblance between the two species is considerable. The closest resemblance is to var. grossa, which has the coarsest juvenile foliage in the species. Morphologically it is not easy to separate the two species, but they differ, as Mr. Baker has pointed out, in timber and oil; also in their canopies, to mention no other differences. 2. With F. eleophora ¥.v.M. (£. Cambagei Deane and Maiden). “Tt differs from H. Cambagei Deane and Maiden, in the superiority of its timber and the inferiority of its oil, and the shape of its fruits; and from Z. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden in the bark, colour of timber, and oil.” (Original description.) For E. eleophora see Part XIX, Plates 82 and 83. In E£. angophoroides the juvenile leaves are more uniformly rounded, and the large intermediate leaves are common and characteristic. In E. eleophora the operculum is, as a rule, only half the length of the calyx-tube, while the fruit is sessile, cylindroid, and, as a rule, angled or ribbed. At the same time the fruits of the two species are sometimes sufficiently similar as to necessitate caution. Miscellaneous. “Tt has little affinity with such Boxes as H. hemiphloia F.v.M., EL. Woollsiana Baker, Z. conica Deane and Maiden, E. pendula A. Cunn. (Z. largiflorens F.v.M.), although it appears to be a connecting link with these and what are known as Bastard Boxes such as FE. Cambagei Deane and Maiden, and &. bicolor A. Cunn.” (Original description.) What F#. Woollsiana R. T. Baker is, will be stated in Part XLVII after repro- duction of all the Plates, and revision of the evidence. It is a synonym, in my view. E. bicolor A. Cunn. is a western New South Wales species with reddish brown timber, and very.different from H. angophoroides. It has EL. pendula A. Cunn. and EL. largiflorens F.v.M. as synonyms, and has been more than once shown in the present work. 178 DESCRIPTION. CCLXII. FE, Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlviii, 417 (1914). FoLLow1ne is the original description :— Arbor Mallee similis, 6-10’ alta, caulibus levibus viridibus, ligno pallido. Folia juyena lanceolata circiter 6 cm. longa, 1 cm. alta, non-glauca, subtus pallidiore-virentia, margine crassata, costa media prominente, venis lateralibus prominentibus et fere pinnatis. Folia matura coriacea, lanceolata circiter 6-8 cm. longa, 1-5 cm. alta. Alabastra operculis hemisphericis diametro circiter conoideo calycis tubo dimidio equilongis. Flores renantheri. Fructus sessiles, ad 7 in capito, fere hemispherici, diametro fere 1 cm., orificio leniter rotundati, valvarum apicibus orificio aequis. Species cum £. stricta affinitate trahitur, fructibus autem maxime diversis et E. capitellate Sm. similibus, qua magna “ Stringybark,” est Of mallee-like growth, 6 to 10 feet high, with smooth, greenish stems 1 inches in diameter. Timber pale coloured. Juvenile leayes.—Lanceolate, about 6 cm. long by 1 em. broad as the alternate stage is reached, very shortly petiolate, non-glaucous, of a brighter green on the underside. Margin thickened. Midrib prominent and raised, showing a depression on the upper page of the leaf, the lateral veins prominent and roughly pinnate, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. Mature leaves rather coriaceous. lanceolate, about 6-8 cm. long by 1-5 cm. broad, erect, shortly petiolate, equally green on both sides. Veins fairly prominent and spreading from the base; intramarginal vein a considerable distance from the edge. Buds.—Externally rough in texture, operculum hemispherical, the diameter about half the length of the conoid calyx-tube. Flowers.—Renantherous. Fruits.—Sessile, up to seven in the head. Nearly hemispherical, nearly 1 cm. in diameter, rim broad and reddish-brown, gently domed, tips of valves flush with the orifice. The above was drawn up from the type, collected at Kybean on the Monaro. Following is a description of a specimen from Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., designated as “‘ C,’” and looked upon by us as a hybrid of Z. stricta Sieb. It is briefly referred to in Part IX, p. 283, of the present work. “ C.—A sapling tree, say 4 inches in diameter and 12 feet high. One small clump also seen. Juvenile leayes.—Not seen in the earlier stage, but in what may be termed the intermediate stage. In that stage they are oval or oblong, and say 14 inch long by 3 inch broad and profusely dotted with oil glands. Mature leaves bright green, rather coriaceous. Veins fairly prominent, and spreading on the base; intramarginal vein a considerable distance from the edge. Tips of the leaves hooked as a tule. Reminds one of foliage of E. stricta, amongst which it grows, though the venation is probably. more prominent than that of L. stricta 179 Buds numerous, pointed and in heads, giving it a stellate aspect. Hardly so clavate as those of E. stricta, but not seen ripe. Four to ten in the umbel. Flowers.—Expanded ones not seen. Fruits in dense heads, the common peduncle up to a quarter of an inch, pedicels absent. Individual fruits rarely hemispherical, slightly compressed at the base, rim broad and reddish-brown, slightly domed, tips of valves flush with the orifice. Bark smooth, very long ribbons. Timber pale-coloured. Affinities —The surrounding species are ZL. stricta Sieb.; EH. Sieberiana F.v.M.; E. Mooret Maiden and Cambage; and E. Gunnii Hook. f. var maculosa Maiden (H. maculosa R. T. Baker). It has already been pointed out that the foliage resembles that of H. stricta. The buds exhibit slight resemblances at least to E. stricta and to E. Gunnii var. maculosa, particularly to the former, but the affinity of the fruit is not at present obvious, though they are suggestive of some forms of both EL. capitellata and E. eugenioides, to which trees our plant has otherwise not the slightest resemblance, and it may turn out to be a good species.” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 201, 1905.) RANGE. Confined to New South Wales, so far as we know at present, but it may be expected to be found in north-eastern Victoria. The type grew on sandy conglomerate formation at Kybean, amongst Casuarina nana Sieber, near the Kydra Trigonometrical Station, on the Great Dividing Range, 4,000 feet above sea-level, 16 miles easterly from Nimitybelle, near Cooma (i: H. Cambage, 4th November, 1908.) . The plant already referred to at ““C” was collected at Blackheath in a high part of the Blue Mountains, AFFINITY. 1. With E. stricta Sieb., and other species. Unfortunately the material of HE. Kybeanensis is scanty, so that the last word has not been said in regard to its relationships. It is shrubby, almost Mallee-like. In this respect and to some extent in the seedlings, it has relations to Z. stricta. In the somewhat straight venation of the juvenile leaves it shows affinity to the HZ. coriacea group, and in the fruits to the E. capitellata group, It certainly requires further Investigation, 180 IDIBSGISIUP TON: CCLXIV. EF. eremophila Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 71 (1920). Fotiowinc is the original description :— Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus angusto-lanceolatis, vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus; venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis; pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo cblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; opezculo cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies aequilongo, diametro distincte minore, filamentis antherisque Cornutis similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphericis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini aequante, fructu truncato. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth scaly bark. Branchlets glaucescent. Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available in the earliest stage, but probably narrow. Those of the seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary veins fine but rather distant and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, not feather-veined. Peduneles elongate, flattened, pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. | Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long. Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to five times as long as the calyx-tube and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and with anthers as in the Cornute. Fruits cylindroid to spherical ; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit when not fully ripe a characteristically truncate flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes rounded and somewhat contracted. As it is figured as indicated below, further illustrations do not appear to be necessary at this place. SYNONYM. E. occidentalis Endlicher var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv,. 442, 1905. See also this work, Part XXXVI, p. 147. Figured at Plate 149, figures 7-11 of the same work. The relations of H. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXVI, p. 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to H, eremophila remain a matter for further consideration. 181 RAIN Gu. It is confined to Western Australia so far as we know at present, but it is quite possible that it may occur in western South Australia. This is a dry country form, and its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and back again to the vicinity of the Great Southern Railway. It probably has a very extensive range in country of low rainfall. “Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5237). Coolgardie, or rather Boorabbin (E. Pritzel, No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). The type comes from Coolgardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit., p. 148. APPIN MES: It is a member of the Cornute. 1. With E£. occidentalis Endl. It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliage, that of E. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The fruit of E. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of EL. eremophila is cylindroid or inclining to hemispherical. 2. With E. platypus Hook. Here I invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities I have brought forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work, DESCRIPTION. LXX. E. decipiens Endl. (Synonym £. concolor Schauer, No. LXIX.) Ip my readers will turn to Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, Proc. Dec., 1920), there will be found a brief note recording that I drew attention to the confusion that has gathered around L. concolor in the same Journal, Vol. XLVII, p. 231 (1913). I have carried the matter a stage further in the present work, Part XLII, page 66. Ihave now received admirable specimens from Mr. C. A. Gardner, who is collecting on behalf of Mr. C. E. Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests of Western Australia. His specimens come from Spearwood, near Fremantle, Western Australia, are complete, and supply the missing evidence that . concolor is specifically identical with E. decipiens. At the top of p. 67 I suggested “‘ it may turn out that EZ. concolor is the Fremantle form of H. decipiens.’” Mr. Gardner’s specimens prove this, and we are therefore justified in suppressing HZ. concolor Schauer as a separate species. Not only has the conclusion been arrived at by the direct evidence of field observations, but the result is confirmed by seedlings raised from seeds from various localities, and grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. Mr. Gardner’s description of the Fremantle tree, which follows, is valuable, that while #. decipiens, it is EH. concolor, and from practically the type locality. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl.—A tree attaining 30 to 50 feet, but usually much less, the branches spreading or almost pendulous, and very much like E. gomphocephala DC. in appearance. Bark thick, persistent and rough, of an ash-grey colour, the bark of the upper portions sometimes smooth. Leaves variable in shape and size. Sucker leaves opposite or alternate, obcordate or almost orbicular, 2-3 cm. long and as broad, glaucous, the midrib scarcely conspicuous, the veins at an angle of 45 degrees to the midrib, the intramarginal one at a distance from the edge. Adult leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, undulate, slightly faleate, coriaceous and shining, about 9 em. long, the midrib conspicuous, the intramarginal vein distinct and usually about -2 cm. from the edge. Pedunceles lateral, terete and thick, -8 cm. long, bearing a dense sessile head of 6 to 9 flowers. Calyx- tube broadly turbinate, -5 cm. long and as broad. Operculum conical as long as the calyx-tube, obtuse, the line of separation distinct. Stamens inflected in the bud, filaments white, filiform, terete or slightly flattened at the base -7 cm. long, anthers globular. Ovary conical, style thickened at the base, about ‘6 cm. long, tapering. Fruit broadly turbinate or campanulate -5 em. long and about as broad. Capsule sunk beneath the prominent truncate rim, the points of the valves slightly protruding. Collected at Spearwood near Fremantle in limestone on low hills near the sea. Some of the young trees grow in dense patches, are erect, and might in appearance suggest a mallee. Coll. C. A. Gardner, 14th September, 1920. 183 Ae Pi Nex. Eucalyptus cochinehinensis Auct. In Part I, p. 18 of the present work, there is a list of some non-eucalypts described as Kucalypts. The following may be added. The late Dr. C. B. Robinson, the well-known botanical explorer of the Philippine Bureau of Science, Manila, wrote to me on 10th April, 1911, “ In the Botanic Gardens at Saigon, I was shown a plant under the name of Hucalyptus cochinchinensis, and told that it is very common both in Cochin*China and Cambodia. Subsequently I found it in great abundance in southern Annam. However, I believe it to be a Melaleuca. It may interest you, as it has been referred to Eucalyptus.” Dr. E. D. Merrill, of the Bureau, sent me the following specimens :— 1012. ©. B. Robinson, 8-3-11, as above. It is Melaleuca Leucadendron L. 1092. ©. B. Robinson, 12-3-11. Melaleuca leucadendron lL. Nha-trang, Annam. “A tree 4 m. high, growing at an altitude of 2 metres.” Explanation of Plates (188-191). PLATE 188. E. tetragona ¥.v.M. A. (Lanceolate-leaved series, with rather long petioles. It is not possible to make a sharp line of demarcation, as the leaves are transitional from lanceolate to ovate, but there is acertainamount of convenience in the grouping.) la, 1b. Juvenile leaves, from the original plate of Eudesmia tetragona R.Br. in Appendia to Flinders’ Voyage, ii, 599, t. 3. 2. Buds, from shrub of 15 feet, Murchison River. (Augustus Oldfield.) 3a. Leaf and fruits; 3b, fruit, end on. Drummond’s No. 69. 4a. Buds; 4b, leaf with fruits; 4c, fruit, as ripe a: is available; 4d, fruit, end on. Esperance Bay (Correspondent of Mueller). This is the “‘tiansit to EH. eudesmioides,’ of Mueller, and is the specimen referred to by Mueller at p. 168, and by Diels and Pritzel at p. 168. The fruits are not quite ripe, and therefore imperfectly ribbed; this, I think, has contributed to the confusion concerning this specimen. B. (Ovate-leaved series, with rather short petioles.) 5. Juvenile leaves, showing stellate-hairs. Kalgan Plains, near Mount Stirling Range. (J.H.M.) 6a. Apparently mature leaf; 6b, buds; 6c, front and back views of anther; 6d, flower in elevation; 6e, flower in plan, showing four bundles of stamens. Esperance. (J.H.M.) 7. Leaves and buds. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 75.) (See also Plate 189.) 1$4. PLATE 189. LE. taragona F.v.M. (concluded. la. Leaf and fruit; 10, fruit. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 78.) 2a. Fruits; 2b, fruit, end on. Stirling Range (Louis Dillon). These are the largest fruits I have seen in the species. E. eudesmioides F.v.M. 3a. Juvenile leaves (not in the earliest stage); 3b, buds; 3c, mature leaf and flowers; 3d, enlarged flower, in elevation; 3e¢, three views of anther; 3/, fruits. é In considering 3d, which is enlarged, it will be observed that the top of the calyx-tube has not the sunk appearance which is observable in the fruit. The explanation is that the calyx-tube increases in length as ripening proceeds, but the dise remains stationary. The calyx-teeth eventually become absorbed or dry up and brealz off. I have seen one of these four teeth alone remaining on the fruit. From Mount Curious, Murchison River (Augustus Oldfield). The type. 4. Fruits, more angled than usual. Mingenew. (W. V. Fitzgerald.) 5a, 56, 5c, 5d, 5e. Various stages of juvenile leaves, 5a being in the earliest stage, while 5e is most mature, but not as mature as 3c. All from Mingenew. (J.H.M.) Mingenew is on the Midland Railway Line (Perth to Geraldton), and is 227 miles north of Perth. E. Ebbanoensis u.sp. 6a. Mature leaf; 60, flowers; 6c, fruits. Sand Plain,E bbano, east from Mingenew. (Dr.A. Morrison.) The type. 7a. Mature leaf and buds; 70, three views of anther; 7c, fruits. Comet Vale, 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie. (J. T. Jutson.) PLATE 190. E. Andrewsi Maiden. 1. Fruits, pear-shaped and domed. From State Forest No. 308, parish Robertson, county of Gough, N.S.W. (Forest Guard’s specimen, No. 20, June, 1903.) 2a. Front and back views of anthers; 2b, larger, pear-shaped fruits. These are up to fourteen in the head from this locality. 2c, leaf in an intermediate stage. Boonoo Boonoo, Tenterfield District- (J. L. Boorman.) 3. Fruits, nearly hemispherical and slightly domed, taken from the type specimen. Tingha, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage.) 4. Fruits, flat-topped, nine in the head, taken from a co-type. Howell, near Tingha. (J.H.M.) 5a. Juvenile leaf, almost in the intermediate stage; 5b, mature leaf; 5c, buds; 5d, flowers, showing styles and stigmas; 5e, front and back views of anther; 5f, campanulate young fruits, a trifle diagrammatic; 5g, fruits; 5h, single fruit, both it and 5g being pear-shaped to conoid. Tenterfield, N.S.W. (C. F. Laseron). All drawn from type specimens of E. campanulata R. T. Baker, 5a, 56 being drawn from type specimens supplied by Mr. Baker, the remainder being reproduced from Mr. Baker’s drawings of the type, Plate XIII, Vol. XLV, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. I cannot separate leaves, buds, fruits, nor any other organs of E. campanulata from E. Andrewsi, and what has doubtless misled Mr. Baker in my drawings of the type of the latter in Plate 36 of the present work is the greater width of the juvenile leaf (he only depicts an inter- mediate leaf), and the almost hemispherical fruits, which are only one amongst several varying shapes, 185 PLATE 190—continued. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. (See also Plate 191.) Gu. Juvenile leaf; 6b, intermediate leaf; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, buds; 6e, fruits. “‘ Apple-topped Box,” Colombo, Bega District, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen.) The type. 7. Fruits, not domed, “‘ Cabbage Box.” Nangutta, near Eden. (W. Baeuerlen.) 8a. Buds; 8), front and back view of anther; &¢, fully ripe fruits. Yourie, via Bermagui. (Forest Guard William Dunn.) 9a, 9b. Juvenile leaves, quite small; 9c, intermediate leaf (compare with 6b). Wyndham, near Eden. - (J. L. Boorman.) For some other specimens belonging to the same locality showing further variation of leaves in this species, see Plate 191. PLATE 191. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker (concluded). la, 1b. Different stages of intermediate leaves, to be compared with those on the preceding Plate. Wyndham, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) 2. Perhaps the largest intermediate leaf I have seen in this species. Wyndham (E. C. Andrews per R. H. Cambage.) E. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 3a. Mature leaf; 3b, young buds with rounded opercula; 3c, front and back views of anther; 3d, fruits on a rachis square in section, which is unusual in fruiting specimens in Eucalyptus. This species is therefore one of the few which flower when the foliage is in the juvenile stage. Kybean, Monaro, N.S.W. (R.H. Cambage.) The type. 4a,4b. Juvenile leaves (N.B., the mature leaf is similar to 3a); 4c, very young buds, with pointed opercula; 4d, 4e, fruits. Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.8.W. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.) At one time labelled C, and looked upon as a hybrid of £. stricta Sieb. See Part IX, p. 283. i jah oe Ags i Spade ieee? ae Bel og bt = vhs 2 ; et ee ‘ noe 4 (igh) tape tbo : -_ =e aA i? Sa “ay is ave ‘cate = a - . 7 = ao eS is “2 » ¥ bn # i “alt a - i—< .. & 4 wie £# 3 DIE Ee et 1 ‘ Megan a oe sf oe ay ee i agree ake ; n « Zz SE a eat, Lee oe Be reer os ‘Se j al : e ane. we : aymicny ss 4 rae} - Hie " SG Paria wed 3. puns EP rnL ers pat; oF i she SAS ESb hen PF ae 4 la*: = - : Saal - le aes - i= ap at, 2S c He oes Fl - Smee tea 8 Poe Pa 2 TS 188. PI. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS M.Flocktron.dél- erlith- [See also Plate 189.] EUCALYPRUS LE TRAGONAS BeviM: PL. 189. Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.-FlocKion. del-ef lith. N. oe ed Te ~ ie rae EA an ime Urenransnn ae ges ee [See also Plate 188.] (1, 2) EUCALYPTUS TETRAGONA F.v.M. (3-3) .v.M. EUCALYPTUS EUDESMIOIDES F EUCALYPTUS EBANOENSIS MaIpEn nssp. (6, 7) PL. 190. CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.Floelyton.dei eF ith. EUCALYPTUS ANDREWSI MaipEen (1-5) [See also Figs. 1-4, Plate 36 ] [See also Plate 191.] EUCALYPTUS ANGOPHOROIDES R. T. BakER (6-9) “Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. | az a - emnersmegeee es wenn = M.Flockton. delet lith- EUCALYPTUS ANGOPHOROIDES Re De BAKBRe (J.2)" s[iSeeralsoy Plate vor) EUCALYPTUS KYBEANENSIS MalIpeEn and CamBaGE. (8, 4) . vs Swe i Es cs id ’ : Sy =i aia Ny pa es é = ’ ae % ae = z aig ot a sha en . a eae ts - Pair s ved 1 Pind oe & ~ ter ‘ : : co] . 4 + D: oe we ise ~~ - ie - ‘ x, 2 : & i; = he a f a : 4 rk e oe 5 4 he, i , . ‘ ) b ) [I Ay a 4 < O =) eal a Zz, fy S| a = cw Ay al = ) (ea) [See Plates 95 and 96.] (3) EUCALYPTUS MINIATA A. Cunn te Se ata aie 2 ee L—4 aes ce oe PL, 194. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS, EUCALYPTUS WOOLLSIANA R. T. Baker. (A composite species, mainly consisting of £. odorata BEHR and SCHLECHT. The drawings are all by Mr. Baker, or vouched for by him, except No. 4). ines e} i a 4 ae [XI. E, panieulata Sm. In Mr. R. T. Baker’s paper, “Some Irvonbarks of New South Wales” (Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., ii, 410, 1917), the very important step was taken of splitting up E. paniculata into three species (2. paniculata Sm., with LH. Fergusoni and EL. Nanglei proposed as new), because of variation in the timber. It seems to me that the proposals add to the worries of both botanists and timbermen. Variation in colour of timbers.—Mr. Baker (op. cit., pp. 410-413) discusses the matter of variation in Ironbark timbers, and following are some of his observations. Thus, p. 410, ‘“ Under what has been commonly known as H. paniculata, it was found that several distinct [my italics] timbers occur ” Although he subsequently refers to other differences, they are vague, and his chief emphasis isin regard to colour. In p. 412 ~. . . . my experience . ., . . is that Hucalyptus timber variations are not great wherever grown, especially colour of timbers, certainly not in a range of several colours.” In p. 413 we have “ iO Chto wile, Gel 5 5 96 pe TS difficult to admit that so wide a range of colours and qualities can exist under one species . . . .” “Uf four distinct woods are to be placed under the same species-name, then it will be the exception to the rule of constancy [my italics] that I have so far found to obtain in our timbers.’ He then proceeds to take “ the white, grey or light chocolate coloured timber as the type paniculata, then apart from other characters we have remaining, a deep chocolate timber, a pink timber, and a deep red one, for which names are required, and it is now proposed to give those specific rank.” So that the reasons for separating #. Fergusoni and E. Nanglei are based on differences in (1) timber, (2) “ other characters,” and we will consider these separately. The coloured photographs of timber accompanying Mr. Baker’s paper probably do not do his sections justice, but I see no great difficulty in placing those attributed to EL. Fergusoni and E. Nanglei with 2. paniculata, so far as colours are concerned. The Rey. Dr. Woolls, in the letter quoted to me at p. 238, speaks of the variation of timber according to age, and also to the soil. We do not know, except in very general terms, the amount of variation in colour and other physical characters owing to environment. I shall further deal with this matter of colour when I come to treat Eucalyptus timbers in general. It is a very difficult subject, for hardly two authorities describe the colour of a particular species in the same way. Schlich (Manual of Forestry, v, 59) classifies “ healthy, freshly-cut woods” of about twenty British and exotic timbers under the headings yellowish-white, bright yellow, greyish-yellow, brownish-yellow, reddish, reddish-brown, golden-brown, dark brown, black. He includes no Eucalypts. 226 He says, “Some woods may have different shades of colour, as oak, which is either dark or light. This shading of colour in woods may be very marked, and caused by variations of soil and rate of growth, more or less perfect formation of heartwood, &e. . . . . After wood has been kept for some time its colour usually deepens, and many bright-coloured woods become greyish.” Timbers vary in colour according as they are green, or seasoned or old. That is why so many timbers are described by some pale colour as white, pink, or pale, and subsequently as brownish, red, or dark. In my first classification of the Ironbarks of New South Wales, in a paper read before the Sydney Architectural Association on 4th September, 1893, I speak of the timber of EH. paniculata as “ very pale, pink when fresh.” In my “Notes on the Commercial Timbers of New South Wales” (Second Edition, 1904), I spoke of it (p. 7), as “ often pale-coloured, even grey.” Every timber merchant knows that he has to grade his timbers of the same kind according to weight, colour, grain, &c. I am not referring to different species, but to grading within the same species. This is particularly the case in Northern Europe and North America, with timber of say Pine and Oak. In Australia, as regards our indigenous timbers, we have entered less into the refinements of grading, but even in such reputedly definite timbers as Jarrah, Tallow Wood, the Stringybarks and even the Ironbarks (now under discussion), the timber merchant recognises variations or grades. I have a block of She-oak timber on my study table. When I first had it, some years ago, it was fiery-red, almost loud; it is now an inoffensive reddish-brown or brown. Speaking of £. paniculata timber at Part XIII, p. 104, I quote the late Augustus Rudder as to its variation in colour. He spent a long life in 1. paniculata country, and was shrewd in regard to both botanical and timber differences. See also my remarks on “ vernacular names” at p. 105 of the same Part. Other Reputed Differences between E. paniculata and E. Fergusoni and E. Nanglei. Quoting Mr. Baker, p. 411,““. . . . it wasfound that the trees, im addition to having distinct timbers, differed also in variation of fruit, leaves and bark.” Mr, Baker does not publish a key to his species Fergusont and Nanglei (in comparison with H. paniculata), and therefore we have mainly to fall back on the photographs of the fruits as shown in Plate XXI. My point is, elaborated at p. 227, that the forms all run into each other. Page 419. H. Nanglei. There is a general absence of contrasted characters, an exception being, under #. Nanglez, “ the whole plant being coarser than LZ. paniculata and the fruits are quite characteristic, the chief feature being the rim, which frequently flattens in pressed specimens . . . . differs from its type H. paniculata in shape of fruits . . . . In botanical sequence it may follow H. Fergusoni, although its organs differ considerably from that species.” 227 In my anxiety to avoid duplication of drawings, particularly where there is a plate in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” which is a work that should be read with mine, the drawings selected in the present work may sometimes give rise to some misunderstanding unless the above fact be borne in mind. The Critical Revision drawings are sometimes intended to bring out certain points. Turning to Part XIII, Plate 57, figs. 9¢ and 16, for example, see legend at p. 131, are intended to show that the fruits may be quite small or may have exserted valves. It does not mean that the form depicted is characteristic of this particular tree, for some of the fruits on this tree may be quite normal; it simply warns readers of an ascertained aberration in 2. paniculata. Further, the young foliage may become very coarse (large and thick), especially in exposed situations such as Ulladulla and Kincumber. Indeed the same thing is noticed at Dungog, and is by no means rare. In a comparatively dense forest the leaves may be thinner and smaller, with pale undersides. The figures now published of H. paniculata at Plates 196 and 197 should, taken in conjunction with Plate 57, be sufficiently comprehensive. RANGE. It is confined to coastal New South Wales and Queensland so far as we know at present. See Part XIII, p. 105. There is (1921) no satisfactory evidence that it occurs in Victoria. The individual localities quoted at pp. 106, 107, will not be repeated. I have carefully gone over the specimens with the types of H. Fergusonz and H. Nanglez before me, and find that attempts to sort them out into three species are beyond my capacity. It is quite true that I am able to pick out some specimens in which the fruits match those particular fruits in the specimens which Mr. Baker has selected for his types, but they are associated with other characters which show that the forms cannot be segregated from EH. paniculata. E. paniculata is often found flowering in a dwarf state along the coast, particularly on north heads or headlets, e.g., Ulladulla, Terrigal, First Point, Kincumber. The list of localities which follows is to be added to those given in Part XIII, p. 106. I may say that, in common with some other species which occur along the coast, exposed to the strong sea air, and also more inland, #. paniculata has larger coastal fruits. Incidentally it may be stated that the fruits of a species, wherever grown, may be larger if the product of a young vigorous tree, and smaller if near the top of a large tree. 228 New Soute WALES. Forty feet high. Bermagui (Forest Guard W. Dunn). Boyne State Forest No. 147, 10 miles north of Bateman’s Bay (Forest Guard L. Walker). About 20 feet high, North Head, Ulladulla (R. H. Cambage No. 4,070). Heathcote, a few miles south of Sydney (J.H.M.). With suckers in the opposite stage. Dundas (H. J. Rumsey). Parramatta to Penrith (Rev. Dr. Woolls). Ryde (F. R. Smith). Eurella-street, Burwood (J.H.M.). Lane Cove road, near Gordon (H. Deane). Near Golf Links, Killara (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). Near Gordon Station, on main road (W. F. Blakely). Pymble (W. A. Dixon). Large tree, bark very rough and dark, younger branches nearly smooth. Asquith, near Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). Large tree of 50 or 60 feet. Bark a dull grey, very rough on barrel and main branches, and smaller ones somewhat smooth, with a few loose fragments of curly bark of 1 or 2 inches hanging from them. Near Oldham, Mt. Colah, near Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). “A shrub about 10 feet high, growing on exposed hillsides on the coast near Terrigal. Growing in an almost horizontal manner, owing no doubt to its exposure to wind.” (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, April, 1918). First Pomt, Kincumber (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.). The juvenile foliage may attain as large a size as that of Wingello (fig. 11, Plate 57). Raymond Terrace (EK. Cheel). Grey Ironbark, Williams River (J. L. Boorman). Scrub Ironbark, Dungog (W. F. Blakely). The fruits from a very old tree are smaller. Nelson’s Bay, Port Stephens (J. L. Boorman). Grey Ironbark. Good flow of good quality honey. Wauchope (W. D. Goodacre). Settlement Lease No. 63, parish Wondoba, county Pottinger, poor hilly country. (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). Torrington (J. L. Boorman). Woodford Island, Clarence River (EH. J. Hadley). “‘ Grey Ironbark,” Rappville, 17 miles from Casino (C. L. Campbell). Parish Dyraaba, county Rous, Casino; also Richmond Range (HE. G. McLean). (JUEENSLAND. Benarkin (Forest Inspector Twine, through C. T. White). Beenleigh (Dr. J. Shirley). Cabbage-tree Creek, Sandgate, with roots almost in salt water (C. T. White). “Grey Ironbark.’ Waterworks-road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). Kedron; Mt. Gravatt. (Near Brisbane, C. T. White). Aspley (E. Bilbrough). Fraser Island (W. R. Petrie). Parish Boondooma, 70 miles north-west of Wondai (Forest Guard Higgins, through C. T. White). Gympie (L. Hirst). “ Grey Ironbark.” Black heartwood. Blackbutt (R. W. Jolly). 229 I quote the original descriptions of both EZ. Ferguson: and EB. Nanglet. E. Fergusoni R. T. Baker, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 415 (1917). (Bloodwood-bark Ironbark.) Description —A tall fine typical specimen of an Ironbark, with a facies in the field of some- thing approaching a “‘ Bloodwood,” from the nature of the bark, which resembles somewhat those species of Eucalypts. It is probably the thinnest bark of all the Ironbarks, and lacks the deep furrows so common to the group, being friable and so very short in the fibre on the exterior half, but hard and compact and deep red in colour for the remaining thickness, there being almost an entire absence of kino. The early leaves, say two or three, are at first rather broadly lanceolate, from 7 to 9 inches long and 24 to 3 inches broad, but later leaves much smaller and less coriaceous than the earlier ones, venation distinct, intra- marginal vein removed from the edge, lateral veins medium oblique. Normal leaves lanceolate, falcate, varying in length and width, and may be described in a general way as only medium size for an ironbark, not thick; venation not at all distinct as a rule, intramarginal vein removed from the edge, lateral veins fairly oblique. Inflorescence paniculate-corymbose, but when developed into the fruiting stage becoming almost corymbose. Calyx pyriform, ribbed. Operculum conical, the rim of the calyx bulging beyond the base of it. Fruits pear-shaped on a long slender pedicel, strongly four-ribbed, contracted at the rather thin rim, valves deeply inserted, 9 lines long and 4 lines wide. Timber.—The colour is a deep red or reddish chocolate when fresh cut, but rather inclined to become a lighter red when aged. It is hard, heavy, straight or interlocked in the grain, which may be described as rather open, the vessels being conspicuous in a longitudinal cut, and appearing as whitish streaks. It planes and dresses well, and is suitable for all kinds of heavy constructional works. In its economics it is probably equal to the very best of other Ironbarks, such as Z. crebra, E. paniculata, E. siderophlova. Then follows an account of the microscopic structure of the timber. Geographical Range.—Bulladelah and Wingello. (I have received from Mr. Baker a specimen labelled Bulladelah (LL. C. Maxwell, October, 1916), as typical for EZ. Ferguson.) Affinities.—It is not easy to place this species in its systematic sequence, as whilst timber places it near E. siderophloia, the bark, leaves and fruits especially differentiate it from that species, as these features also do from other described species of Ironbarks, HZ. crebra, E. paniculata, EH. sideroxylon, EB. Caleyi, BE. drepanophylla. It might be placed between Z. siderophloia and the pink Ironbark of this paper, Z. Nanglei. (Origina] description.) “Research has shown that the timber of this tree was exhibited at the Paris International Exhibition of 1862, under the name of E. crebra, but later this name was changed on the specimen fto Z. paniculata.” (End of original description.) Following are my own comments :-— 1. The word Paris in connection with 1862 is, of course, a slip of the pen. No specimen of an Ironbark timber named as to species was exhibited either in the Paris Exhibition of 1855, or in the London Exhibition of 1862. 2. The “ timber of this tree” refers to one of a number of little hand-samples, being Sir William Macarthur’s reference set (it was he who made the New South Wales timber collections for these exhibitions). These were spoken about to me by Sir Wiliam at Camden Park in February, 1881, and some years later they were presented by Mrs, Macarthur Onslow, his niece, and placed by me in the Technological Museum. B 230 3. I spent much time on these specimens (including those which are Ironbarks) between the years 1885 and 1896 (when I was transferred to the Botanic Gardens), with the printed catalogues of these Exhibitions before me, and made some notes. The gist of those notes, as regards Nos. 1, 3, 8 of the specimens of the London Exhibition of 1862, will be found at Part XIII, p. 106, of the present work, under #. paniculata, and a reference to ZH. crebra will be seen. The name crebra was marked by me on a specimen, and afterwards changed by me to paniculata. All this happened many years ago, and I think paniculata is probably correct. E. Nanglei R. T. Baker, in Jown. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 418 (1917), with three figures of the fruit at Plate 21. (Pink Ironbark.) Description.—An average forest tree with a very thick, compact, deeply furrowed bark, containing large quantities of kino, Leaves lanceolate, the early-growth leaves might be described as broadly lanceolate, and of a thin texture; veins finely prominent, and not very oblique; usual leaves mostly straight, lanceolate, venation not at all prominent; lateral veins oblique, and more so than in the earlier leaves; - intramarginal vein rather close to the edge. Inflorescence paniculate or axillary at the neds of the branchlets but in the fruiting stage, the leaves having fallen, the capsules appear in quite a paniculate form. Buds under an inch long, calyx pyriform; operculum conical. Fruits inclined to pilular, constricted at the rather short pedicel or pyriform, more or less contracted at the rim, where it is more or less flat or broad; in some instances very slightly ribbed at the base or pedicel, valves not exserted, or just a little so. -, Timber.—A very fine timber with a distinct clear pink or red colour, and having the facies rather of EZ. rostrata, EH. tereticornis, or E. propinqua, than that of an Ironbark. It may be described as close- grained, heavy, hard, but does not plane to so bony a face as Ironbarks, having a tendency to splinter up almost immediately after planing. It is not so heavy as other Ironbarks, probably being the lightest in weight of any of them. General.—The timber of this tree is quite distinct from the White or Grey Ironbark of this paper, and the two could not be correctly placed under one species, especially in a public collection of timbers such as obtains in the Technological Museum. No tradesman or timber expert would pass them as one and the same wood, and it was these particular differences that influenced me to separate these trees as distinct. The bark is not so deeply furrowed nor quite so thick as in most Ironbarks, but has a fair amount of kino scattered throughout its structure, the inner layer is also thinner for so large a tree. It isalso easy of determination in herbarium material, and the whole plant being coarser than H. paniculata, and the fruits are quite characteristic, the chief feature being the rim which frequently flattens in pressed specimens. _ It is difficult to trace references to this tree, but it is just possible that, owing to its paniculate inflorescence, it may have been confounded with Z. paniculata, and perhaps Dr. Woolls, when first record-_ ing the colour of the wood of H. paniculata as Red may have had material of this species, vide remarks by J. H. Maiden under LZ. paniculata. This species differs from its type H. paniculata, principally in the physical properties of its timbers, ) such as colour and texture, also in inflorescence, shape of fruits and nature of bark, and the same remarks apply to other Ironbarks. In botanical sequence it may follow H. Fergusoni, although the organs differ considerably (they have not been stated, J.H.M.) from that species, as well as from the other Ironbarks. Geographical Range—It has a wide range, preserving its specific features well throughout its distribution. Loealities at present known to me are Morisset, Stroud, Bulladelah, Woy Woy, Lindfield, Nowra. (End of Mr. Baker’s description.) I have picked out a number of herbarium specimens whose facies most generally resemble that of #. Nanglei as represented by the specimens presented by Mr. Baker, but they run into ZL. Fergusoni and both into #. paniculata inextricably. 231 DES@CRIE LION. CCLXXIV. EF. decorticans sp. nov. Arpor magna, cortice nigricante dura suleata, 2. siderophloiae similibus; ramis albis, laevibus, deciduis, ligno rubro mediocre; foliis junioribus angustissimis lineari-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lanceolatis utrimque aeque viridibus, venis (praeter costam mediam) inconspicuis; calycis tubo obconico in pedicellum brevem angustato; operculo plerumque obtuso; fructu ovoideo-cylindrico, 7 mm. diametro, valvarum apicibus paulo exsertis. Bark.—0n the butt blackish, hard, furrowed, with flattish ridges after the fashion of H. siderophloia but with bare branches as described by Dr. T. L. Bancroft in the following extract from a letter :—“ A remarkably fine tree, like a large Grey Ironbark, but the branches of the top, up to the size of a man’s arm or even thicker, are white in colour; covered with a thin, smooth bark; the bark is always peeling off these thin branches, and the ground below is strewn with it after the style of B. hemiphloia.” Timber inferior in quality, colour red. Juvenile leaves.—Extremely narrow, linear lanceolate to lanceolate, some specimens having an average length of 5 or 6 dm. and a diameter of 8 cm., oil dots abundant. Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, slightly curved, acuminate, equally green on both sides, drying to a pale green, venation (except the midrib) inconspicuous, the lateral viens very fine and somewhat spreading, the marginal vein close to or very near the edge. Flowers.—Umbels three to six flowered, usually three or four together in short axillary or terminal panicles, the peduncles angular. Calyx-tube obconical with one or two angles, tapering into a short pedicel. Operculum usually blunt- moied: about as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers broad, white, opening at the sides, filament at the base, small gland at the top. Fruit.—Ovoid cylindrical, and 7 mm. in diameter, often with one or two angles, with a darker coloured rim hardly constructed at the orifice, the tips of the valves slightly asia This form is known as “ Mountain Ironbark,” “ Naked Top Ironbark,” or “ Gum Top.” This description is based on one in Journ. Roy. Soc. BW: xlvil, 80 (1913), but we have acquired additional information concerning it, and it now seems distinct, and therefore a name should be given to it. I have therefore pleasure in bringing Mr. F. M. Bailey’s forma decorticans (of H. siderophloia) up to specific rank, if that be admissible. I take the opportunity (in addition to the name of Dr. Bancroft already quoted) of saying how indebted I am to Mr. C. T. White, the Government Botanist of Queensland, for valuable help. SYNONYM. E. siderophloia Benth. forma decorticans Bailey, in Queensland Agric. Journ., xxvi, 127 (March, 1911). “This tree resembles the narrow-leaved forms of the species (s¢derophloia), differing principally in the bark of the branches, even when as thick as a man’s arm, being deciduous.’ (Complete original description.) RANGE. So far as we know at present it has only been received from the Burnett River district of Queensland. It was originally sent by Dr. T. L. Bancroft, its discoverer, from Hidsvold, where it occurs on rocky mountainous country, associated with E. siderophloia. Mr. Forest Guard 8. J. Higgins (sent by Mr. C. T. White), collected it in the parish of Boondooma, but there is no doubt that, having been confused with other Ironbarks, it has an extensive range. pe ING ES: With E. drepanophylla F.v.M. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 80, I considered E. decorticans to be specifically identical with HZ. drepanophylla, but additional material has caused me to form a different opinion. Phylogenetically, E. drepanophylla may be looked upon as a coarse form of #. crebra, and most observers do not discriminate between those two species, many of the references to H. crebra including LE. drepanophylla. It is possible that E. decorticans has, like E. drepanophylla, evolved from £. crebra. I attach great importance to Dr. Bancroft’s observations. He says HE. decorticans is a denizen of dry, rocky hillsides, while #. crebra grows on flatter country. 2. decorticans has a deciduous bark on the branches, and a poor timber, differing from EZ. crebra in both these respects. F The anthers of LZ. decorticans are semi-terminal, or approaching the group provisionally termed Porantheroid; those of H. drepanophylla are small, opening in parallel slits, simulating those of LZ. crebra. Partly because of the narrowness of the juvenile leaves (borne out, I may say, in the seedlings), I wrote to Dr. Bancroft about the relation of the new species (decorticans) to the widely diffused F. crebra. He replied: “I am absolutely certain that the sucker leaves are extremely narrow, more so a lot than those of E. ecrebra. The new species and H. crebra do not grow together.” In another letter he says that they are as narrow as those of H. Seeana Maiden. See fig. la, Plate 132, Part xxxii, of the present work. 233 DESCRIE LION. CCLXXV. EF. Cullent 8. H. Cambage. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 48 (1920), with Plate 1. Fottowine is the original description :—- Arpor alta quadraginta vel quinquaginta pedes, trunci diametrum unciarum duodeviginti ad duo pedes habens. Folia matura.—Linearia-lanceolata circiter sex ad quattuordecim cm. longa, octo mm. ad 15 em. lata, cum apicibus directis vel uncis, interdum leviter falcata, utrobique cinerose viridia, glabrosa, costa media clara, venae laterales aliquanto obscurae et dispositae angulo circiter 45° ecosta, margines plerumque quasi nervi vena intra marginem juxta extremitatem, olei glandulae parvae sed numerosae, petiolus a quinque mm. ad unum cm. longus. Gemmae globosae, tubus calycis hemisphericalis duo mm. longus, diametrus quattuor mm. habens, operculum simile tubo calycis, terminatum cuspide brevi circiter -5 mm. longa, pediculi circiter quinque mm. longi, pedunculi teretes a quinque mm. ad 1-1 cm. in parte intera paniculae. Flores pedicellati, umbellae in paniculis terminalibus vel nonnullae in axillis superioribus, cum floribus a tribus ad septem, antherae parvae patentes late laterale, glandula a tergo filum a fundamento. Fructus hemisphericales tres ad quattuor mm. longi, diametrum a sex ad septem mm. habentes, ora excitata, circiter 1:5 mm. lati, valvae exsertae, pedunculi a quinque mm. ad 1-2 cm. longi. Cortex dura, aspera et sulcata. Lignum rubrum, durum et durabile, consuetissimum in fodinis apud “ Chillagoe.” A tree of 40-50 feet high, with stem diameter of 18 inches to 2 feet. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, from about 6-14 em. long, 8 mm. to 1-5 cm. bread, with straight or hooked points, sometimes slightly faleate, greyish-green on both sides, glabrous, midrib distinct, lateral veins rather obscure, and arranged at an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib, margins usually nerve like, intramarginal vein close to the edge, oil glands small but numerous, petiole 5 mm. to 1 cm. long. Buds globular, calyx-tube hemispherical, 2 mm. long, 4 mm. in diameter, operculum similar to calyx-tube, terminating in short point about -5 mm. long, pedicels about 5 mm, long, peduncles terete, 5 mm. to 1-1 em. in the lower portion of the panicle. Flowers pedicellate, umbels in terminal panicles or some in the upper axils, with three to seven flowers, anthers small, opening widely laterally, gland at back, filament at base. Fruits hemispherical, 3-4 mm. long, 6-7 mm. in diameter, rim raised, about 1-5 mm. broad, valves exserted, peduncles 5 mm. to 1-2 cm. long. Bark hard, rough and furrowed. Timber red, hard and durable, much used in the Chillagoe mines. The species blooms in March, and I am indebted to Miss Ethel K. Maitland for flowers. Reversion (‘sucker’) foliage.—Ovate-lanceolate, 3-7 cm. long, 5 mm. to 2 cm. broad, so fat as seen. Seedlings,—Hypocotyl terete, red, 3 mm. to 1 cm. long, 1 mm, thick at base, glabrous, 234 Cotyledons obtusely quadrilateral to reniform, entire, 2-5-3 mm. long, 4-7 mm. broad, upperside green, underside red; petiole 3 mm. long. Stem brownish-red in lower portion, brownish-green in upper part. Seedling foliage opposite for about two or three pairs, entire, glabrous, linear; petiole 2-4 mm. First pair 1-6-2-4 cm. long, 1-2 m.m broad, upperside green, underside purple; leaves Nos. five to ten up to 5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. broad. A seedling about one foot high has an opposite pair of nodules or swellings* about the axils of the cotyledons or the first pair of leaves. The species is named in honour of Sir William Portus Cullen, K.C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., Chief Justice of New South Wales and Chancellor of the University of Sydney, who has done much to encourage the preservation of our native flora. RANGE. It is confined to North Queensland, so far as we know at present. Alma-den, 121 miles by rail westerley from Cairns, tropical Queensland, about 1,600 feet above sea-level, growing on granite formation containing about 68-70 per cent. silica, and known as Ironbark. (No. 3,905, collected August, 1913.) Mr. J. H. Maiden informs me that he received an incomplete specimen of this species from Chillagoe in 1911. (Original description.) APPINITEEsS: Its closest affinity appears to be with H. erebra F.v.M., which it resembles in bark, timber, and mature leaves, but differs in the shape of buds and fruits, and in the seedling foliage. It also resembles H. paniculata Sm., in its bark, but differs im the timber and other characters. *“On Certain Shoot-bearing Tumours of Eucalypts and Angophoras,” by J. J. Fletcher and C. T. Musson. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xliii, p. 191 (1918). DESERT LION. CCLXXVI. FE. Beyeri RB. T. Baker. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 420 (1917), with figure of the fruit. Syn, E. paniculata var, angustifolia Woolls (sic.). See p. 236. (Narrow-leaved Ironbark.) FoLtowine is the original description :— A tree with a tall giant stem, surmounted with rather a straggling, sparsely-leaved head. Bark hard, heavy, very thick, permeated with kino. Leaves lanceolate throughout, those of the early stage very narrow lanceolate, thin, almost membranous, average foliage leaf wider in proportion to the length, not thick, the base tapering and evenly balanced, oblique or rounded. Venation m some cases well marked. Buds small, calyx tapering into a proportionately long and slender pedicel; operculum conical. Fruits pyriform, shining, pedicel slender, rim thin, valves attached at the-base below the rim, not exserted, 3 lines long and 2 lines in diameter. Timber.—A dark chocolate-coloured timber, mostly interlocked, heavy, very hard, and having a great reputation for durability; and so is one of the finest Ironbarks of the country. It could be used_ for all kinds of heavy constructional works, such as wharves, beams, posts, bridges, heavy carriage, and coach work. It is a valuable timber, and not easily confounded with any other yet described. (Then follows a description of the microscopic characters of the timber, which can be referred to in the original). Irving W. Bailey, in Journal of Forestry, xv, 176 (February, 1917), gives a warning note as to the use of the microscope for timber diagnosis. Mr. Baker’s type is figured at fig. 1, Plate 199, and it will be seen that it is impossible to separate it from fig. 21, Plate 57. Named after Mr. George Beyer, who for several years was Herbarium Assistant in the Technological Museum, and in which capacity he did much to help on the researches in economic botany, and still continues to do so in his office of chief clerk in that institution. (End of original description.) It will be noticed that there is no reference in the original description to the anthers so far as their dehiscence is concerned, and the only reference to the stamens is ““ outer stamens anantherous ”’ (Woolls). The opportunity of making a pronouncement on this essential pot was not availed of (p. 420). SYNONYM. E. paniculata Sm. var. angustifolia Benth. _ The name E. paniculata var. angustifolia Woolls, as quoted by Mr. Baker, was adopted (not created) by Woolls. 236 AFFINITIES. The affinity of #. Beyert as regards anthers (see fig. 3d, Plate 199) is with E. paniculata, and not with £. crebra, which it often closely resembles in narrowness of leaves, slenderness of branchlets, smallness of fruits; and it seems to me, the question is whether it should be considered (as Bentham and Woolls considered it), as a form of E. paniculata, if its specific rank be not conceded. The anther of HL. crebra has a small gland at the top, and it is comparatively broad at the base. In ZH. paniculata and £. Beyer the anther is broad at the top. E. Beyert has been known for at least half a century, and let us consider what has been written about it. A. Bentham’s views :— “ Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. var. angustifolia. Leaves narrow and thin, as in some varieties of E. crebra. Umbels loose, paniculate. Operculum conical. Outer stamens anantherous. New South Wales, ‘‘ Narrow-leaved Iron-bark,”’ Woolls (B.FI. i, 212, 1886). Woolls’ specimens for the Flora Australiensis would have been forwarded to Bentham some years ago with notes on the labels, B. Rev. Dr. Woolls’ views :— 1. “A contribution to the flora of Australia” (1867). In writing the later chapters of this work, Mr. (afterwards Rev. Dr.) Woolls had Bentham’s views before him. At p. 242 he says :— Speaking of #. paniculata and LE. crebra: these are mere varieties of the ‘white Iron Bark,’ one of the most valuable trees in the colony. . . . I feel no hesitation in uniting 2. paniculata and E. crebra as one species, although there is an occasional difference in the quality of the wood, and in the size of the flower-buds as well as in the texture of the leaves. In the form angustifolia, the flowers are very small, and bear a great resemblance to those of H. bicolor, or the Bastard Box. 2. E. angustifolia is regarded as a variety of EZ. paniculata, but the workmen, judging only from the wood, call it a distinct species, by the name of the Narrow-leaved Ironbark. (Lect. Veg. Kingd., 123, 1879.) I think this is a slip of the pen for £. paniculata var. angustifola Benth. ~ E. angustifolia Woolls is a nomen nudum for lack of description, and if it were not, the name is preoccupied by H. angustifolia R.Br., a synonym of L. amygdalina Labill. See Part VI of the present work, p. 151. 3. In “ Plants indigenous in the neighbourhood of Sydney” (1880 edition), under Schizophloiw, we have “ EF. crebra F.v.M., E. paniculata Sm., and also E. sp., doubtful,” which is not the variety angustifolia above referred to. 4, In a paper, “‘ Eucalypts of the County of Cumberland” (Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., v. 293 (1881) ), under Schizophloie, we have “ H. sp. F.v.M.; LE. crebra F.v.M.; and EF. paniculata Sm., and var. angustifolia Benth.” 237 5. “ He (Rev. Dr. Woolls) again refers to it in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1880, p. 503, as only to be distinguished from Z. crebra by having its outer stamens anantherous, although practical men easily distinguish them by their wood and bark.” (Quoted by Mr. Baker.) This is a reference to Vol. V (1881), and we have, in a continuation of the preceding paper, dealing with the Schizophloiz, “‘ #. paniculata varies in the colour of the wood from white to red, and, therefore, is sometimes called ‘ White’ and sometimes “ Red Ironbark, while on the Blue Mountains the pale variety has the name of ° Brush Ironbark’ ., . . ., and in dried specimens var. angustifolia is only to be distinguished from H. crebra by having its outer stamens anantherous, although practical men easily distinguish them by their wood and bark.” Under FH. crebra he says: ‘‘ According to the artificial (Bentham’s anthereal) system, HZ. crebra stands in the same section with HL. siderophloia, though, in its general character, it approaches more closely to the narrow-leaved forms of H#. paniculata.” 6. In “ The Plants of New South Wales’”’ (1885), at p. 51, we have, under E. paniculata, “ There is a narrow-leaved variety of this species very similar to LZ. crebra, and it can scarcely be distinguished but by the opening of the anthers.” 7. See the paragraph referring to L. paniculata, “ There is also a tree colour and touch,” in Dr. Woolls’ letter to me of 26th September, 1888, below. 8. In “ Plants indigenous and naturalised in the neighbourhood of Sydney ” (1891), p. 26, we have enumerated “ H. crebra F.v.M.; also EH. paniculata Sm. and var. angustifolia.” The Rev. Dr. Woolls’ name has been a good deal quoted in regard to FE. paniculata and other Ironbarks. I corresponded with him many times in regard to this very subject, and I even took a house at Burwood, near Sydney, where I lived for some years, in order that I might be near him, and I was in his house scores of times for botanical chats, often illustrated by specimens. We often walked about Burwood, Strathfield, Concord, to examine trees he had studied, while he directed my attention to specific trees at Parramatta, Rossmore (then Cabramatta), Bringelly, Richmond, the Kurrajong, chiefly referred to in his writings, which I visited as directed by him. So that I know fairly well his views on County of Cumberland Ironbarks, at all events during the last few years of his life. Following are extracts from one of his Burwood letters of 26th September, 1888, referring to HL. panicutata :— The common names of FH. paniculata are White, Pale, Grey, She, Narrow-leaved Ironbark. In some forms of this species the leaves are similar to that of H. crebra, but the anthers are of a different shape and the wood paler in colour. . . . The true Narrow-leaved Ironbark is HZ. crebra. It occurs between Sydney and the Mountains (Blue) occasionally, but it abounds at the Kurrajong. When Sir William Macarthur collected for the Paris Exhibition of 1867 (the New South Wales Catalogue of timbers at the Paris Exhibition of 1867 is a facsimile of that of the London Exhibition of 1862, already referred to, J.H.M.), he had nine logs of Ironbark from the Counties of Cumberland and Camden, and I was the person who called his attention to the Red-flowering Ironbark (H. sideroxylon), He calls H. paniculata White or Pale Ironbark, and says it is the most valuable of all the Ironbarks. I Cc 233 had several conversations with Sir William about the woods, but at the time he was collecting the third volume of our Flora Australiensis had not arrived in the colony, and so there was a difficulty in determining the species. There is also a tree (of which I am not certain) called Scrub or Brush or Forest Ironbark—so-called at the Kurrajong—I referred to HZ. paniculata, whose bark was not so furrowed as the species near Sydney, and the wood was reported to be light in colour and tough. (This is #. Beyert. J.H.M.) I have been assured by practical men that the timber varies in proportion to age, and also to the soil in which it grows. c. Mueller’s views :— E. angustifolia Woolls, ‘“ Lectures on the Vegetable Kingdom,” p. 123, is a form of H. erebra. It seems not likely that H. paniculata will ever be taken for HZ. crebra, as the leaves of the latter are never much unlike in the colour of their two pages, as all the stamens are fertile, the anthers opening in their whole length, and the fruits usually smaller and angular. (“‘ Eucalyptographia,” under E. crebra.) E. crebra and E. microcorys are also not dissimilar to 2. paniculata, and mere fruiting twigs of these three might easily be referred to the wrong species, but in a flowering state the mode of dehiscence of the anthers distinguish them easily from each other, irrespective of several other characteristics. (« Eucalyptographia,” under #, paniculata.) p. Mr. Baker’s views :— 1. In general features, such as leaves, buds, fruits, it very closely resembles H. erebra, and from herbarium material alone might easily be mistaken for H#. crebra, but the timber at once readily differentiates it from that species. 2. With Z. paniculata Sm. “ The chief differences from the type of #. paniculata are the shape and size of the fruits, shape of the leaves, timber and bark. In botanical sequence it may be placed after the 2 type #. paniculata. The chief features are so distinct from the type H. paniculata, that it is now proposed to raise it to specific rank under the name of 1. Beyerv. 3. In p. 420, general statements as to affinities to H. crebra and E. paniculata are made—* from herbarium material alone (it) might easily be mistaken for H. crebra. . . . In botanical sequence it may be placed after the type H. paniculata. . . .” “The chief features are so distinct from the type E. paniculata, that it is now proposed to raise it to specific rank,”’ &c. As in other proposed species referred to in this paper, the chief reliance is made on difference in the timber. ‘‘ The timber alone readily differentiates it from that species” (H. crebra), (p. 421). Previously (p. 420), ““Itis . . . not easily confounded with any other (timber) yet described.” So far I have spent a good deal of time examining timbers connected with herbarium specimens of H. paniculata, and also of pieces of E. Ferguson, E. Nanglea and HE. Beyeri, certified to by Mr. Baker himself. Nor have I relied entirely on my own judgment. I find them all brown, particularly either when kept or taken from an old tree. Of the specimens in my care, that of H. Fergusoni is the reddest, though in most Z. paniculata timbers there can be detected some red, particularly in a suitable light. It is because the timber of #. Beyer: seems, so far as my specimens go, the brownest of the lot, that (taken in conjunction with the morphological characters) I think E. Beyeri is worthy of specific rank. But the species is still somewhat unsatisfactory, and, like some others of our species, requires further investigation. 239 RANGE. “This tree seems rather restricted in its geographical range, being so far only recorded from Kingswood and St. Mary’s, New South Wales.” (Original description.) Following are specimens which I attribute to H. Beyer’, and which are in the National Herbarium, Sydney. See also the notes with the description of Plate 199, as given at p. 260. G. Caley’s specimens, from the British Museum. The words between inverted commas are in Caley’s handwriting :— A. “ Ironbark, N. Beach, 13th June, 1804. Thrown down by parrots.” British Museum, No. 33. B. “ Torrangora (St. ? Street) boundary. November, 1806. Got by Dan.” British Museum, No. 12. c. ““Mogargro, South Brush. Got by Dan’”’ (evidently an assistant, aboriginal, or other). British Museum, No. 27. Parramatta River, Parramatta (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). Ermington Park, Ermington (W. F. Blakely). 240 XCVIIT. EF. globulus Labill. SYNONYMS. 1. E. globulus Lahbill., var. St. Johni, R. T. Baker, Journ. Aust. Assoc. Adv, Science, xiv (January, 1913). Also E. St. Johni, R. T. Baker. 2. Vict. Nat., xxx, 127 (November, 1913). As regards the first reference, Mr. Baker says: “‘Or sp. nov. . . . Tentatively placed as a variety.” The description, however, is not sufficient for a new species, nor indeed has the brief Latin description been given, as required by botanical law. Then we have “ On a new variety of Hucalyptus globulus—E. globulus, var. St. Johni.,’ by R. T. Baker, in Vict, Nat., xxx, 127 (November, 1913). Following is the paper :—- The Blue Gum, Lucalyptus globulus Labill., has such an extensive range from Southern Tasmania through Victoria to the north of New South Wales, and preserves such a constancy of general morphological characters, that a departure from the normal is of systematic interest; and the honour is due to a Victorian for unearthing this variety. It was discovered by Mr. P. R. H. St. John, on the banks of the Lerderberg River, Bacchus Marsh district, 5th November, 1903, so that at present its location is restricted; but this appears to be the general rule when new species or varieties are discovered. At least a hundred similar trees are growing in the neighbourhood, and there is little doubt but that it will be found to be more widely distributed later on.* The other species of Eucalypts growing within a square mile of this particular tree are as follows :— E. amygdalina, E. Behriana, E. eleophora, E. leucozylon, EB. melliodora, E. macrorrhyncha, EB. hemiphloza, E. polyanthemos, E. siderorylon, E. viminalis. The material collected by Mr. St. John is quite complete, consisting of (a) seedling; (b) adventitious shoots, obtained from branch of tree 8 feet from the ground, the tree about 20 years old; (c) leaves from a young tree 6 feet high; (d) leaves from young tree 12 feet high; (e) twig from mature tree, with early buds, mature buds and flowers; (f) twig with fruits from mature tree. The young seedlings have ovate- lanceolar, acuminate, petiolate leaves, glaucous above, under surface purplish; the cotyledons or seed- lobes are on slender stalks, and deeply bi-lobed. (a) The older seedling leaves are oval, sessile, or shortly petiolate, and slightly or not at all cordate ; shortly acuminate; not large, about 14 inches to 2 inches long, and ? inch to 1} inch or more wide; pale and glaucous on the under side, oil-dots numerous, stem terete, branchlets square. (b) Similar in shape to those of (a), only longer. (c) The leaves of the adventitious shoots are longer, orbicular, cordate, lateral veins slightly oblique, parallel, and looping some distance from the edge; branchlets rectangular. (d) These are large, petiolate, oval, to oval-lanceolate, showing intermediate stage to normal leaves. (c) This is an interesting specimen, as it shows the inflorescence in every stage. The early stages are characterised by a calyptra, covering two or three buds. The mature buds are more like those of E. Maideni than E. globulus, and differ from the latter in the absence of a second operculum. The calyx is compressed, sessile, about } inch long, } inch and less in width, operculum acuminate, depressed, tuber- culate, stamens inflexed before expansion; anthers parallel, opening by longitudinal slits. * This variety has since been discovered in South and East Gippsland. R.T.B. 241 Normal leaves lanceolate, faleate, as in the type, with similar venation, 2 inches to 2 feet or more in length, } inch to 3 inches broad, on petioles varying from 1 inch to 2 inches long; oil-dots conspicuous. The fruits of this variety differ considerably in size and other features from the type; they measure about } inch long to $ inch in diameter. The edges of the compressed calyx are here seen to have developed into slightly broken ridges; there is quite an absence of the tubercles so pronounced a feature on the type; the rim is sharp and well defined, and slopes down or upwards to the summit of the valves, that vary in number from two to four. It is the seedling leaves, the presence of a calyptra in the early buds, the absence of double opercula and the fruits which justify, in my opinion, the tree being given varietal rank. Then follows a plate of fruits of ZL. globulus and of the variety, but, unfortunately, they are reduced in size, and, therefore, not easy to interpret. However, in 1920, in the work about to be referred to, Mr. Baker speaks of 2. St. Johni as if he had described it. The references to the species in “ Research on the Eucalypts ” (Baker and Smith, 2nd ed., 1920) are trivial, and are as follows :— Page 15 (under Z. globulus). “ A small, smooth-fruited form that has a wide distribution, and seed distributed abroad, is not #. globulus, but EB. St. Johni R.T.B.” Page 287 (under Z. coceifera). “‘ The sessile fruits are near perhaps to those of Z. St. Johni, except that this rim is nearly flat.” Surely this is not the way to describe a species at the close of the second decade of the twentieth century. JEUNE SS 1. With £. globulus Labill. From type specimens placed at my disposal, the fruits of F. St. Johni (and the reputed differences from EF. globulus turn on the fruits), are figured at fig. 10, Plate 79, Part XVIII, of the present work. The buds are roughened or tubercled. The points made are that the fruits are sessile, small, and smooth. Neither is a constant character as distinct from FE. globulus. See the above plate. Most fruits of E. globulus are sessile. As to size, the fruits vary from even smaller than described by Mr. Baker as for E. St. Johni, to the very large fruits of H. globulus found in Tasmania. As regards smoothness, examination of Plate 79 will show that the character is not rare in E. globulus. See figs. 9a, b, c, and it will be observed that we may have roughness and smoothness, with a considerable amount of variation in size, in the same restricted area of trees. In my view, it is not a species, as distinct from EZ. globulus, and from what I have just said, its acceptance as a variety would be likely to cause contusion. 2. With FE. Maideni F.v.M. For this species, see Plate 80 of Part XVIII. As regards size and smoothness of the particular fruit chosen as typical of £. St. Johni, these characters are common enough in EZ. Maideni, which may be both sessile and pedicellate. But whether E. St. Johni can stand as a species can best be discussed under 2. globulus. 242 CCLXX VII. E. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 616 (1899), with a plate. THE description is given at Part XXI, p. 9, of the present work, and need not be repeated. It is figured at figs. 3-4, Plate 90, and as these are adequate no further illustrations are given. SYNONYM. E. cinerea F.v.M., var. nova anglica Maiden, in Part XXI, p. 9, of the present work. I am of opinion that it is worthy of specific rank. RANGE. It appears to be confined to New England, New South Wales, and the extension of that elevated tableland into Southern Queensland. For a number of localities, with notes, see this work Part XXI, p. 10. The following are additions (New South Wales) :— Belltrees, near Scone (L. A. Macqueen). “ Peppermint,” coarse fibrous bark. Uralla (Dr. J. B. Cleland). Armidale, not rare, especially on Uralla-road (J.H.M.). Bark rough, fibrous to scaly, with clean tips of branches. Trees varying in size. Very common all over the district, more especially on the flats at the foot of the Peak, Chandler’s Peak, near Guyra (J. L. Boorman). Bald Knob, 16 miles on the Glen Innes-Grafton road. (H. T. Paton.) “Tree of 20-30 feet, fairly common. Much branched and pendulous in habit, the bark fibrous and somewhat flaky, branches of a dirty white to reddish. Usually on flats, with moisture and good soil. Timber comparatively useless; used fer firing when dry, but it rarely grows of sufficient size to be milled.’ Wallangarra (J. L. Boorman). 243 poe Ry 1. With EF. cinerea F.v.M. But EL. nova-anglica has— (a) Flowers in more than threes; (b) Mature leaves always lanceolate, 7.e., it never flowers in the broad-leaved stage; (c) The peduncles are usually not in pairs in the axils as in the normal form (and in var. multiflora). E. cinerea has a reddish timber, of very little value, and a reddish fibrous, friable bark, whilst LZ. nova-anglica has a paler-coloured timber and a more flaky bark. The seedlings of the two species are much alike, 244 THE GROWING TREE. A.—Rate of Growth. Following are some references to the scanty Australian literature on the subject :— “ Age of Australian (Tasmanian) Trees.” J. HE. Tenison-Woods, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xii, 21 (1878). “ Rate of Growth of Trees” (““ The Eucalypts of Gippsland ”’), Howitt, in Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., ti, 111 (1890). “ Notes on the Rate of Growth of some Australian Trees.” H. C. Russell, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 168 (1891). The observations were taken at Lake George, and at the Sydney Observatory. “Rate of Growth of Native and Other Trees.” In the Presidential Address of Henry Deane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xx, 633-636 (1895), will be found some valuable information on the subject. See also a paper, “ Rate of growth of Indigenous Forest-trees,’ compiled by me from the reports of Foresters, in the Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., August, 1893, which contains much useful information, some of which I have abstracted below. Bull., No. 8, Department of Forestry, New South Wales (April, 1914), is a leaflet entitled “ Rate of Growth of Indigenous Commercial Trees,” but they are taken in groups, “ Coastal Hardwoods” and “ Inland Hardwoods,” and the species are referred to only by vernaculars. Reference may also be made to the article in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part 68, which gives some data in regard to the growth of various species in non-Australian countries. In giving numbers of years of growth of a tree, much depends on the dates in order that we may ascertain the meteorological conditions. As a rule authors omit the dates, and hence we are dealing with indefinite growing entities, which we cannot check. For example, the rate of growth of a tree between the years 1890 and 1900 may be very different to the growth between the years 1895 and 1905, or 1900 and 1910. With reference to the following brief papers of Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods and Mr. (afterwards Dr.) Howitt, admirable observers, which tend to show that large trees have probably not the great ages attributed to them by bush people and others, it is interesting to note that expert foresters have, during the last few years, in Hurope and elsewhere, thrown doubt on the ages of many trees deemed by tradition, more or less authentic, to be “historic.” It has been pointed out in some cases that trees in a forest die from natural causes or accident, and are succeeded by seedlings of their 245 own kind which absorb the traditions of a line of ancestors, perhaps remote. We are familiar with statements as to the tree of Robin Hood, and other persons more or less mythical, and even historic; as to “ the oldest tree in the world ” (attributed to a certain specimen of Dracaena Draco in Teneriffe), and so on. “ Tt is a very interesting inquiry to know how old are the stately trees which people these (Southern Tasmania, J.H.M.) forests. Judging from their size, one would be inclined to attribute to them great antiquity. I was very anxious to collect data on the subject; but to nearly all my inquiries I only received mere guesses; from 200 to 300 years was the general reply. I found, however, in Mr. Hill a source of information at once reliable and valuable. Mr. R. Hill is the proprietor of an extensive sawmill at Honeywood, on the Huon; he is also a ship-builder and hop-grower. It is from him that I have derived the most of the statistical information in the paper, and the facts which did not come under my personal observation; and I take this opportunity of thanking him for his readiness in affording every aid to inquiry, and express the hope that the colony may long profit by his intelligence, industry and enterprise. Mr. Hill assured me that some of the Gum trees, and perhaps all of them, shed their bark twice in the year. The Stringybyrk (Z. obliqua) is one of the most striking instances of this. He further informed me that, hearing a lecture from Mr. Bicheno on the growth of trees, and the statement that a ring of wood was added to the diameter each year of growth, he was induced to test the truth of this. There was a Blue Gum (Z. globulus, J.H.M.) in his garden in Hobart Town, the age of which he was sure of, as his brother had planted it eighteen years previously. He felled it and counted the rings, and found them to be thirty-six in number, or two for every year. From this, and from the shedding of the bark as described, and a long series of observations, he concludes that the sap rises twice in the year. He has for many years watched the growth of the trees, and he believes that for the first twenty years the average growth is about 1 inch in diameter for each year. Out of thousands of trees felled, or cut in his mill, he has not found one over 75 years old, and a very large proportion of the serviceable timber is composed of trees about 50 years of age. Quite recently he has had a very interesting opportunity of verifying these observations. At Ladies’ Bay (between Port Esperance and Southport), a paddock on the farm of Mr. D. Rafton was cleared for the purposes of cultivation. It was exactly sixteen years this summer (1877-78) since a crop was taken ott it, and was quite overgrown with saplings, which were all cut down. Mr. Hill, at my request, wrote to Mr. Rafton, requesting him to examine the stumps, and I append his reply :— Ladies’ Bay, 26th April, 1878. According to your request I send you the result of my examination of the stumps of young saplings in the paddock which we are now clearing. Number of rings in the longest saplings, thirty-three ; size across the heart-wood where the rings cease, 1 inch. The rings, I observe, are not an equal distance from each other, some of them being three times the size of the others. On making inquiries I find beyond a doubt that it is exactly sixteen years this summer since the last crop was taken off the paddock. Yours truly, D. Rafton.’ From these facts I think we may safely adopt Mr. Hill’s conclusion that there are two tings of growth for each year, and that the tallest trees of the forest, the giant timber of Tasmania, range from 50 to 75 years old.” (Tenison-Woods, loc. cit.) Now we come to Howitt, who is speaking of Gippsland :— The age of the new forest does not, however, depend merely on the general observation that they have sprung up since the settlement of the country in 1840. T have been enabled to make some direct observations, which show the size of certain trees of known age, and which will serve as comparison for the general growth of the forests. In 1864 the discovery of auriferous quartz reefs in the Crooked River district, caused a township, which is now called Grant, to be formed on the summit of the mountains, near the source of the Good Luck Creek. In part of the Government reserve, upon which the Warden’s quarters and police camp stood, and which was cleared of timber, a few young #. amygdalina (£. radiata is meant, J.H.M.) trees grew, and were permitted to remain. One of these was lately kindly measured for me by Mr. W. H. Morgan, M.M.B., who found it to be 56 feet high and 10 feet in girth three feet above the ground. This tree is anexample of very many others of the same species now growing on the surrounding ranges. At Omeo, in the Government reserve, a number of young Z£. wiminalis are now 60 feet high, which in 1863 were only small saplings under 5 feet in height. On the road from Sale to Port Albert, which was formed somewhere about D 246 1858-59, there are numerous places where ZH. viminalis and E. Muelleriana and other species are now growing upon the ditches formed at the sides of the road. ‘Those, for instance, at Lillies Leaf are on the average about 30 feet high. ' These instances show how the occupation of Gippsland by the white man has absolutely caused an increased growth of the Eucalyptus forests in places. I venture, indeed, to say with a feeling of certainty produced by long observation, that, taking Gippsland as a whole, from the Great Dividing Range to the sea, and from the boundary of Westernport to that of New South Wales, that, in spite of the clearings which have been made by selectors and others, and in spite of the destruction of Kucalypts by other means (to which I am about to refer), the forests are now more widely extended and more dense than they were when Angus M’Millan first descended from the Omeo plateau into the low country.” (Howitt, loc. cit.) Following are some notes on the rate of growth of individual species of trees, arranged in alphabetical order. The notes are so few that the new Forest Contzollers of the various States have practically to begin records for themselves. All these are New South Wales records, unless otherwise indicated :— E. cladocalyx F.v.M.—-A tree at Balwyn, near Melbourne, in eleven years and two months attained a height of 53 feet, with a circumference at ground of 435 inches, at 6 feet, 41 inches. F. Chapman, A.I..8., in Vict. Nat., 7th November, 1918, p. 106. E. dwersicolor F.v.M.—A.B., of Torbay Junction, writes the followig concerning rate of growth of trees in Western Australia, in the Western Mail of 26th September, iN e Ve Re age of Karri trees, I note your remark that to find the age of Karri trees you count the number of rings from the centre to the bark. This method is not correct for the majority of native trees of Australia. Many years ago in Gippsland a deal of discussion took place on this subject. The theory that is held by botanists was believed until it was proved by actual fact to be incorrect. I have seen myself White Gum saplings grown in five years—from where a sawmill was in actual work—cut down, and the rings counted from twelve to sixteen in each sapling. (These observations confirm those of Tenison-Woods, already cited. J.H.M.). These saplings grew up in the trolly track the benchmen were walking in five years before, and were from 4 to 8 inches each in diameter. Numerous others found similar cases. Mr. Chris. Mudd, F.L.S., a botanist, visited Gippsland district some little time after. ‘On the fallacy being pointed out to him, he then expressed the opinion that the rings indicated growths, and not years. It is evident this is so, and also that different species of trees have a different number of growths in the year, some only one and some as many as three. The climate also, in the botanists opinion, made the difference. That Karri trees in this district make more than one ring in a year—while they are saplings at least—I am certain, having tested it. The exact number they do make would, however, take a bit of careful investigation, which could perhaps be best found out by some older settler who knew of a tree planted, say thirty or forty years ago. E. globulus Labill.— Two trees were planted at the same time on the south side of the Observatory Reserve, in trenched and manured ground. The larger of these trees, that at the south-west corner of the ground, measures 3 ft. 10 in. round 3 feet above the ground. The other one near the cottage measures 3 ft. 5} in.; they were small pot plants when put in and would now be 16 years old. They do not seem to be growing vigorously, perhaps this is not to be wondered at as the roots cannot penetrate the solid sandstone which is close to the surface where they grow. The tree in Observatory Park is now 16 years old and is 3 ft. 10 in. round, 3 feet above the ground, or 64 inches less than the tree at Lake George, which is a year younger. ‘The trees on Mount Victoria measured about 63 inches round after fifty years’ growth, and the measures on the Lake George tree (believed to be #. viminalis) seem to justify us in assuming that it enlarged uniformly year after year. Therefore, at fifteen years, the Observatory Park Sydney) tree measured 43 inches. (Russell, loc. cit.) 2417 HL. maculata Hook.—Trees with height 60 feet, diameter 24 inches, acquired this in twenty years, and others with height 40 feet acquired a diameter of 10 inches in ten years. They grow on the south coast of New South Wales (Forester J. S. Allan). A spotted Gum in the Shoalhaven district, New South Wales, in an old saw-pit not used for seventeen years, was then 2 feet in diameter by 25 feet to first limb, and 45 feet high; good soil, side of hill. (Forester G. R. Brown). In Annual Report of the Forestry Commission (up to 30th June, 1919), p. 27, is a note on experiments in coppicing 2. maculata and B. pilularis for about two and a half years near Wyong, New South Wales. L. paniculata Sm.—A tree aged 10 years acquired a height of 40 feet, diameter 10 inches. South Coast (Forester J. S. Allan). E. pilularis Sm.—A self-sown seedling was measured at Gosford in 1889, on the land which was cleared for a nursery site. In eighteen months it had attained a height of 25 feet, and a circumference of 18 inches. (John McCoig.) In ten years, on the South Coast, a tree acquired a height of 40 feet, diameter 10 inches (Forester J. 8. Allan). At Cogo, Wilson’s River, in the old vineyard (twenty-five years neglected), are now growing Blackbutts, average 18 inches in diameter, 25 feet to first branch, and 50 feet high. (Forester G. R. Brown, 1895.) A Blackbutt sapling seventeen years ago 12 inches in diameter and 30 feet high, is now (1895) 2 feet 9 inches in diameter, and 40 feet to first limb, 70 feet high. (Forester G. R. Brown, Port Macquarie.) In January, 1885, I measured certain Blackbutt saplings in the parish of Clybucca, county of Dudley. These saplings were then about 5 years old, and taped about 12 inches girth by a height of 10 feet from the measurements then taken. I find that the same saplings now (1895) average 36 inches girth and a height of 40 feet. (Forester McDonald, Kempsey.) In Annual Report, Forestry Commission (up to 30th June, 1919), p. 27, is a note on the regrowth in three years of two species (2. propingua and E. saligna), on land burnt over in the Wyong district, New South Wales. E. radiata Sieb. (under £. amygdalina Labill). See Mueller’s “ Kucalyptographia.”’ EL. rostrata Schlecht.— In suitable localities I estimate that the Murray River Red Gum attains a height of about 50 to 60 feet in ten years, after which it does not grow so rapidly. It will attain a diameter of about 12 inches in twelve years, then I estimate it increases at the rate of about $inch in a year until it gets to about 24 to 26 inches in diameter. (Inspecting Forester Manton, 1895.) E. saligna Sia.— About nine years ago land was cleared at Hogan’s Brush, near Gosford. After the clearing, a Blue Gum came up and was suffered to remain. Now it is 50 feet in height, and cireumference of 3 feet 6 inches at 4 feet from ground. Measured October, 1895. (Forester John Martin.) A Blue Gum five years ago was 3 inches in diameter and 15 feet high. It is now (1895) 12 inches in diameter by 15 feet to first limb, and 35 feet high; red second-class soil, in the open. (Forester G. R. Brown, Port Macquarie.) 248 E. viminalis Labill.— The young tree that I selected in January, 1885, was one of a cluster of four, close to the jetty (Lake George) on which the lake gauge is placed, and it was found to measure 23 inches round, 3 feet from the ground; it was measured again on the 10th November, 1891, and found to be at 3 feet from the ground 524 inches round, almost exactly 17 inches in diameter, that is, an increase from 7 to 17 inches in diameter in six years and eight months, a rate of increase which, if maintained for five years more, would make it a large tree upwards of 2 feet in diameter and only 20 years old. As to the age of the tree measured at Lake George, it was growing about 44 or 5 feet within the high-water mark of the great flood of 1874, within which all the trees were killed, the residents when appealed to, said the four trees could not be more than seven or eight years old, which agrees with probabilities as to their age, for they would not spring up until a year or two after the water retired, and it did not leave the spot they grew on until 1875, ten years before I was there. Taking then eight years as their probable age in February, 1885, they would now be almost 15 years old, and the tree measured is now 4 feet 4+ inches round, 3 feet above the ground. Therefore at fifteen years the Lake George tree measured 52+ inches. The probable age at this measure was fourteen years eight and a half months; if allowance for three and a half months is made to bring the age up to fifteen full years, it would measure 532 inches round; on 22nd November, 1892, girth 544 inches; Ist January, 1894, girth 601 inches; January, 1895, girth 631 inches. (Russell, loc. cit.) Following is a report on some Victorian wiminalis trees :— Seed sown January, 1912; seedling planted out August, 1912. In December, 1916, this became 25 feet high, and 9 inches in diameter. First sign of flower-buds November, 1915. Flowers annually in November; shed its bark for first time in December, 1916. In full bloom 25th January, 1917. (P. R. H. St. John, in Vict. Nat., February, 1917, p. 155.) B.—WNatural Afforestation. Following is a valuable contribution to the question of the influence of settlement on Eucalyptus Forests, by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt :— The influence of settlement upon the Eucalyptus forests has not been confined to the settlements upon lands devoted now to agriculture or pasturage, or by the earlier occupation by a mining population. It dates from the very day when the first hardy pioneers drove their flocks and herds down the mountains from New South Wales into the rich pastures of Gippsland. Before this time the graminivorous marsupials had been so few in comparative number that they could not materially affect the annual crop of grass which covered the country, and which was more or less burnt off by the aborigines, either accidentally or intentionally, when travelling, or for the purpose of hunting game. Annual Bush Fires.—These annual bush fires tended to keep the forests open, and to prevent the open country from being overgrown, for they not only consumed much of the standing or fallen timber, but in a great measure destroyed the seedlings which had sprung up since former conflagrations. The influence of these bush fires acted, however, in another direction, namely, as a check upon insect life, destroying, among others, those insects which prey upon the Eucalypts. Granted these premises, it is easy to conclude that any cause which would lessen the force of the annual bush fires would very materially alter the balance of nature, and thus produce new and unexpected results. The increasing number of sheep and cattle in Gippsland, and the extended settlement of the district, lessened the annual crop of grass, and it was to the interest of the settlers to lessen and keep within bounds bush fires which might otherwise be very destructive to their improvements. 249 The results were twofold. Young seedlings had now a chance of life, and a severe check was removed from insect pests. The consequence of these and other co-operating causes may be traced throughout the district, and a few instances will illustrate my meaning. The valley of the Snowy River, when the early settlers came down from the Maneroo (Monaro) to occupy it, as, for instance, from Willis downwards to Mountain Creek, was very open and free from forests. At Turnback and the Black Mountain, the mountains on the western side of the river were, in many parts clothed with grasy, and with but a few large scattered trees of 2. hemiphloia. Forests increased.—The immediate valley was a series of grassy alluvial flats, through which the river meandered. After some years of occupation, whole tracts of country became covered with forests of young saplings of H. hemiphloia, pauciflora (coriacea), viminalis, amygdalina (radiata), and stellulata, and at the present time these have so much increased, and grown so much, that it is difficult to ride over parts which one can see by the few scattered old giants were at one time open grassy country. Within the last twenty-five years many parts of the Tambo Valley, from Ensay up to Tongio, have likewise become overgrown by a young fores*, principally of #. hemiphloia and macrorrhyncha, which extend up the mountains on either side of the valley. This dates especially from the time when the country was fenced into large sheep paddocks, when it became very important that bush fires should be prevented as a source of danger to the fences, and even when fire occurred the shortness of the pasturage checked the spread. Similar observations may be made in the Omeo district, namely, that young forests of various kinds of Hucalypts are growing where a quarter of a century ago the hills were open and park-like. In the mountains, from Mount Wellington to Castle Hill, in which the sources of the Avon River take rise, the inerease of the Eucalyptus forests has been very marked. Since the settlement of the country, ranges, which were then only covered by an open forest, are now grown up with saplings of B. obliqua, LB. Sieberiana and others, as well as dense growths of Acacia discolor, A. verniciflua, and other arborescent shrubs. These mountains were, as a whole, according to accounts given me by surviving aborigines, much more open than they are now. In the upper valley of the Moroka River, which takes its rise at Mount Wellington, I have noticed that the forests are encroaching very greatly upon such open plains as occur in the valley. I observed one range, upon which stood scattered gigantic trees of H. Sieberiana, now all dead, while a forest of young trees of the same species, all of the same approximate age, which may probably be twelve years, growing so densely that it would not be easy to force a passage through on horseback. Again, at the Caledonia River, as at the Moroka, the ranges are in many parts quite overgrown with forests not more than twenty years old. The valleys of the Wellington and Macalister Rivers also afford most instructive examples of the manner in which the Eucalyptus forests have increased in the mountains of Gippsland since the country was settled. The forest in these valleys, below 2,000 feet above sea level, is principally composed of Eucalyptus polyanthemos, E. macrorrhyncha, with occasional examples of B. melliodora and BE. Stuartiana; while H. viminalis occupies the river banks and moist flats. I noticed here that H. melliodora and E. macrorrhyncha formed dense forests of young trees, apparently not more than 25 years old. In some places, moreover, one could see that the original forest had been composed, on the lower undulating hills and higher flats, of a few very large H. melliodora, with scattered trees of LH. polyanthemos and H. macrorrhyncha. At the present time the two latter have taken possession, almost to the exclusion of E. melliodora. In other places EB. polyanthemos or E. macrorrhyncha predominate; but, on the whole, I think the latter will ultimately triumph over its rivals, unless the hand of man again intervenes. Such observations may also be made in Western and Southern Gippsland, but, of course, with reference to different species of Eucalypts. In the great forest of South Gippsland many places can be seen where there are substantially only two existing generations of trees; one of a few very large old trees, the others of very numerous trees which are probably not older than thirty to forty years, and in most cases certainly not half that period. The older trees of this second growth do not, I suspect, date further back than the memorable “ Black Thursday ” (6th February, 1851.—J.H.M.), when tremendous fires raged over this tract of country. It may also be inferred, from the constant discoveries, during the process of clearing, of blackfellows’ stone tomahawks, that much of this country now covered by a dense scrub of gum saplings, Pomaderris apetala Aster argyrophylla, and other arborescent shrubs, was at that time mainly an open forest. 250 I might go on giving many more instances of this growth of the Eucalyptus forests within the last quarter of a century, but those I have given will serve to show how widespread this re-foresting of the country has been since the time when the white man appeared in Gippsland, and dispossessed the aboriginal occupiers, or to whom we owe more than is generally surmised for having unintentionally prepared it, by their annual burnings, for our occupation. (A. H. Howitt in Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., ii, 109, 1890.) The following is based on what I wrote in the Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., vol. vi, 593 (1895), and also issue for April, 1905 :— The Spontaneous Growth of Trees.—Natural regeneration or re-afforestation is proceeding often without our knowledge, and even in spite of ourselves—quietly, surely. I was informed here (Failford) and also on the A. A. Company’s Estate (Gloucester) that formerly the hills were often destitute of timber where now there is dense forest. The reason of this change is attributed to the over-stocking of the country, the stock eating down the grass so that bush fires (which formerly consumed the seedlings of forest trees) are now less frequent, and devastate smaller areas than they used todo. . . . Mr. Forester Rudder expresses the opinion that cattle directly aid the propagation of trees by trampling the seeds into the ground. In Australia and Tasmania the following experience is not uncommon. When sheep are folded the manure becomes quite thick. In a few years, if the sheep be removed, Eucalypts come up freely. This occurs in places in which they were not previously found. It seems to me that this points to the sheep licking up the seed with their feed and redepositing it in manure. Vigorous growth would take place in fertilised soil. Perhaps this matter of natural afforestation (not re-afforestation, asit takes place in areas not previously known to carry trees) may be entirely explained by herbivora grazing in forest land and depositing their dung on non-forest land. The obvious reason why this afforestation does not take place more abundantly, is because sheep and cattle readily eat down young seedlings, which must therefore be protected accidentally or otherwise in order that they may reach maturity. See also the extract from Dr. Howitt’s paper just quoted. This natural spread of forests should be comfort to those who are apt only to consider the destructive action of the timber-getter, and to lose sight of the compensating influences that are at work. The springing up of young forest growths where there was formerly forest is, of course, common enough. We do not know how long many seeds will remain dormant in or on the ground after the old growth has been removed. It is not an uncommon thing to see a straight avenue of trees not artificially planted. One fine avenue known to me is along the line of an old chock and log fence, and consists of She-Oaks (Casuarina)*. Oak saplings were used as top-rails for this fence, the seed from the saplings germinated, and the young growth was protected from stock by the fence. The seedlings grew into fine trees, and finally the old fence was removed, leaving only the line of trees which followed the direction of the fence. I have seen a similar occurrence with the Grey Box (Eucalyptus hemiphloia) in the Bringelly, N.S.W., district. C.—Inerement Curves. There would appear to have only been published, as regards botanically identified trees, data concerning very few species. Determination of Increment by Stem Analysis.—The scientific forester requires more than the empirical data of rate of growth to which I have already referred. He requires a proper record of growth or increment ascertained by scientific methods. * B.g., Agricuttural Gazette, vii, 514. 251 The Forestry Commission of New South Wales has issued, August, 1918 (the researches were made in 1916), Bulletin No. 13, under the above title, compiled from data supplied by W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Forest Assessor, of which a brief abstract is sufficient for the present purpose. The determination of the rate of growth of trees and forests is of fundamental importance to the forester, because, without accurate knowledge of this subject, he is unable to fix the annual yield of the forest at that quantity which will ensure that the forest be not over-cut and the forest capital exhausted, The large number of forests throughout the State, which have been operated upon to such an extent that supplies of milling timber are now no longer available, is sufficient evidence of the disastrous result of over-cutting, and the necessity of ascertaining rates of growth and regulating the annual cut accordingly. Rate of growth may be ascertained either by systematic measurement of standing trees in all stages of growth over a considerable number of years, or by making what is known as stem analyses of felled trees. Stem analysis can be applied only to those species the timber of which shows well-defined annual rings of growth, and for this reason, unfortunately, is inapplicable to the great majority of Australian species. Where possible, however, the method should be used, as it enables the forester to obtain valuable data upon which to regulate cutting operations while waiting for the more accurate information secured from the direct measurement of growing trees. It should be remembered, however, that the rates of growth ascertained by stem analysis of trees in virgin forests do not necessarily represent the rates which will be obtatined in the future under eareful forest management. The forest trees from which the selection must be made have attained to maturity only after a long struggle against the competition of their rivals, and without the aid of the forester, who by well-regulated thinnings, can do much to accelerate the rate of growth. Consequently the figures obtained from stem analysis should be regarded rather as the safe minimum to be expected in the future. For the purpose of obtaining authentic information relative to the growth of species of Eucalyptus on the southern tableland, Mr. Forest Assessor W. A. W. de Beuzeville made stem analysis of the Buddong Mountain Ash (2. gigantea Hook). The figures and conclusions arrived at for the Mountain Ash are given in full in the Bulletin, as it is reported to be the fastest growing species in New South Wales. The specimen selected for investigation was a typical forest tree, well grown and carrying a heavy crown occupying little more than half the total height of the tree. It was felled at ground level, and the main stem marked off into nine pieces, each of which was cut through the centre. The concentric rings on each section were counted, and the diameters measured, the information being then tabulated, and the calculations made on the assumption that the concentric rings were annual.* (The method followed is that described in Chapter VI of vol. ii of Schlich’s “ Manual of Forestry,’ to which readers are referred.) Detais of the Analysis. Section 1 taken at the foot of the tree showed 97 rings. 35. SOR os 5 feet above ground level ,, 97 ,, Pea uses itl Dessay Me eee yeni De NAN an HOD “ a, SB oD, SN 5 Bee tas Sith Ghar tey ees hs 43 POO) wae Pim likll Rosana ao aire a Be GAS DIM fi 95 UNS an cama Goin ss 33 SAV MUROIE re ) LOS; 35 RTD Sie iy te) Top, 35 feet long; total height, 140 feet; age, 97 years. * Tf the rings are seasonal instead of annual, and it may be that two rings per year are formed, it will be seen that the growth of the trees was extraordinarily fast. This will not, however, affect the underlying principle which this bulletin is intended; - «xplain, 252 Thus, at 35 feet from the ground there were only 91 annual rings as against 97 at the base. This means that the part of the tree above 35 feet had beenin existence only ninety-one years, so that 1t teok 97-91 = 6 years, for the tree to reach a height of 35 feet. Thus the following table is prepared — Height ob section Number of rings. ane ee fs | | height of section. | 0 | 97 5 | 97 15 | 95 ; 2 25 93 4 35 91 6 45 88 9 55 | 85 12 65 | 79 18 95 | 53 44 140 Q 97 } From this table a curve showing height at different ages is plotted (sce Fig. 1, not reproduced, J.H.M.). The very rapid height growth in the first twelve years should be noted as it has an important economic bearing on the regeneration of the forests. A species capable cf such rapid growth in early youth is not likely to be suppressed by weeds, and consequently expenditure on early cleanings will probably not be necessary. Compare the figures for #. globulus, in Tasmania, quoted at p. 245. A further abstract of Mr. de Beuzeville’s researches is found in “‘ The Australian Forestry Journal,” for January, 1918. * The forest of H. gigantea at Buddong appears to be of comparatively recent origin, and is rapidly establishing itself in the surrounding forest of Hucalypius coriacea and H. rubida. A noteworthy feature is that trees evidently well past maturity are sound to the heart and absolutely free from disease. The specimen selected for analysis was a typical tree of a typical forest of the species. The annual tings were clearly defined through the whole of the cross sections, and varied very little in width. The tree was well grown, with a good crown, and apparently still vigorous. A remarkable circumstance was the rapid height growth during the early life of the tree, and this is shown in a series of graphs which accompany the treatise, and disclose the following — Growth in height .—24 years, 20 feet; 6 years, 40 feet; 14 years, 60 feet; 20 years, 68 feet; 40 years, 90 feet; 60 years, 110 feet; 80 years, 126 feet; 96 years, 140 feet. Growth in diameter .—2 years, 1 inch; 6 years, 2} inches; 14 years, 6 inches; 20 years, 9 inches; 40 years, 18 inches; 60 years, 28 inches; 80 years, 36 years; 96 years, 42 inches, Volume of wood :—20 years, 20 cubic feet; 40 years, 75 cubic feet; 60 years, 180 cubic feet: 80 years, 300 cubic feet; 96 years, feet 420 cubic feet. Calculation on the results of an examination of the area of the cross section at various ages shows that the tree reaches absolute maturity about the ninetieth year, when it will yield almost 5,000 superficial feet of timber. Mr. de Beuzeville states that the bark amounts to 12 per cent. of the volume of the stem, the very low percentage being accounted for by the thin nature of the bark on the upper portion of the trunk. In conclusion, he remarks that his analysis discloses that “‘ the tree does not reach absolute maturity at the early age often attributed to it, but maintains a vigorous growth long after it has reached the dimensions of a millable log. The present minimum felling girth is 7 feet over bark, and is apparently reached in forty to fifty years. The problem is, therefore, whether if will be most advantageous to operate on the species as at present, or whether the cutting age should be deferred until maturity, when greater volume has been attained.” 253 Then we come to a paper: “ Determination of the Increment of Trees by Stem Analysis. No. 1. Eucalyptus viminalis.” by W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lili, 239 (1919). (N.B.—The species is really E. Dalrympleana Maiden, as described by me in “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part LXIV, p. 137. It was formerly confused with £. viminalis.) The calculations show that the tree increases in height rapidly until about thirty years old, averaging 2-8 feet per annum. This rate gradually diminishes, dropping to 1-6 feet mean annual increase when sixty-six years old. The diameter increase, likewise, is greater during youth, but is fairly evenly main- tained during the whole period, ranging from -37 inches to ‘3 inches per annum. The mean annual volume increment, which was -1 cubic feet at ten years, showing a steady improvement, reaching 1-13 cubic feet at sixty-six years of age. Earlier in point of publication than the preceding papers, we have “ Timber Production and Growth Curves in the Mountain Ash (Eucalyptus regnans).” by R. T: Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxx (N.S.), 1 (1917). It is not convenient to reproduce the graphs of the papers of either Mr. Patton or Mr. de Beuzeville. All the papers should be carefully read, and I will content myself with a few extracts of Mr. Patton’s paper also. Tt has been said that Mountain Ash will mature in forty years, and will give in this time a butt of from 2 feet to 2 feet 6 inches. It has also been claimed for Mountain Ash that it is the fastest-growing tree in the world, and that it will give a cut of 150,000 feet super. per acre. In order to test the truth of | these statements a series of measurements was carried out at Powelltown on logs of this timber. It was found impossible at the time to get any reliable figures as to either its fast growing rate or its quantity of timber per acre. Many factors milttated against this. In the first place, all the forest now being cut is over ripe, and consequently many trees are hollow. Again, a very large number of trees have incipient decay in the heart. Other factors also prevented any accurate estimate being formed. However, there was ample material for a study of the annual rings. It was impossible to obtain measurements from all logs coming in, as in quite a percentage there was either a pipe, or decay had proceeded far enough to destroy the boundaries of the first annual rings. Only those logs then were taken in on which the annualrings were clearly defined. The measurements were taken to the eightieth ring, and not continued further owing to the difficulty in many cases of distinguishing the rings. In onecase the rings, though narrow, were easily distinguishable to the 125th ring. It was obvious from these later rings that the tree had lacked vigour. This was borne out by a study of the trees in the standing forest, The paucity of foliage on these big trees is very noticeable, as was also the amount of mistletoe. No mistletoe was observed on the saplings, or even on trees half grown. From these observations one was led to conclude - that the tree reaches its prime well under a hundred years. The most remarkable feature is the rapid expansion of the trunk (and hence width of annual ring), during the first ten years of growth. . . . The differences between the width of the annual rings as the tree gets older will be less and less. There is a point of interest here, and that is that the enormous decrease in the width of the ring may be due to overcrowding, or putting it in other words, that, as the trees grow older, and so many are striving for the same light and carbon dioxide, the crown is not as large as it would be if the forest were controlled. — It was very apparent from a study of the mature trees that width of ring is largely dependent on the distance of the trees apart, for in many logs the original centre is well to one side of the mature log. Some trees have limbs on the congested side only 6 to 8 feet long, while on the free side they are 15 to 20 feet long. The maintenance of a good head is important from a forestral point of view. From the study of the annual rings, then, we may conclude at present that the Mountain Ash reaches its maturity between the fortieth and fiftieth years; but we are not entitled to conclude that the tree is then fit for milling. In view of the fact that in the future a large proportion of this timber will probably - find its way on to the market in a dressed and seasoned condition, the tree cannot be said to be fit for E 254: milling until the wood is ripe. It may well be, that so long as the tree maintains a good head, the timber is improving in quality, and therefore it may be inadvisable to cut it during this period. There are other factors as well to be considered with regard to the time of harvesting the timber. The upkeep of this forest is small at present, as compared with that of the forests of the old world. Hence interest charges will be much smaller, and we could therefore allow the forest to stand for a much longer period than is the case with old world forests. See also “On the Growth, Treatment, and Structure of some Common Hardwoods,” by R. T. Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi (New ser.), 394 (1919), with one plate and seven text figures. The author systematises his observations under the following heads :—Height, density of trees per acre, seasoning of timber, structure. He criticises the adoption of the Schlich method of measurement of diameter growth (at all events, as regards Australian conditions) if only because, in our “ empirical’? or managed forests, it is difficult to select an average tree for research. The question of the height of #. regnans (Victorian Mountain Ash), the only Eucalypt referred to, is dealt with at p. 255 of the present work. The question of density of trees per acre is only now being undertaken, since we have only quite recently established forestry departments taking cognisance of our Eucalypts on scientific lines. As regards seasoning of timber, I will give a few references to this, and also to structure of timber, when I deal with those branches of the subject. Now let us turn to a paper, “‘ Estimation of the Rate of Growth of Trees by Stem Analysis,” by C. HE. Lane Poole, “ Jarrah,” i, No. 3, p. 14, November, 1918. The author begins :— “Tt is an unfortunate fact that the bulk of Australian eucalypts do not lend themselves to this system of estimation. There are exceptions, of which Mountain Ash (Lucalyptus Delegatensis) of New South Wales is one, but in most cases Eucalypts do not appear to have any distinct period of rest during the year, with the result that there are no well-defined rings. Karri (7. diversicolor) in its very early years (up to about twenty-four), shows annual rings, but after that time it is difficult to distinguish them.” He then gives an admirable account of the method, choosing the Monterey Pine (Pinus radiata or insignis), a Californian species much cultivated in Australia, for purposes of illustration. D.—The Largest Australian Trees. The size of a tree may be measured in vertical height or girth, the two dimensions usually adopted. The fairest method would, of course, be to compute the cubic contents. As regards girth, it is to be regretted that many measurements are not strictly comparable, because of the varying heights above ground at which they have been taken. It has been known for many, years that Australia and Tasmania possess very large trees, attention having been directed earliest to those of Tasmania. It has since been proved, I think, that the largest trees (H. regnans) occur in Gippsland, Victoria, 255 although those of the Western Australian Karri (Z. diversicolor) are very large. Most of the literature has gathered around the Gippsland trees, and will be found quoted below by Mr. Hardy and myself. A discussion on the height of Gippsland trees (Mr. Howitt’s paper, in Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., ii (1890), in which Baron von Mueller and Mr. A. W. Howitt joined, will be found in Journ. Roy. Soc. Vict., iii (new series), 124 (1890). Mr. Howitt had measured a tree of 350 feet, and Mueller stated that trees 400 feet high had existed. The discussion is well worth referring to. In my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vol. IT, pp. 161-165 (1905), I gave such evidence as was available to me in regard to “ The giant trees of Australia,” 1 wrote at p. 163 in the following words :— Professor Sargent is an eminent authority on the subject of which he treats, and in view of the actual measurements that he presents, viz., 340 feet in height for a Redwood (Sequoia sempervirens), and a girth round the trunk of 107 feet for its congener, the “‘ Big Tree” (S. Wellingtonia), I am of opinion that, so far as our knowledge goes at present, California is the home both of the tallest and of the broadest trees in the world. In the Federal Handbook published for the visit of the British Association in 1914, I wrote :— The official size of the tallest Gippsland tree is given as—height, 326 ft. 1 in.; girth, 25 ft. 7 in., measured 6 feet from the ground; locality, spur of Mount Baw Baw, 91 miles from Melbourne. This is enormous, but different from the alleged heights of from 400 to 525 feet foisted on Mueller, and which will probably not be eradicated from the newspapers for another generation. As regards the Californian trees brought into comparison . . . the difference (under 14 feet) against the Gippsland tree is not large, and it would not be surprising if additional investigations should eause this friendly competition between Australia and the United States to end differently. Presently I will show that New Zealand is in this competition. “ A short account of the big trees of California,’ Bull. No. 28, United States Department of Agriculture, Division of Forestry (1900), gives a later account than that of C. S. Sargent. In the “summary of facts”’ it is stated that “ the dimensions of the Big Tree are unequalled.” A number of dimensions of trees, living and dead, are quoted, but comparatively few with full particulars. Thus the height is given of many, the diameter at the ground of some, and at 6 feet above the ground of others. Many particulars are given in regard to them in the Bulletin, which is not easy of brief abstraction. For particulars as to tall trees of Brazil, see Bates’ ‘“ Naturalist on the Amazons ” (Murray’s Pop. Ed., 1910, pp. 29, 30). In a paper “ On the Ascent of Water in Trees ” (Phil. Trans. B., Vol. 199, 1905) Professor A. J. Ewart (of the University of Melbourne), has some remarks in regard to the reputed heights of the Gippsland trees, after referring to certain reputed measurements which have been repeated over again by authors copying one another, as “greatly exaggerated’? and “considerably exaggerated,’ he concludes, “ The tallest Australian tree, therefore, hitherto accurately measured, barely exceeds 300 feet, and it is possible that some of the records irom other countries, notably America, may suffer a similar diminution when accurately tested.” 256 Mr. R. T. Patton (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxi, 396, 1919) has some notes on the height of H. regnans. He gives 326 feet as the “ greatest height recorded,” and the two highest measurements as made by himself as 249 and 261 feet. In Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvi, p. 9 (published 1914), is a paper by T. F. Cheeseman on “ The Age and Growth of the Kauri (Agathis australis), in which he refers to the sizes of other large trees. He says: “ Seeing that the age and size of large forest trees have been regularly overestimated in other countries, it could hardly be expected that New Zealand would escape similar exaggeration.” He has just been quoting Professor A. J. Ewart’s cautious remarks on Gippsland trees at some length. ~~ Incidentally, it may be mentioned that in the American “ Journal of Forestry,” xvi, 890 (November, 1919), there is a note on Kauris and Californian Big Trees as follows :— The New Zealand Department of Lands has published a small book by D. E. Hutchins on the * Waipoua Kauri Forest,” in which occurs the statement .—‘* There were two gigantic Kauri in the Tutamoe State Forest, each having a diameter of 22 feet, and the best one having a clean bole of 100 feet. This was estimated to contain 295,788 board feet, which is twice the size of the largest California big tree, one of the Calaveras Grove, containing 141,000 board feet.” The commentator says :—‘ It is strange that at the present day the claims of California for large sized trees should be contested by New Zealand. The following data show that even though New Zealand has some immense trees, as those just described appear to be, still they cannot equal the giant Sequoias, of which we are justly proud. “A Sequoia tree cut in 1854, called ‘ the Mother of the Forest,’ had a diameter of 30 feet and a height of 321 feet, and contained 537,000 board feet, which is twice that given for these famous Kauri trees of New Zealand. In addition, this tree was 137 feet to the first limb. Another tree, called ‘ The Father of the Forest,’ measured a number of years ago 36 feet in diameter, 400 feet in height, and 200 feet to the first limb.” (These seem round numbers. J.H.M.) Mr. D. E. Hutchins, “ A Discussion of Australian Forestry,” pp. 315-17 (1916), says :— I am sure that every patriotic Australian will agree that an attempt should be made by the Forest Departments in Victoria and Western Australia to find out the actually biggest trees, measure them, and place them under special protection. I quite agree with this, and he is unconsciously repeating a very old suggestion of mine, but Mr. Hutchins says: “(Mr. Maiden) perhaps goes to the other extreme, and throws doubt on quite good evidence.’ If my readers will take the trouble to turn to what I have said, and also to what Mr. Hutchins has said, they can judge for themselves. If I have tried to avoid anything, it is to be “ extreme,” and my article was an honest attempt to weigh the evidence on scientific (7.e., truthful) les. The genial forester, when he has opportunity to consult the literature of the subject, will see that I am by no means the severest critic of reputed measurements of big Australian and American trees. [I wrote the above some years ago, before our friend had received the well-deserved honour of Knighthood, to be followed, alas too soon, by his death in January, 1920.] 267 The most recent writer on the subject is A. D. Hardy, of the State Forest Department of Victoria (““ The Tall Trees of Australia,” Vict. Nat.,xxxv, 46, July, 1918), an authority whose researches in regard to Australian forestry matters are always valuable, and, therefore, one reads what he has to say with interest in regard to a subject which has already been surrounded by much romance. This romance, emanating from Australia itself, has found its way into scientific publications in Europe and America. The paper contains some most useful information in regard to the giant trees of America, and, indeed, of other countries, but what is of special interest to me at the present time is the information he has brought together, additional to that already compiled by myself. At p. 50 Mr. Hardy quotes three measurements which exceed those enumerated in the Victorian atlas of giant trees. The following is the “ best measurement by a legally qualified measurer.” Mr. G. Cornthwaite measured a tree in 1880, 2 miles from Thorpdale, Gippsland. ‘I cannot find the old notes taken at the time, but I am quite sure as to the measurement of the length.” He gives the height at 375 feet, allowing for the stump. “At about 12 feet from the ground (it) was about 6 feet in diameter.” Although these figures are to some extent based on memory, if they satisty Mr. Hardy they go a long way towards satisfying me. Mr. Hardy quotes some American Sequoias, larger than the Redwood (S. sempervirens) measured by Professor C. 8. Sargent, at 340 feet, Doubtless after the war (written in 1918, J.H.M.) the Americans will examine their records of measure- ments and state whether they can beat our record of 375 feet or not. As regards bulk, Mr. Hardy quotes the tree pictured as “ King Edward VII” by Mr. Hugh Mackay, Conservator of Forests of Victoria, in the handbook of that State prepared for the British Association meeting of 1914. It had a girth of 80 feet, measured at about 10 feet from the ground. I have often pointed out (e.g., Presidential Address, Royal Society of N.S.W., 1897), that it is desirable that we should have measurements by surveyors or other competent observers of the heights and girths of definite Eucalyptus trees, and the ascertainment of such data should be the business of the forestry staffs of all the States. We ought to know the sizes of our primeval vegetation, even if these biggest trees, when removed by fire or other catastrophe, may never be succeeded by others which can be permitted to attain equal magnitude. Instead of going further into details in regard to the sizes of the largest trees, it may be convenient to consult the following list of species, arranged in alphabetical order, in which the sizes are dealt with. Thus the following may be referred to in their proper places in the present work, and in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ” :— Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden, EL. botryoides Sm. (H. Hopkins records E. botryovdes in the rich alluvial flats of the Snowy River, stately trees of 150 feet or more in height, and boles of 6 or 7 feet in diameter, and 50 or 60 feet to the first limb), Z. Dalrympleana 258 Maiden, EZ. Deanei Maiden (Mr. A. Murphy informs me that there are plenty of trees in the Ourimbah district, near Gosford, 10 to 12 feet in diameter), EZ. Dunnii Maiden (see note below), £. diversicolor F.v.M. (see this work, Part XX, p. 298), E. gigantea Hook. f. (see note below), F. Jacksoni Maiden, E. goniocalyr F.v.M., E. maculata Hook., #. microcorys F.v.M., E. nitens Maiden, E. pilularis Sm. (see this ‘woke Part L, p- 30), E, regnans F.v.M., E. viminalis Labill. Under FE. viminalis, Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia”’) quotes a Victorian tree up to 320 feet, with a diameter of 17 feet. Baker and Smith (““ Research on the Eucalypts,”’ p. 137) say this tree is “ probably the largest of New South Wales Eucalypts.” ‘‘ This is perhaps the most widely- distributed species of the genus in these States, as well as probably the tallest, as trees measuring over 300 feet high frequently occur.” (p. 138.) In view of the fact that E. Dalrympleana has been “ carved out” of EZ. viminalis, and of further investigations in regard to our White Gums, it is desirable that E. viminalis and its allies should be remeasured. 2. viminalis, sensu strictu, is, however, undoubtedly a big tree. EB. Dunniit.— “ T measured one standing tree of the above, which gave a girth of 24 feet 4 inches, with a length of at least 30 feet; this works out 13,322} feet—superficial. The tree in question is fairly round and straight, and apparently sound. A few days later, “To-day I measured another tree. It was felled for sawmill purposes. It was perfectly sound, straight and round. This tree was cut into four logs 11 feet in length (each log), the butt log measured 13 feet in circumference and contained 4,500 super. feet. Royalty at 6d. (£1 2s. 6d.).” (William Dunn, Forest Guard, Acacia Creek, Macpherson Range, near Queensland border, September, 1905.) E. gigantea.—I submit an interesting note based on observations made in Tasmania in the thirties, and which I submitted to Mr. Rodway, the Government Botanist of that State, who reports: “In the Richmond district there is much &. obliqua and E. gigantea. I haye never seen the former of such gigantic proportions as cited, wherefore think reference was to latter. At the time this article was written, all the forms with rough bark were referred to obliqua, and those with smooth to amygdalina.” Following is the note :— “Mr. Backhouse and my son, Dr. Joseph Hooker, have made MSS. remarks upon a great number of new species in Van Dieman’s Land, and it is there that the trees are seen to attain the most gigantic size. Near Richmond, in Yorkshire, the former gentleman visited a place in the forest remarkable for an assemblage of gigantic “ stringybarks,” Hucalyptus obliqua 2? There, within a space of half a mile, he measured ten different trees from 30 to 55 feet in circumference at four fect from the ground; and some of these fine sound trees were upwards of 200 feet high. One prostrate tree was 35 feet in circumference at the base, 22 feet at 66 feet up, 19 feet at 110 feet up. There were two large branches at 120 feet, and the elevation of the tree, traceable by the branches on the ground, was 213 feet. ‘ We ascended this tree on an inclined plane formed by one of its limbs, and walked four abreast with ease upon its trunk! In its fall it had overturned another 168 feet high, which had brought up with its roots a ball of earth 20 feet across. It was so much imbedded in the earth that I could not get a string round it to measure its girth. On our return I measured two stringybarks. near the houses on the Hampshire Hills, that had been felled for splitting into rails, each 180 feet long. Near to them is a tree that has been felled, which is so large that it could not be cut into lengths for splitting, and a shed has been erected against it, the tree serving for the back.” Another tree, at Emu Bay, supposed to be 250 feet high, was 554 feet round at 5 feet from the ground, and nearly 70 feet in circumference at the surface of the ground. ‘* My companions spoke to each other, when at the opposite side of this tree to myself, and their voices sounded so distant that I concluded they had inadvertently left me, to see some other object, and immediately called to them. They in answer, remarked the distant sound of my voice, and enquired if I were behind the tree.” (Bot. Maqg., vol. 69, t. 4036, 1843.) Explanation of Plates (196-199). PLATE 196. EL. paniculata Sm. (See also Plate 57, Part XIII.) la. Juvenile leaf; 16, juvenile leaf (slightly more advanced); 1c, twig showing mature leaves and buds; _ 1d, immature fruits, showing staminal rings; le, fruits. Asquith, near Hornsby, between Sydney and the Hawkesbury River (W. F. Blakely). 2a. Buds; 2b, anthers. On the main road, near Gordon Railway Station, North Shore Line, Sydney (W. F. Blakely). 3. Juvenile leaf, not in its earliest stage. Kedron, near Brisbane, Queensland (C. T, White). 4. Mature leaves and fruits. Mount Gravatt, near Brisbane (C. T. White). 5a. Mature leaf; 5b, buds; 5c, fresh anthers. From the same set of specimens, some of the dried anthers precisely match 2b. Waterworks-road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). PLATE 197. E. paniculata Sm. : (See also Plates 57, Part XIII, and 196.) E. Ferguson R. T. Baker. la. Mature leaf; 1b, mature leaf and immature buds; Ic, fruits, markedly ribbed. Bulladelah, N.S.W, (L. C. Maxwell). The type. I match #. Fergusoni perfectly with specimens of #. paniculata. My attempts to separate them have been most painstaking. E. Nanglei R. T. Baker. 2a. Juvenile leaf; 26, mature leaf and immature buds; 2c, fruits. 2. Nanglei has, like 2. paniculata, the staminal ring, and in this respect shows some affinity to 2. melliodora A. Cunn., FE. sideroxylon A. Cunn. Morrissett, N.S.W. (C. F. Laseron). The type. 3a. Mature leaves and buds; 3h, mature leaf, buds and expanding flowers; 3c, anthers, different views. Lindfield and Nowra, a mixed parcel, as received from Mr. Baker. Lindfield is a railway station on the North Shore Line, near Sydney; Nowra is on the Shoalhaven River, about 94 miles south of Sydney. (R. T. Baker and L. G. Irby). Co-types. IT am not able to separate H. Nanglei from E. Fergusoni, nor either of them from EB. paniculata. 260 PLATE 198. E. decorticans sp. nov. (Syn. #. siderophloia Benth., forma decorticans F. M. Bailey.) la, 1b, le, the three youngest leaves I can find. They show that the juvenile leaves are narrow and do not differ in venation from the mature leaves. 1d, mature leaves and buds; le, anthers, If, fruits (Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). The type. EB. Culleni R. H. Cambage. 2a. Juvenile leaves; 26, buds; 2c, front and back view of anther; 2d, mature leaves and fruits. Alma-den, North Queensland (R. H. Cambage, No. 3905). The type. PLATE 199. EL. Beyer R. T. Baker. (See also figure 21, Plate 57, Part XIII, as #. paniculata.) la. Twig with buds; 16, fruits. St. Mary’s (about 30 miles west of Sydney). (R.T. Baker.) The type. 2a. Juvenile leaf; 2b, twig with buds and flowers; 2c, twig with fruits. About 1 mile south-east of Kings- wood Station (close to St. Mary’s) and } mile from the Great Western road (W. F. Blakely and J. L. Boorman). Figs. 3 and 4 I at present look upon as intermediate between #. Beyeri and B. paniculata. It will be observed that the leaves are broader and coarser than those of H. Beyeri, but the trees were high, and they appeared to be a second growth, abundant on the branches, and therefore perhaps abnormal. #. Beyer’ requires further investigation both as regardsits botanical characters and timber. 3a. Mature leaves; 3b, buds and flowers; 3c, staminal ring, which is very deciduous; 3d, anthers. A very large and very old tree in a paddock about } mile north-west of St. Mary’s Station (W. F. Blakely and J. L. Boorman.) 4a, 4b, 4c. Leaves of various sizes; 4d, buds. Anthers the same as 3d. On the Richmond road, } mile from St. Mary’s Station (W. F. Blakely and J. L. Boorman). The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— acacioides A. Cunn. (xlvii). melliodora A. Cunn. (1x). acmenioides Schauer (xxxii). maicrocorys V.vy.M. (xxxviil). affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (li). amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvi). Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua Li Hérit. (xxii). Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). BauerianaSchauer var.conica Maiden(lviil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (x11). Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (vii). Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (XxXxX1). Bosistoana ¥.v.M. (xliii). prypertta Sm. (Xxxiil). Caleyi Maiden (lv). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). conica Deane and Maiden (vi). populifolia Hook. (xlvi). Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). corymbosa Sm. (xii). radyata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). erebra. F.v.M. (li). regnans B.v.M. (xviii). Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (iil). dives Schauer (xix). . rostrata Schlecht. (Ix). dumosa A. Cunn. (Ixv). yubida Deane and Maiden (xl). eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). ; fruticetorum F.v.M. (xh). stderophloia Benth. (xxxix). gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). globulus Li Her. (1xvit). Siebertana F.v.M. (xxxiv). gontocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). hemastoma Sm. (XXxXvii). tereticorms Sm. (xi). hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). lessellaris F.v.M. (1xvi). longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (Lxiv). macrorrhyncha B.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). maculata Hook. (vii). vurea R. T. Baker (xxiii). melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). * Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Hach part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possible to continue the issue of ‘‘ The Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, ¢.¢e., from and including Part_7, Vol. VII, vii, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. eaoh, Note BY GOVERNMENT PRINTER.’ For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already received will not be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s. 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the Ist July, 1921. F Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1922 weit ry eae wn =) = = i — < oO =) 1<3) > WwW [a= e M.FioeKlon-deél. er lith. [See also Plates 57 and 197.] EUCALYPTUS PANICULATA Sm Tay +14 ‘CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. a CA everest apy pe eo Caren wey Tees a a rT ea Cy ae ane oe srsts od igen SS ; M.FloeckKfron.del. et ith. EUCALYPTUS PANICULATA Sm. [See also Plates 57 and 196.] (E. Fergusoni R. T. Baxer, Fig. 1, E. Nanglei R. T. Baxer, Figs, 2 and 3. both drawn from the types.) Seneca ee pg mah ‘ i : ae een jragenayyiek bod ye ae LE PL. 198. RIT. REV, EUCALYPTUS M-Flochron. del. F lith, EUCALYPTUS DECORTICANS (F. M. Baitey) MAIDEN (1). E. CULLENI R. H. CamBaceE (2). nae Ir apPhe ey oe Ries Net VF ; t : Be u y ; i \ } : “es , oy i ees ¢ ‘ ‘ tite ' ; z i 1 * Saale a) Niles Gay rey Pe vat ‘4 f t as : sabe: * steele ni Leh Ys lf i I f 0 ; Y } r ' a Lae ‘ i 4 ae ~ i a + as | Pu: RIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. XN 3 4! : coats Siren WM. FlockTron.det. et lith. EUCALYPTUS BEYERI R. T. BAKER (I, 2). [See also Fig. 21, Plate 57.] DESCMMETION. CCLXXVIL. EF. drepanophylla F.v.M. Ex Bentham in B.FI. ii, 221 (1866). Fottow1ne is the original description :— A tree, usually low and stunted, the bark dark-grey and ribbed (Dallachy). Leaves long-lanceolate, often exceeding 6 inches and usually faleate, acuminate, with numerous fine, parallel, and very diverging veins, often scarcely conspicuous, the intra-marginal one close to or very near the edge. Umbels three to six-flowered, usually three to four together in short axillary or terminal panicles or the lower ones solitary, the peduncles short and terete, or nearly so. Calyx-tube obconical, nearly 2 lines long, tapering into a short, thick pedicel. Operculum conical or obtuse, usually about as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens about 2 lines long, inflected in the bud; anthers very small, nearly globular, with distinct parallel cells. Fruit subglobose-truncate, about 4 lines diameter, slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude. E. drepanophylla is referred to as a synonym of LE. leptophleba ¥.v.M. in Part X of the present work, p. 332, following Mueller. At p. 333 I invited the attention of Queensland botanists to this little known species. Owing to the zeal of Dr. T. L. Bancroft, then of Stannary Hills, north Queensland, and now of Kidsvold, I was able to clear up the identity of 2. leptophleba as apart from HE. drepanophylla. See Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 82, 83, and also the present work. Iam also under obligations to Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, of Queensland, in this enquiry. Further references to #. drepanophylla will be found under “ Range,” Part X, p- 333, and “ Affinities,” p. 334. I am not quite certain that the differences between LZ. drepanophylla and E. crebra are sufficient to justify the retention of the former as a species, but on the whole think that it is probable. I trust that Queenslanders will give attention to the species. It will be observed that certain old Ironbark specimens referred to EZ. drepanophylla by Mueller himself (and Bentham) are destitute of fruit, and Dallachy expressly mentions that his Edgecombe Range specimens had no fruit. At the same time, Bentham described the fruit as “sub-globose truncate, about 4 lines diameter, slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude.” It will be observed that at figs. 3d, 4b, 4c, Plate 200, I have taken cognizance of fruiting specimens which probably come near the type. 262 RANGE. The B.FIL., ii, 221, localities for L. drepanophylla will be fourd refsrred to at Part X, p. 333. So far as I know, 1. drepanophylla is confined to Queensland, and its recorded localities are from the coast and coastal ranges from Maryborough to Cairns, but it may be confidently predicted it will be found north, south and west of the places indicated. The following specimens belong, in my view, to Z. drepanophylla. Nos. 1-3 are from the Port Denison district, and are probably all typical :— i. “ Ironbark, the flowers white and sweet-scented; this is a very low (high— a correction by Dallachy) stunted tree in this country. Edgecombe, 15th August, 1863. No fruit.” (Copy of Dallachy’s label endorsed by Mueller “ Eucalyptus drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller.” This specimen has a second “* Botanical Museum of Melbourne” label, in Mueller’s handwriting, “ Eucalyptus drepanophylla ¥.M., Port Denison,” and this was seen by Bentham. It is undoubtedly the type. 2. Port Denison (Fitzalan). Specimen marked ~ Hucalyptus drepanophylla ” by Mueller. Buds and anthers of this were figured as H. leptophleba, Pl. 48, fig. 4. (Mueller has a note :—* The tree from Port Denison, alluded to under 2. Bowmani by Bentham in B.FI., ili, 220, belongs to #. drepanophylla.” (Kucalyptogrophia, under FL. Baileyana.) 3. ° Hucalyptus drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller. Burdekin Expedition. Fue. crebra var.” (Copy of a label in Mueller’s handwriting, seen by Bentham.) Mount Elliott (south-west of Bowling Green Bay) in flower only (Fitzalan); (LZ. drepanophylla, so labelled by Mueller). This locality is a little north of Bowen. Ironbark, Charters Towers (H. B. Walker, 1903). These specimens, in mature leaf, buds and flowers, with a piece of bark, appear to be L. drepanophylla. This locality is only a few miles inland from Bowen, home of the type. Cleveland Bay (Townsville), in bud, pale-coloured operculum (S. (2?) (Stephen Johnson, 1876); (labelled £. drepanophylla by Mueller). “ Narrow-leaved Ironbark,” Reid River, via Townsville. (Nicholas Daley and G. R. Skelton, through Dr. J. Shirley.) Near Atherton, back of Cairns (District Forester H. W. Mocatta). Stannary Hills, near Irvinebank (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, 17th March, 1901, and later dates. In June, 1909, Dr. Bancroft writes: “ With rough bark, up to 100 feet high and 2 feet in diameter; timber red.’ He informs me that the late Mr. F. M. Bailey named it 2. erebra. This is the most northerly locality known to me. Now let us go south from Bowen, the type locality, and we have :— ~ North Coast,” R.Br., 1802-5, not in fruit, pale-coloured operculum; (probably either Keppel Bay or Shoalwater Bay, as quoted in B.FI.. iii, 221, under ZF. drepano- phylla). 263 Mullet Creek, between Bundaberg and Gladstone, North Coast Railway (Chief Engineer for Railways, through C. T. White). The common Ironbark of the district, medium to large-sized trees, 30-60 feet high, fairly plentiful. Mount Perry (J. L. Boorman). Parish Boondooma. Burnett district (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White, No. 11). ~ Narrow-leaf Ironbark.” “A form of 2. crebra, with Weeping Willow habit. FIRS. FL-S: (Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). WOlts Wo Paar IO} Part L of the Complete Work. (WITH FOUR PLATES.) “« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” Macautay’s “Essay ON MILTON.” PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, Published by Authority of THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Sudney : WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. *26863—A 1921, Lony PCa se) ; ror Se \ caveckiny Seatk a Oat - “age, “avatat : NEN vaty iy) ARERR Ha Saat COLXXXI. Eucalyptus Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Description ~ . Range Affinities CCLXXXU. Fuealyptus Jutsoni Maiden. Description Range Affinities CCLXXXIII. Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. Description Range Affinities I. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden. Description ° ° ° CCLXXXIV. Eucalyptus pumila Cambage. Description Range Affinities . CCLXXXV. Eucalyptus rariylora F. M. Bailey. Description Range Affinities . PAGE, 2gt 234 295 CCLXXXVI. Eucalyptus Mundiongensis Maiden. Description : : . ‘ : . ° ° Range cle, tei Km ele eos StI ON kh Od teeny ero Affinities) 2) Be eve sos Mee re No. ll. The Bark. (Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 1. Early references to Eucalyptus barks and early Eucalyptus vernaculars in general 2. Eucalyptus bark classifications ;— i. Mueller (1859) ii. Mueller (1884) iii. Maiden (1891) iv. Cambage (1913) v. Baker (1919) . vi. Maiden (1921) 0. Mallees, Marlocks, and other small species. a. True Mallees . b. False Mallees e. Marlocks PAGE. 305 306 306 | 30.8 315 317 320 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXI. FE. Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. In Journ. Royal Society, N.S.W., xlix, 319 (1915). FoLLowine is the original description :— Arbor alta, altitudinem 80 feet attinens, aetate opposito-foliata florescens. Folia juvenia fere amplexicaulia, petiolis brevibus vel absentibus, latissime lanceolata ad fere ovata, basi cordata, apice obtusa, pallida saepa glauca, 8-12 cm. longa, 6-7 cm. lata. Venae patentes, venis principis fere parallelibus, margine crassata. Folia matura petiolata, alternata, falcata, petiolis 2 cm. longis, foliis ad 16 cm. longis et 4 cm. latis. Alabastri, pedunculis brevibus leniter planis, floribus sessilibus vel fere sessilibus, 4-7 capitulo. Operculum hemisphaericum circiter dimido cupula subangulare aequilongum. Antherae aperintes in fissuris parallelibus, versatiles, dorso glandula magna. Fructus non vidimus. “ Amongst the tallest of the tropical species, occasionally reaching a height of SO feet.” Particulars as to habit, bark, and timber, not available. [The following is supplementary information from Mr. Fitzgerald’s MSS. “Height 40-70 feet, trunk to 30 feet, diameter 14-24 feet, bark persistent, white to greyish-white, smooth; timber reddish, not very hard or tough.—Quoted by Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] Juvenile leayes.—The following description has been drawn up from specimens in the fiowering (or rather plump bud) stage; they represent, as far as we have them at present, the juvenile leaf stage; at the same time, they are mature to the extent that they are contemporaneous with the inflorescence. Opposite, almost stem-clasping, the petioles being very short or absent; very broadly lanceolate to nearly ovate, cordate at the base, apex blunt pointed, margin sometimes undulate, pale coloured, or entirely glabrous. Length 8-12 cm., width 6-7 em. Venation spreading, the principal veins roughly parallel, and making an angle of approximately 60 degrees with the midrib ; the margin thickened, the intramarginal vein well removed from the edge, the venation distinct, particularly on the lower surface. [From additional material collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, the following additions to the description have been drawn up :— Juvenile leaves.—Slightly glaucous, equally green on both sides, slightly stem-clasping around a nearly terete branchlet, oval to ovoid or broadly-lanceolate, tapering into a blunt or rounded apex, up to 18 em. (say 7 in.) long by 8 em. (say 3} in.) broad, secondary veins roughly parallel, at an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib and with abundance of fine anastomosing veins, the intramarginal vein well removed from the edge.—Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] Mature leayes.—(Petiolate, alternate, lanceolate, faleate, with petioles of 2 cm., and leaves up to 16 cm. long and 4 cm. wide. Venation distinct, the foliage pale-coloured and glabrous and the two surfaces scarcely to be distinguished from each other.) 292 Flowers.—Buds with short, slightly flattened peduncles, the individual flowers sessile or almost so, four to seven in the head as seen. Opercula hemispherical, about half the length of the calyx-tube, which tapers only slightly, and which is usually sub-angular. (Filaments turn red on drying. Anthers open in parallel slits, attachment of filaments versatile, large gland at back.) Fruits not seen. [Fruits conoid to hemispherical, small (rather more than 5 mm. in diameter), nearly sessile, the short broad pedicel continued into the calyx-tube, forming two or more angles. Peduncle of 5 to 7 mm., also flattish and angular. The fruit with a narrow rim, the tips of the capsule slightly exsert and not adnate to the edge. Description drawn up from material collected by Mr. J. H. Niemann at Pine Creek, Northern Territory, and given by me in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. li, 450, 1917.] Type.—Isdell River near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, North Western Australia, No. 1014, collected by W. V. Fitzgerald, May, 1905. The sentences in round brackets () have been drawn up from Specimens (No. 1357) collected at the base of the Artesian Range, Kimberleys, by Mr. Fitzgerald. The sentences in square brackets [ | have been drawn up from the sources stated. In the following year (viz., 1916) Mr. Fitzgerald, on the eve of his departure for the war, placed certain of his botanical manuscripts in my care, and I found the following description of this species amongst them, which supplements, to some extent, my original description :— Arborescent, branchlets angular; leaves on the young plants opposite or sub-opposite, shortly petiolate, ovate-cordate, obtuse, those on the tree alternate, conspicuously petiolate, broad to narrow- lanceolate, usually falcate, acuminate, all thin, of dull lustre, the oil dots copious, veins fine, numerous, ascending and evident, reticulated between, intramarginal one adjacent to the edge; flowers 4-8, sessile and rather closely packed, on axillary and lateral thick terete peduncles which are much dilated upwards ; calyx-tube obconical, not ribbed; lid depressed, hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube ; stamens inflected in the bud; anthers oblong, with parallel distinct cells dehiscing longitudinally; ovary flat topped; style short. Leaves (Juvenile) 3-4 inches long, (Mature) 6-8 inches long, the petioles to 1 inch. Peduncles 2 lines long; calyx-tube 2 lines or less in length. Stamens 2 lines, the filaments white. Fruit not seen. Locality.—On grassy plains, Upper Isdell River, base of Artesian Range (W.V.F.). The species is named in honour of Dr. F. M. House of Western Australia. Affinity.—Z. fecunda, Schauer. RANGE. -It is a tropical species occurring both in Western Australia and the Northern Territory. Western Australia.—The type comes from Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, North West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014)—‘‘ In swampy and wet sandy localities, associated with the coarser kind of grasses were H. Houseana and E. ptychocarpa.” (Fitzgerald in “ Kimberley Report,” p, 12). 293 Appendiz.—The name Houseana was used by Mr. Fitzgerald in the Western Mail, Perth, W.A., of 2nd June, 1906. No description of the plant was ever published. A small scale photograph was accompanied by the following words :—* Eucalyptus Houseana W.V.F., after Dr. F. M. House, is among the tallest of the tropical species, it occasionally reaching a height of 80 feet. This tree usually occurs on well-grassed plains between the Isdell and Charnley Rivers (original description, p. 322).” Northern Territory.—t attribute the following four specimens to this species :— 1. Scientific Expedition of Prof. (now Sir) W. Baldwin Spencer (and others) from Darwin to the Roper River, Gulf of Carpentaria, July-August, 1911. At Cullen Creek Prof. Spencer collected a specimen with glaucous foliage, twigs and buds. Leaves sessile but hardly stem-clasping; flowering while the leaves are still opposite. The leaves as much as 15 em. long and half as broad. Then I have three specimens from the Pine Creek Railway, viz. :— 2. Collected by Dr. H. I. Jensen, Government Geologist, Darwin, in August, 1913. His label reads, “Sessile leaf, white bark (? smooth bark—J.H.M.), small flower and fruit (no fruit available—J.H.M.), rather crooked branches.” Close to type. 3. A similar specimen from E. J. Dunn, Pine Creek Railway, same date, also in bud and leaf. 4. Specimen in leaf, bud, and flower from Pine Creek, J. H. Niemann, August 1904. This differs from the type, and Nos. 2 and 3, in having distinct pedicels to the flowers. There is a slight umbo to the operculum, probably because the bud is fully developed. The leaves are mostly narrower-lanceolate than the type, and most have distinct, though very short, petioles. (Original description, p. 320). In Ewart and Davies’ “ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 311 (1917), I quoted the following additional localities :— 381. Burrundie (McKinlay River flats). 359. “ Snow-white bark, smooth-barked tree, grewing singly or in branches like Mallee. Medium size. It is crooked on poor soil, straighter on Burrundie alluvial soil.” Burrundie. - 3 345. “ Particularly partial to flooded clay flats. Like many trees it loses its leaves in the dry season.” Pine Creek. 379. “Tree up to 40 feet high, smooth white bark.” On flats, Pine Creek to Wandi. 375. Wandi. Non-glaucous. 380. Mount Diamond to Wandi Flats. 413. Umbrawarra. Dr. Jensen says that the forms from the hills and from the flats may look very different, which may be due to a stunting of the former, which have a much smaller leaf and fruit. 294 uN TT eS: This is another of the few species which flower in the opposite-leaved or juvenile stage (See Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlviii, 424 (1914) ). If described from the type only, it might have been looked upon as homoblastic species, but the additional material I have quoted shows that, like EH. praecow (loc. cit.), it is heteroblastic, hke the vast majority of species of this genus. We can only say that it is an example of retarded heteroblasty. Other instances of retarded heteroblasty in Eucalyptus are :— E. Risdon Hook. f. See Plate 32 of the present work. EH. Gillai Maiden.: See Plate 67, op. cit. E. cinerea, F.v.M. See Plate 89, op. cit. E. cinerea F.v.M., var. multiflora. Plate 90, op. cit. E. melanophloia F.v.M. In the absence of a complete suite of specimens and full data as regards E. Houseana, | am only able to suggest relationships to the following species at present :— 1. With EF. alba Reinw. The flower-buds of #. Houseana may resemble those of H. alba a good deal. Exceptionally the leaf-blade may resemble that of H. Houseana in shape and venation, but that of H. alba is not sessile at any stage, not cordate at the base, and is often gross in size. Speaking generally, the foliage of H. alba is not pale-coloured, whether arising from glaucousness or not. Both species flourish in moist, low-lying localities. 2. With E. clavigera A. Cunn. It differs from this species in the hairiness of the leaves (particularly) in young specimens, so common in #. clavigera, in the numerous flowers, in the great length of the peduncles and pedicels, and in the clavate shape of the buds of FE. clavigera. The shape of the leaves and the venation may, exceptionally, be a good deal similar in the two species. (Original description, p. 321.) 3. With E. faeunda Schauer, according to Mr. Fitzgerald himself. E. feecunda is figured and described in Part IV. Iam not able to indicate close affinities, and leave the matter for further enquiry. 295 DESORTE DION: CCLXXXII. FE. Jutsoni Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lil, 61 (1919). FoLLow1nc is the original description :— Frutex parvus ramulosus circiter 6-8 altus, trunco tenue. Ramulorum apicibus planis mox teretibus. Foliis maturis brevissime petiolatis, angusto-linearibus, 7-5-9 cm. longis, crassis, duris venis inconspicuis. Pedunculis brevissimis vel absentibus 2-4 floris; calycis tubo conoideo operculo acuminato conoideo xquilongo. Antheris #. angustissime similibus. Flores non vidimus. “A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root-gum, about 6 to 8 feet high on the average. White flowers, yellow pointed buds. Ants very numerous on the bark” (J. T. Jutson). Branchlets flattened at the tips, but soon becoming terete. Juvenile leaves not seen. Mature leaves very shortly petiolate, narrow linear, acuminate. slightly twisted, 7-5-9 cm. (say 3-3} inches) long, wiry, thickish and tough, the veins inconspicuous, often channelled at the inconspicuous midrib. Peduneles axillary, very short or absent, flattened, each with two to four flowers. Buds sessile or tapering into a short, flattened pedicel-like process, the calyx-tube conoid, and of the same length as the acuminate conical operculum. Flowers.—Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers renantheroid (i.e, somewhat resembling the Renanthere), and apparently similar to those of E. angustissima. Style long, the stigma scarcely thickened, the ovary conical. Fruits not seen. Type from Comet Vale, W.A. (John Thomas Jutson, No. 216. Formerly Geological Surveyor on the staff of the Geological Survey of Western Australia.) RANGE. It is only known from Comet Vale, a township on the railway line 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. 296 VEE UNIONS). 1. With £. angustissima F.v.M. Its closest affinity appears to be with the imperfectly known EF. angustissima. See the present work, Part XIX, with Plate 84. FE. Jutsoni appears to be a coarser plant than LH. angustissima, and its conoid or tip-cat buds are qui'e different in shape to those of fig. 7a, which has very short, though distinct, non-tapering pedicels. Fruits of 8b, as depicted, could not result from the flowers of E. Jutsonz. The anthers of the two species may not be dissimilar, but I have not seen ripe ones of F. angustissima. After the most careful consideration I am quite satisfied that, although the two species present some points of resemblance, they are distinct. 2. With EF. oleosa F.v.M., var angustifolia Maiden. This is a narrow-leaved form of the species, figured at fig. 17, Plate 65 (the type), with other specimens referred to this form, viz., fig. 18, Plate 65, and fig. 1, Plate 66, with figs. 2 and 3, Plate 66, perhaps belonging to it. The type of var. angustifolla=E. socialis F.v.M., and it differs from #. Jutsoni in the broader, more distinctly veined leaves, and in the number of fiowers in the head. Incidentally it may be pointed out that the buds figured at fig. 1b, Plate 66, display great similarity to those of typical #. angustissima (fig. 6a, Plate 84). 297 DES@RIP DION: CCOLXXXII. F. adjuncta Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 167 (1920). FoLiow1ne is the original description :— Arbor alta, “Grey Gum,” ligno atro-rubeo. Foliis maturis petiolatis lanceolatis, rectis vel faleatis, venis secundariis patentibus non prominulis. Alabastris axillaribus, umbellis 5-floris in duobus paribus, pedunculis pedicellisque gracilibus, calycis tubo obconico, operculo rostrato 1 cm. longo. Fructibus hemispherico-conoideis, ca 1 cm. diametro, calycis tubo leve margine distincta, capsule valvis valde exsertis. A tall tree of 70 or 80 feet, with a diameter of 3 or 4 feet (Andrew Murphy); the bark smooth, and somewhat rough in patches, like that of a Grey Gum; timber deep red. Juvenile Jeavyes.—What are known as “suckers” (adventitious shoots) are not available, but a young seedling has leaves of medium width. Mature leaves small (as far as the material is available), petiolate, lanceolate, straight or falcate, tapering gradually to the apex, without lustre, secondary veins not prominent, spreading, the midrib and marginal vein pink in colour. The original material was mislaid. When subsequent search was made for the original trees it was found that the group of three had been destroyed in the widening of the line, and others have not yet been found. The belated description is published now, in the hope that other trees may be traced. Buds axillary, usually in two pairs of three flowered umbels, peduncles slender, 1 cm. long and nr more, decurved, pedicels slender, of half that length, calyx-tube smooth, obconical, 5 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, terminating somewhat abruptly in the pedicel; operculum rostrate, 1 cm. long. Anthers long, white, opening in parallel slits, gland at back, versatile. Fruits hemispherical-concoid, about 1 cm. in diameter, calyx-tube smooth, with distinct domed rim, the valves of the capsule three or four and well exsert. RANGE. Close to the bank of a fresh-water creek, near the eastern side of the railway line, about three-quarters of a mile from Wyee Railway Station, towards Morisset, Wyee is 71 miles north of Sydney, and 33 miles south of Newcastle, New South Wales. The species has been temporarily lost, so we must postpone further notes as to its range. It has probably been confused with other Grey Gums in well-watered littoral districts of New South Wales and Queensland. 298 AFFINITIES. Its position seems to be between Z. longifolia, Link and Otto, and EH. punctata DC., but to come nearer to the former. The timber seems to be nearer EL. longifolia in texture and colour, although that of H. punctata runs it closely. As regards the bark, while EZ. punctata is consistently a Grey Gum, one may have logs showing that the woolly bark (woolly-butt) of #. longifolia almost disappears, showing bark inter- mediate between a Grey Gum and a Woolly-butt. £. adjuncta is a Grey Gum. 1. With E£. longifolia Link and Otto. For EF. longifolia see Part XX, Plate 86, of the present work. There is similarity in the pink veins of the leaves and in the three-flowered umbels and in the timber. There are differences in the larger leaves of H. longifolia, in the (as a rule) smaller flowers, in the absence or almost absence of exsertion of the valves and in the roughness of the bark. 2. With E. punctata DC. Originally E. adjuncta was sent as a “ bark and timber not to be distinguished from H. punctata.” For E. punctata see Part XXIX, Plates 121, 122, of the present work, where it wil! be seen that the peduncles and pedicels are thicker, the flowers are more numerous in the umbel, the buds different in shape, and the fruits different. 299 DESCRIPTION: I. E. pilularis Sm. FoLLow1nG is the original description of a variety :— E. pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden, in Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii 94 (1913). Bucca Creek, near Coff’s Harbour, New South Wales. (A. H. Lawrence, J. L. Boorman.) Type, J. L. Boorman, June, 1911. A tall, sound “ Blackbutt,” 4 to 7 feet in diameter, bark ribbony up to beyond the third or fourth branches. Bark on the butt similar to that of the normal species. Branchlets often glaucous and double opercula common. Fruit large, often pyriform, commonly 1-5 cm. long, 1 cm. broad in the dried state. Since the above was published I have obtained the following additional particulars from Mr. Boorman :—*“ Tall trees of 60-80 feet. Timber straight in the grain. On the hills away from Bucca Creek on the Woolgoolga road near Coff’s Harbour. Only a few trees in the district.” i At one time I thought this might be a species distinct from E. pilularis. It differs from the normal species in the size and shape of the fruits. I have, however, since obtained some fruits which are nearly as globular as those of normal FZ. pilularis. The glaucous branches in the variety seem different. The juvenile leaves of both forms seem to be the same. It is certainly an interesting variety. For a reference to aboriginal names of normal FZ. pilularis see Part I, p. 27, also a paper by me in Agricultural Gazette, N.S.W., October, 1903, p. 989. 300 DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXIV. E. pumila Cambage. In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 453, 1918 (with Plate XX XVII). Fottow1neG is the original description :— Arbuscula alta, cum truncis multis separatis, in altum pedes quindecim viginitive extendens, trunci diametrum unciarum duarum triumve habens. Ramuseuli angulares precipue ad extremitates. Folia (reversio) tenera ovata ad ovata-lanceolata, 3-5 em. longa 1-1-5 em. lata. Folia matura linearia-lanceolata ad ovata-lanceolata, modice crassa, sex.ad duodecim cm. longa, unum ad tria cm. lata, sepe leviter falcata; utrobique obtuse viridia, extremitates fusce et flaccide, systema venosa modice clara, vene laterales angulis cir. circiter 40 ad 55° e corta media disposite, vena inter margines plerumque juxta marginem, olei glandule numerose. Petiolus 1-1-5 cm. longus. Gemmae.—Fusce cum colore viridi tinctee, proper sessiles vel cum pediculis circiter unum mm. longis, operculum conoide, quinque ad septem mm. long, calycistibus vix longitudinis dimidius pedunculus, aliquanto complanatus circiter unum mm. longus. Flores.—Circiter septem ad tredecim in umbella, antheree modice calle parallele. Fruetus.—Prope sessiles, hemisphericales, diametrus circiter septem mm. plerumque cum quatuor valvis exsertis, ora crassa, convexi. Cortex.—Tenuis et levis ad humum, interdum cum vittis pendulis longis, crassus 5-2 mm., color cinereus vel subviridis. Lignum.—Fuscum in centrum, durum. A tall shrub of many separate stems reaching 15-20 feet high, with stem-diameter of 2-3 inches. Branchlets.—Angular, especially towards the tips. Juvenile (reversion) FoLtaAcE.—Ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, 1-2-5 cm. broad. Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, fairly thick, 6-12 cm. long, 1-3 em. broad, often slightly faleate, dull green on both sides, tips brown and withered. Venation fairly distinct, lateral veins arranged at angles of from about 40-55 degrees with the midrib, intramarginal vein usually close to the edge. Oil glands numerous. Petiole from 1-1-5 em. long. Buds.—Greenish-brown, almost sessile or with pedicels about 1 mm. long, operculum conoid, 5 to 7 mm. long, the calyx-tube scarcely half that length, peduncle somewhat flattened, about 1 cm. long. Flowers.—About 7-13 in the umbel, anthers of medium size, the cells parallel. Fruits.—Almost sessile, hemispherical, about 7 mm. in diameter with usually four exserted valves, rim thick, convex. Bark.—Thin and smooth to the ground, sometimes ribbony, -5-2 mm. thick, slaty to greenish in colour. Timber.—Brown towards centre, tough. Seedlings.—Hypocotyl red, erect, glabrous. 301 Cotyledons slightly emarginate, 1-7 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, lobes oblong-obtuse, upper side green, underside red, glabrous; petiole 2 mm. long. Seedling foliage opposite for two or three pairs, entire, glabrous, oval-lanceolate to ovate and ovate-lanceolate, obtuse. First pair up to 1-4 cm. long, 7-5 mm. broad, upperside green, underside red to purple, petiole 2mm. long. Second pair up to 3 em. long, 1-8 em. broad, underside red to purple, petiole 5 mm. Third pair up to 4-7 cm. long, 2-4 em. broad, underside at first reddish purple, becoming pale green, petiole up to 7 mm. Stems red. The seeds germinated twelve and a half years after being gathered. .Plants when about 6-8 inches high developed nodules or swellings about the axis of the cotyledons, which had fallen. RANGE, Near Pokolbin, a quarter of a mile west of portion 146, Parish of Rothbury County of Westmoreland, New South Wales. This species is a Mallee growing on the side of a hill amongst Hucalyptus siderophlova Benth., H. maculata Hook., Callitris calcarata R.Br., Casuarina Luehmanni R. T. Baker, and C. stricta Ait. The specific name is in allusion to the dwarfed habit of the tree. FUE IEIUN OI eS 1. With £. dealbata A. Cunn. Its closest affinity appears to be with H. dealbata A. Cunn., from which it differs in bark and timber, as well as the texture of the leaves, and the position of the intra- marginal vein. The seedling foliage is also different. (The evolution of the Kucalypts in relation to the cotyledons and seedlings, by Cuthbert Hall, M.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxix, Plate 46). H. dealbata will sometimes grow in Mallee form, but in such cases the bark remains fairly thick, and the timber soft. 2. With FE. Behriana F.v.M. In bark, timber, oil and habit #. pumila much resembles FE. Behriana F.v.M., but differs in the flowers, fruits and leaves. Leaves of this Hucalyptus were procured and distilled in August, 1907, at the Technological Museum. Messrs. Baker and Smith report on the oil as follows :— The yield of oil is large, 617 1b. of leaves with terminal branchlets giving 9 lb. 10 oz. of oil—equa] to 1:56 per cent. The oil is very rich in eucalyptol, and both in yield and eucalyptol content this species is one of the best from which to distil Eucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical purposes, and in this respect may be associated with B. Smitha, B. polybractea (fruticetorum) and EB. Morrist?, The oil contains some 302 pinene, but the dextrorotatory form only slightly predominates, and consequently the large fraction of rectified oil does not vary but slightly in optical properties from that of the crude oil. This is contrary to the general experience with oils of the eucalyptol class, as in those the dextrorotatory pinene generally predominates. There are only a few species which give an oil, the rectified portion of which has a less dextrorotatory than the crude oil; 2. dealbata is one of the species having this peculiarity as well as E. Behriana, E. maculosa, and a few others. No phellandrene could be detected. A small amount of the lower boiling aldehydes was present; the odour indicated that butaldehyde and valeraldehyde were present, thus following the general rule. The crude oil in appearance and other characteristics resembles those of this group generally, and the recified oil is slightly tinted yellow. . . . Of the most closely allied oils it more nearly approaches EL. dealbata than that of any other species which has yet been investigated, although the resemblance between it and the oil of #. Behriana is also strongly marked. Being a Mallee, it was thought that it might contain a considerable amount of calcium oxalate in the bark. The green bark taken from small sticks had a thickness of 1 to 2 millimetres; it was found to contain 3-85 per cent. of calcium oxalate. The amount of calcium oxalate in the bark of the largest piece having a diameter of 3 inches was 5-39 per cent. The crystals in the bark of this species differ in no respects from those of Eucalyptus barks generally (see paper with plate by H. G. Smith in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix, 23, 1905). The amount of lime in the bark of H. dealbata was 1-19 per cent. 303 DESCRIPTION: CCLXXXV. E. rariflora F. M. Bailey. In Queensland Agric. Journ., January, 1914, p. 62, with plates. FOLLOWING is the original description :— A tall tree not recorded as very abundant; branchlets slender of a pleasing red colour. Leaves very variable in shape, those of the flowering branchlets varying from lanceolate to oblong or even ovate, from 2-44 inches long and 4-1 inch broad, or the ovate ones still broader on slender petioles of about 1 inch. On young trees the leaves are almost orbicular, or sometimes obversely reniform, and mostly broader than long, but always slightly decurrent on the petiole from 4-3 inches long and 3-3} inches broad, apex sometimes emarginate, texture thin, in the young leaves, almost membranous. (The petioles in these large leaves are often over 2 inches long.) Parallel nerves numerous, slender, branching at the top, where they join the intramarginal one, which is sometimes very close, at other times rather distant from the edge, the smaller veins forming a very delicate irregular reticulation. Oil dots numerous. Inflorescence composed of slender erectopatent panicles of usually few scattered pedicellate flowers; at times in umbels of three or four flowers. Operculum very short, scarcely exceeding 1 line, blunt or very slightly umbonate. Stamens inflected in the bud, the outer ones 14 lines long. Anthers globular, opening in broad slits. Fruit (including the short pedicel) 4 lines long, about 2 lines diameter; rim rather broad. Capsule sunk, 4-celled, the valves not exserted. Seeds small, somewhat pear-shaped, dark brown and slightly rugose. The trunk and large branches are (according to information and specimens kindly supplied to me by Dr. T. L. Bancroft) covered with hard-fibrous, black, corrugated bark, such as would merit the name of Black Box (Rhytiphloiew). The colour of the timber is pale brown. RANGE. It is confined to Queensland, so far as we know at present, the only specimens known coming from Eidsvold and Mundubbera. 304 AE LE INI Ss The author was struck by the remarkable shape of the juvenile leaves, but suggested no affinity. The affinity is with L. populifolia Hook., see Plate 48, Part X. There is no doubt that the two species are closely related, and it may be that they belong to the same species. I have received admirable specimens and notes from Dr. T. L. Bancroft, who suggested hybridism, an opinion I held for a number of years, but which I abandoned. If the references and plates to H. populifolia and EH. rariflora be examined, it will be found that in both species we have a predominance of round or poplar-leaves (populifolia), but also lanceolate leaves of various widths. In 2. populifolia we have the narrower leaves in trees which do not appear to carry the broadest leaves, or which have not been collected on the same tree. In £. rariflora we have the two kinds of leaf on the same tree. These narrow leaves above referred to are shiny and are generally recognised as belonging to HL. populifolia; indeed, bushmen call the shrub or tree producing them “ Narrow-leaved Bimble Box.” It is around these narrow leaves that the uncertainty, referred to hybridism as one explanation, has gathered. (For example, I thought the explanation was in assuming a hybrid between H. populifolia and B. bicolor, the latter being a species often associated with the former, and having narrow leaves.) The explanation I submit at the present time is that in all these forms we have one comprehensive species, consisting of— 1. LH. populifolia, with broad leaves, as we usually know it. 2. With lanceolate leaves of various widths. 3. HL. rariflora, with leaves of (1) and (2) combined on the same tree. I believe that we have isoblastic and heteroblastic species which are but forms of one another, and that we keep them apart because we have not the connecting evidence. In the present case | have given the evidence as to leaves; I cannot see any difference in inflorescence and fruits. The barks and timbers appear to be alike. I have given sufficient evidence to cause both Queensland and New South Wales botanists to endeavour to settle a very interesting and far-reaching point as to the relations between, or the identity of, the two species. DESCRIPTION. CCLXXXVI, FE. Mundijongensis Maiden. In Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii, 225 (1913). FoLLow1nG is the original description :— Arbor alta, Cortex basi trunci dura et secedens. Rami teretes. Lignum pallidum. Folia circiter 15 cm. longa et 2 cm. lata, angusto-lanceolata, leniter falcate, nitentia, concoloria, crassa, coriacea, petiolata, penniveniis parum conspicuis. Alabastri in apicem acutati, clavati. Operculum in apicem acutatum circiter dimidio calycis tubo equilongum. Flores non vidi. Fructus fere sessiles, cylindroidei, circiter 1-5 cm. longi et -75 cm. diametro, margine angusta et sulecata. Valvarum apices sub orificio valde depressi. A tall tree, about 80-100 feet high, and 5 feet in diameter anout 4 feet from the ground. The trunk of the only specimen known at present leans somewhat and divides into two main branches of approximately equal diameter at about 25 feet from the ground. Bark.—“ Fine adherent bark at base, top clean”’ (Dr. Cleland). Specimens of the bark forwarded by Mr. H. M. Giles and also by Mr. Wallace, are hard, flaky, breaking off in long woody strips. Bark of smaller branches smooth, but exhibiting exfoliation. It has a good deal in common with the Peppermint barks of the Eastern States (e.g., E. piperita, Sm.). Timber.—Pale coloured. Juvenile leayes.—Coarse, thick, coriaceous, moderately shiny, equally green on both sides, petiolate, venation not very prominent, somewhat spreading at the base in some specimens, in others at an angle of about 60° to the midrib, and roughly parallel. Intramarginal vein not conspicuous, ard somewhat removed from the edge. Size of leaves seen by me about 12 em. long and 5 broad. Mature leaves.—Narrow lanceolar, somewhat falcate, shiny, equally green on both sides, thicxish, coriaceous, petiolate, venation inconspicuous and penniveined, margins thickened, and the fine intramarginal vein not close to the edge. Leaves seen by me about 15 em. long, and 2 broad. Bads.—Not seen perfectly ripe. Pointed clavate, slightly angular, the operculum pointed, very slightly exceeding the calyx-tube in diameter, and about half as long as the same. Each half ripe bud about 1 em. long with a pedicel of half that length, apparently three to seven buds in the umbel, with a -strap-shaped peduncle of 1-5-2 em. Flowers not seen. Fruits.—With short peduncles to nearly sessile, cylindroid, about 1-5 em. Jong, and about half that in diameter, with a thin, grooved rim, valves three or four, and the tips well sunk below the orifice. 306 RANGE. This is only known at present from one (perhaps two) localities in Western Australia. Following is the history of the species so far as I know it :-— Early in 1909, Dr. J. B. Cleland gave me a photograph of a tree and a few fragments of fruits and leaves from Jarrahdale, Western Australia. His label was “near Jarrahdale. Fine adherent bark at base, top clean. Near Jarrahdale Forest.” I recognised the specimens as identical with leaves and fruits given me by the late Mr. J. G. Luehmann, of the National Herbarium, Melbourne, many years ago when I intended to visit Western Australia, a trip which was postponed. This specimen bore the label, ‘‘ Close to the inn near Jarrah Dale, about 28 miles from Perth (Sir) John Forrest, 22nd March, 1882.” The locality is near Mundijong Railway Station. I have been in communication with Mr. C. R. P. Andrews, of Perth, on the subject, both before and since my visit to the western State in 1909. Although I planned to visit the tree, and actually got as far as the railway station, I was compelled to return to Perth without mspecting it. Mr. Andrews kindly communicated with the local teacher, and the following are extracts from two of his letters :— The teacher (Mr. Stephen Wallace) states that the tree grows about 5 miles from Jarrahdale, and he therefore wrote to Mr. R. Cowen, on whose property the tree stands, for particulars. In forwarding the specimens, Mr. Cowen remarked, “Suckers are not obtainable. As far as I know, the tree is the only one of its kind in the district, and it seems to me to be a great age. The diameter is about 5 feet, and the tree grows on poor shallow soil: The sub-soil is remy pure pipe-clay, and it is in a very wet place, both in summer and winter. Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart.” The teacher states that it is a difficult tree to get specimens from, except when high winds blow the branches off. He also states that it appears to be in danger of destruction from white ants. Mr. Wallace has kindly forwarded small sections of one of the smaller branches and also some twigs at Mr. Andrews’s suggestion. For additional material I am indebted to Mr. H. M. Giles, of South Perth. AE INT Dies: 1. With £. inecrassata Labill. Mueller suggested this affinity on a label on Sir John Forrest’s specimen. The affinity, or, at all events, the resemblance, is there, no doubt. We have it in the cylindroid fruits, but I know of none quite so cylindrical as those of the present species. As regards the buds, the operculum is shorter than the calyx-tube in some forms of H. incrassata also, but there is an absence of multiple ribbing in the present 307 species. The juvenile leaves are somewhat different and the mature leaves are very different to those of any form of EH. incrassata | know. The proposed species is a large tree, far exceeding in size that of any form of L. incrassata I ever heard of. 2. With EF. gomphocephala DC. “ Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart ”’ (correspondent of Mr. Andrews). Figures of EZ. gomphocephala can be seen in the “ Eucalyptographia,” and at Plate 92, Part XXIV of the present work. The affinities are not close, the swelling of the operculum in EL. gomphocephala is a very prominent character, and there is only the trace of a swelling observable in the buds of the new species (they are, however, unripe). Occasionally, e.g., at fig. 2f of the plate quoted, the rim of the fruit of 2. gomphocephala may be reduced, in which case the fruit bears some resemblance to that of the new species. But it would appear that the fruit of LH. gomphocephala always has exserted valves. The resemblance of the leaves is not specially close. When I get flowers I will again raise the question of the affinities of this tree; in the absence of them, any conclusions must be of a provisional nature. 308 THE BARK, (Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 1. EARLY REFERENCES TO EUCALYPTUS BARKS, AND EARLY EUCALYPTUS VERNACULARS IN GENERAL. THE earliest reference to Eucalyptus trees in the field is by Banks in 1770 (Hooker’s “ Journal of the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks,” 1896), but although he and Solander observed them at both Botany Bay and Northern Queensland, their barks do not appear to have attracted his attention. This is not to be surprised at, as, close to the sea, they lo not exhibit that degree of variation which is observed further inland. Apart from that, his visit was but a flying one, with the nature of the country, its aborigines, its fauna, its plants, all most puzzlingly strange. Mr. Caley [George Caley was in New South Wales from 1800 to 1810.—J.H.M.] has observed in the limits of the colony of Port Jackson nearly fifty species of Eucalyptus, most of which are distinguished, and have proper names applied to them, by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in the colowr, texture, and scaling of the bark [the italics are mine], and in the ramification and general appearance of these trees, more readily distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do (Robert Brown in Flinders’ “ Voyage to Terra Australis,” ii, 545, 1814). In the same work (i, 18) Robert Brown had already stated— Of Eucalyptus alone nearly 100 species have been already observed; most of these are trees, many of them are great, and some of enormous dimensions. But only fourteen species were known to science in 1814, and only six species are referred to by Brown in his Collected Works (Ray Society). Hooker’s Eulogium (Proc. Linn. Soc., 1888, pp. 56-7), says :— Now, Brown, in the appendix to Flinders’ “‘ Voyage’ says that he collected nearly 4,000 species (3,900) in Australia . . . The species were, in a great measure, at any rate, described as collected in Australia itself, the descriptions were written out in the homeward voyage, and it only remained on the return to England to complete the work. ? It seems impossible that he excluded the Eucalypts. I have referred to the matter in my “ Sir Joseph Banks,” p. 42. If Caley or Brown made notes on the bark, they have not been preserved (or at all events, they have not been seen by an Australian specialist in the genus); from men of their powers of observation the notes could not fail to have been of interest. The aborigines of the districts in which Caley worked are practically extinct now. It is scarcely possible they abstained from making notes on such a difficult and interesting subject. We know that Caley brought specimens of timbers to England (“ A series of specimens of the native woods collected in New Holland by the late Mr. 309 George Caley,” and presented to the Linnean Society, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii, 597 (1832) have disappeared, and, probably, losing their labels, have long since been destroyed). Even a manuscript list of Caley’s (if it exists), describing the barks of New South Wales trees, would be worthy of perusal, for year by year, we can interpret such notes better. Dr. A. R. Rendle, Keeper of Botany, British Museum, has kindly given me original labels with some of Caley’s specimens, and I have given notes on them, e.g., E. eximia, Part XLII, p. 30. The first reference I can find to the use of the term “Gum Tree” is “ The Red Gum-Tree (Lucalyptus resinifera)”? im White’s “ Voyage,” p. 231 (1790). It had evidently got into use, for we have “ The Red Gum-tree ” in G. Barrington’s “ History of New South Wales,” p. 461 (1802). The term arose without reference to the bark, but to the Kino or “ gum ” which exuded from the tree. As early as “Gum” we have the name “The Peppermint tree (Hucalyptus piperita)” in White’s “ Voyage,” p. 226 (1790). This also did not refer to the bark, but to the leaves, which were early distilled for medicinal purposes for local use. See p. 228, Park LXVII of my “Forest Flora and New South Wales.” The words “ White Gum” will be found in Barracks’s MS. Journal of 1798, annotated and explained by R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Aust. Hist. Soc., vi, 33. The explorer was then somewhere near Bundanoon. The first use of the term “ White Gum ” I can trace in print is in Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, 192, 278, 285 (1827), as the abode of certain birds. If invite the attention of correspondents to these early vernacular names. The timber of “ Gum,” &c., was spoken of by James Flemming, “ Journal of Explorations, Port Phillip,” p. 25 (1802). It was apparently a common thing to speak of gum-timber by that time. Early uses of the term “ Blue Gum ” are as follow :— “Blue Gum,” Collins’ “ Account of New South Wales,” 11, 235 (1802). “Blue Gum Trees,” Oxley’s “ Expedition” (1820). Whether the first Blue Gum tree was named because the leaves were of a bluish cast (glaucous), or the young stems or branches, or both, cannot be stated with reference to a particular species. It may, or may not be, that H. saligna, the “Sydney Blue Gum,” was the first species to be called “ Blue Gum.” Although &. globulus, the Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum, has a bluer cast, the name, as applied to it, did not get into literature till later than 1802. The name “ Stringybark,” which even more than Ironbark is in common use throughout eastern and South Australia, does not appear to have early got into books. We have it in P. Cunningham, op. cif., 1, 187 (1827). But Mr. R. H. Cambage, op. cit. pp. 9 and 33, shows that it occurs in Barracks’s MS. Journal in the Year 1798 in the Mittagong and Moss Vale (New South Wales) districts. In page 33 it is a “ short Stringy Bark,” and therefore perhaps a Peppermint that is spoken of. Later on, one finds it noted as “The Strmg Bark tree” in J. O. Balfour's “ Sketch of New South Wales,” 37 (1845), and ~ Vessels formed of Stringybark ” are referred to in Westgarth’s “ Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). 310 Then, in noting the earliest reference to Ironbark I can put my hands on, it is to be noted that Gum-tree was synonymous with Eucalyptus, and that Ironbark was deemed (correctly) to be a form of Gum. Here we have an undoubted case of the use of the bark as a term in classification—“‘ A species of Gum-tree, the bark of which on the trunk is that of the Ironbark of Port Jackson.” See G. Barrington’s, “ History of New South Wales,” p. 263 (1802). Then Allan Cunningham in 1817 uses it in connection with E. sideroxylon. See Part XII, p. 82 of the present work. “Ironbark” is mentioned in Tans. Linn. Soc., xv, 260 (1827). Although there is a reference in the very earliest days of settlement to the Port Jackson timbers reminding the early settlers of Box (Buxus) because of their hardness, I cannot trace a very early record of the definite use of the term “ Box ” as so applied. In any case, the use of the term did not apply to the bark. Allan Cunningham, in his MSS. dated 1817, speaks of “* Bastard Box,” and this is repeated in Oxley, p. 126 (1820). Nor was the use of the term “ Apple ” one borrowed from the bark; it referred to the general appearance of the tree, and, while probably first applied to Angophora intermedia wes certainly applied to certain straggly, more or less bushy EHucalypts. In Oxley’s work, 1820, p.276, he speaks of “ That species of Kucalyptus vulgarly called the Apple-tree.’ In Leichhardt’s “‘ Overland Expedition, etc.,” p. 264 (1847), and in other pages, he speaks of “ Apple Gum.” I do not know what is the earliest use of the term ““ Bloodwood,” but I find the term ‘‘ Blood-tree ’’ (for the same thing, but now obsolete) in Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, 271 (1827), where such trees are given the aboriginal name of Mun-ning (probably E. corymbosa is meant), and they are stated to be the home of the Banksian Cockatoo. Here again the name does not refer to the bark. An early reference to the ““ Cider Gum” (#. Gunn) I find in Ross’s “ Hobart Town Almanack,” 1830, p. 119. Then we come to “ Blackbutted Gum,” Peter Cunningham’s “Two Years in Australia,” i, 187 (1827), in Sturt’s “Southern Australia,” 11, 236 (1833), and to * Blackbutt,” Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition,” p. 49 (1847). It was first applied to trees with dark, fibrous barks, which well covered the butts, but when applied to interior situations (the first use is by Sturt), and in the Goldfields of Western Australia, it means a Gum, with more or less flaky, hard, deciduous, bark, reaching not very far up the butt. The term “ Mountain Gum” was first used, so far as I know, by C. Sturt in “ Southern Australia,’ ii, 118 (1833). It is one of those local names, very widely used, which have caused a great deal of confusion. Then in Leichhardt’s ‘“‘ Overland Expedition to Port Essington” (1847) we have (so far as I know) the earliest references to— 1. “ Moreton Bay Ash” (E. tessellaris). 2. “ Flooded Gum,” p. 7. This is H. grandis (and to a less degree H. saligna), and is a reference to the moist situations such trees prefer. 311 3. “Spotted Gum,” p. 11 (following Hooker, 1844). This is 2. maculata, and is in reference to the spotted or rather blotched appearance of the bark. As knowledge progressed, it was found that a vernacular such as this, and indeed many others, became applied to more than one species. It was used by P. Cunningham, op. cit., 1827. In the same work, at i, 187, I find the term “ Woolly Gum,’ but this is now out of use, being superseded by Woolly-butt. The earliest reference I can find to the use of the term “ Mallee” is by W. Westgarth in“ Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). It is of aboriginal origin. “ Weeping Gum.” “A kind of Eucalyptus (this is 2. coriacea, A. Cunn.—J.H.M.) with long drooping leaves, called the ‘ Weeping Gum,’ is the most elegant of the family.” Mrs. Meredith’s, “My Home in Tasmania,” 1, 169 (1852). The name “Swamp Gum,” which I first find in Mitchell’s paper im Proc. Roy. Soc., Van Diemen’s Land, ii, 132 (1853), has much the same meaning as “ Flooded Gum.” ; The use of the name “ Lemon Scented Gum” (H. maculata, var. citriodora) will be found in G. Bennett’s “ Gatherings of a Naturalist,’ p. 265 (1860). We have now arrived at modern times, and can take up the vernaculars in Mueller’s writings in the fifties. The indexes of the volumes of the present work catalogue a very large number of vernacular names. a I offer these records of early vernacular names not as exhaustive (they are, indeed, almost casual); they may be useful in inviting the attention of students to trace the dates of entry of some plant-vernaculars into our language. I will now invite attention to two,statements of a general character concerning the barks of the Eucalypts. As regards Mr. R. T. Baker’s statement, as cited below, that the classification by the cortical system was introduced by the first settlers, the observation is not historically correct, although it has a stratum of truth in it. I have just submitted eighteen vernaculars, giving the earliest dates of their use as known to me, but only five of them, it appears to me, viz., Ironbark, White Gum, Blackbutt, Stringybark, Woolly Gum (Woolly-butt), and Spotted Gum, are based on the barks. At the same time the use of the bark for classification by the public is a valuable one, and as people become better informed, they will make a more accurate use of it. 1. “ The Gum trees are so designated as a body from producing a gummy, resinous matter, while the peculiarities of the bark usually fix the particular names of the species—thus the Blue, Spotted, Blackbutted, and Woolly Gums are so nominated from the corresponding appearance of their respective barks; the Red and White Gums from their wood; and the Flooded Gum from growing on flooded land.” (P.Cunningham’s “Two Years in New South Wales,” 1, 200 (1827). 2. “ The first practical classification of our Eucalypts was cortical—one that was introduced by the first settlers of Port Jackson, 1788, and founded on the appearance of the bark, and this grouping of these trees has lasted to this day.” (R. T. Baker’s “ Hardwoods of Australia,” p. 137). . D 312 2. EUCALYPTUS BARK CLASSIFICATIONS. i. Mueller, 1859.—The first serious. attempt (other than that of the unpublished one of Caley) to group Eucalypts by their bark was not made until 1859, when Mueller (Journ. Linn. Soc., iii, 99), as already indicated by me in Part I of the present work, p- 2, divided them into six groups, viz. :— 1. Leiophloie.—Smooth barks or Gums. 2. Hemiphlove.—Half-barks or Boxes. Rhytiphloie.—With wrinkled persistent bark, the least satisfactory of the groups. Pachyphloiw.—Stringybarks. Schizophlove.—tlronbarks. So pF we Lepidophloie.—Barks friable and lamellar. I did not quite understand what was meant by No. 6 at Part I, but at Part XXII, p. 37, of the present work, I have fully explained, I think, what Mueller intended to convey. It was probably the perusal of Mueller’s paper that caused Hooker to write to Bentham, under date 8th August, 1859, as follows :— Take Eucalyptus altogether as a genus, and it is really a remarkable vegetable, considering the number of forms its bark assumes; that alone would make it. notable. (L. Huxley’s “ Life of Hooker.”’) Bentham, 1866.—Then Bentham (B. Kl., ii, 186, 1866) writes— F. Mueller has proposed sections founded on the nature of the bark, of the value of which I am totally unable to judge, nor have I any means of availing myself of them, for the specimens themselves never show the character, and a large proportion of them are either unaccompanied by any notes of it, or the collectors’ notes are from various causes indefinite, unreliable, or even contradictory. Then in “ Kucalyptographia,’ Mueller elaborated his system of 1859, as we shall presently see, but he proposes to change his No. 4 (Pachyphlov@) as follows :— In “ Eucalyptographia ” (under H. tetradonta) he says :— the systematic term Puchyph/oie, adopted collectively for all the Stringybark trees, might perhaps give way to the still more expressive designation /nophloie, all stringybark trees, as the name implies, producing a very fibrous bark. I am not aware that anyone has followed Mueller in this substitution of Inophlovw for Pachyphloie. The stringybarks form one of the most natural of the bark-groups, and there is no justification in replacing one established term by another which is a synonym. Huxley’s views on the coining of new technical terms may be quoted here, and the moral is capable of very wide application :— : terms which are open to criticism, but which I adopt in the accompanying table, because they have been used. It is better for science to accept a faulty name which has the merit of existence, than to burthen it with a faultless newly invented-one. ( Critiques and Addresses,” p.-153.) 318 ii, Mueller, 1884.—Mueller, at the end of the “ Eucalyptographia” (1884), placed the species under sections, so far as he was able. with our wider knowledge, the positions assigned to many of the species in the sections have since been altered, as will be shown in my grouping of the barks. Mueller’s 1884 classification is not an improvement on his 1859 one; the reverse is the case. Following are his lists, and, 1. LetopHior#® (Mueller, 1884). 3. INOPHLOILA. pauciflora (coriacea). hemastoma. sepuleralis. ~ ochrophloia. Behriana. platyphylla. doratoxyton. salmonophloia. diversicolor. latifolia. clavigera. corynocalyx (cladocalyz). maculata. Torelliana. cordata. urnigera. rostrata. tereticornis. Gunnit. redunca. salubris. saligna. punctata. obcordata. megacar pa. globulus. 2. RHYTIPHLOILE. stellulata. odorata. polyanthema. hemiphloia. largiflorens (bicolor). pruinosa. populifolia. Howittiana. drepanophylla. macrotheca. Raveretiana. patens. decipiens. terminalis. Abergiana. trachyphloia. corymbosa. Watsonrana. eximia. rudis. setosa. resinifera. fecunda. robusta. botryordes. longifolia. cornuta. gomphocephala. melliodora. . (An attempted suppression of Pachyphloie, as already indicated.) eugeniordes. Stuartiana. acmenoides. prperita. capitellata. obliqua. macrocorys. macrorrhyncha. Baileyana. marginata. pulverulenta (cinerea is meant, Planchoniana. see Part XXI, p. 3). tetrodonta. 314 4, PACHYPHLOIZ. ptychocarpa. (No. 3 is the same as 4, as we have already seen.) 5. ScHIZOPHLOIZ. Sreberiana. Cloeziana. crebra. ficifolia. siderophloia. calophylla. melanophlova. 6. LEPIDOPHLOIZ. phenicea. peltata. miniata. In the following cases Mueller felt uncertain as to the place in his sections certain species should occupy, and he therefore arranged them as intermediates :— 7. RHYTIPHLOLZ—LEIOPHLOLE. tessellaris. occidentalis. gonrocalyzx. [We have three very dissimilar barks here.] 8. SCHIZOPHLOIA-—LEIOPHLOIE. paniculata leucoxylon. [The reason why Mueller suspended these two species between the Ironbarks and the Smooth-barks, was because he had confused— (a) E. paniculata (an Ironbark) with ZL. fasciculosa (a Smooth-bark). The confusion is explained at Part XIV, p. 140. (b) E. leucoxylon (a Smooth-bark) with EF. sideroxylon (an Ironbark). The confusion is explaimed at Part XII, p. 82. In other words, #. paniculata and EL. sideroxylon should go to the Schizophloia, and EL. fasciculosa and E. leucoxylon to the Leiophloie. | 9. SCHIZOPHLOIA-RHYTOPHLOLE. drepanophylla. Here we have a key to the confusion of H. drepanophylla (Schizophloic) with E. leptophleba (Rhytiphloie), see Part XLIX, p. 264. 10. [NopHLOo1a—LEIPHLOLA. amygdalina. [Whether he included #. radiata in E. amygdalina (which is probable), or not, only Hemiphlove (see p. 522), and Leiophlovwe are possibly in question. | 315 11. LeEIopHLOIa—RHYTOPHLOIL®. viminalis. [Z. vminalis is normally a Smooth-bark, though never quite free from rough bark at the butt. In some trees this rough bark extends a considerable distance along the trunk. See Part XXVIII, p. 168.] 12. Ruy TrPHLOL®—INOPHLOIE. pilularis. [In my view, this is a member of the Hemiphloiw. While there is some variation in the bark, as indeed in so many others, I do not know of sufficient in this species to admit it into the other groups mentioned. ] 13. Of the following species, Mueller did not know the nature of the bark, or of that of some of them: being such small species, he felt uncertain :— stricta. angustissima. Oldfieldiv. santalifolia. Todtiana. caesia. buprestium. gracilis. uncinata. alba. gamophylla. brachyandra. incrassata. oleosa. ceneorifolra. Foelschiana. vernicosa. pachypoda. erythronema. cosmophylla. alpina. Preissiana. pachyphylla. pyriformis. macrocarpa. tetraptera. odontocarpa. eudesmioides. tetragond. erythrocorys. [Of many of them we can speak now as to their bark, and I have transferred most to a practically natural group, dependent on habit—the Mallees or Marlocks. to be dealt with below, p. 321.] 1. Marden, 1891.—In the “ Educational Gazette of New South Wales” for June, 1891, p. 4, in an article on “ The Study of Eucalypts,” I wrote as follows (only New South Wales species were dealt with) :— Because of the height of these trees, and their uncertain periods of flowering, our readiest method of approximately distinguishing between them is by means of their barks. For this purpose we notic two things : 316 1, The texture, whether smooth, like a “ White-gum” (haemastoma); spotted like the “Spotted- gum” (maculata) ; scaly, like the “ Bloodwood” (corymbosa) ; compactly matted, or sub-fibrous, like the “ Woolly Butt ” (longifolia); or presenting the textures of bark well known under the names of “ Tron- bark,” “ Stringybark,” and so on. 2. Whether the roughish outside bark extends to the branches (e.g., corymbosa), or is confined to the trunk, e.g., Blackbutt (pilularis). Of the several groups of Eucalypts, two are fairly well defined—those with furrowed, hard bark, called Ironbarks, and those with fibrous barks, well known as Stringybarks. Even these two groups are not separated absolutely from the other species, some of which tend to approach them in the texture of their bark; thus, the “Mountain Ash” of the Blue Mountains and the southern mountainous districts (LE. Sieberiana) (E. gigantea was added later.—J.H.M.), sometimes resembles an Ironbark and, in fact, often goes by that name. Also the Peppermint (Z. piperita), and the Blackbutt (#. pilularis) sometimes have barks fibrous enough to fall within the category of Stringybarks. These instances may be largely multiplied, and I go into this detail to emphasise the fact that the local names of EKucalypts are somewhat elastic, and do not usually denote one species and no other. It is therefore desirable, as a rule, to guard against fitting botanical names on to the local ones, for we have five Blue Gums for example while some species, e.g., amygdalina (radiata) have numerous local names. There are, however, a few Hucalypts which have, I believe, appropriated certain local names to themselves, that is, the following are not ambiguous, and if the local names are properly applied, there is little difficulty in assigning the botanical ones The principal are :— : Bloodwood (H. corymbosa), Mountain Bloodwood (#. eximia), Blackbutt (HZ. pilularis), Yellow Box (E. melliodora), Woolly Butt (2. longifolia), Spotted Gum (HZ. maculata), White Mahogany (E. acmenioides), Swamp Mahogany (EH. robusta), Bastard Mahogany (E. botryoides), Tallow Wood (E. muicrocorys). It will be convenient for us to study Eucalypts according to a practical, though not strictly scientific, classification. 1. Gum Trees, a term frequently applied in a general sense to all Eucalypts, because there exudes from their trunks a reddish astringent “gum” or kino. The term, in a restricted sense, is applied to those with smooth barks. Following are our chief “Gum Trees” :— (a) White Gum so called on account of the colour of the bark); hemastoma, Gunnii, gomocalyx, pauciflora (coriacea), viminalis. () Red Gum (so called on account of the colour of the wood); H. rostrata (mainly found on the Murray). 317 (c) Blue Gum (these and the following Gums so called on account of the the tint of the bark); #. saligna, the principal Blue Gum of the coast districts; EF. Maideni, south-east New South Wales, for many years deemed to be E. globulus (Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum), (d) Grey Gum, E. punctata (which is sometimes also known as “ Leather-jacket ’’) E.. tereticornis (which is sometimes also known as “ Bastard Box ”’). 2. Our Tronbarks are as follows :— She Ironbarks (2. paniculata), Red-flowering Ironbark (#. siderorylon), Broad- leaved Ironbark (H. siderophloia), Narrow-leaved Ironbark (H#. crebra), Silver-leaved Ironbark of the north west (2. melanophloia). 3. Following are our Stringybarks :— g E. obliqua, E. macrorrhyncha, E. capitellata, ““ Coast Stringybark; also known as “ Broad-leaved or Silvery Stringybark,” owing to its greyish bark. H. eugenioides “ Stringybark ” (has a warm brown cast). Coast and Blue Mountains. - 4. Box. When a Gum-tree has a closely-matted fibrous bark, with interlocked tough wood, it is usually termed a “ Box,” from a fancied resemblance to the Turkey box-wood which is used for engraving. Following are our principal New South Wales Box-trees :— E. hemiphloia, the commonest Box of the coast districts; H. largiflorens (bicolor), Grey Box; £. microtheca, Bastard Box, or Coolibah of the interior; HE. polyanthemos, under this botanical name there is no doubt that two distinct trees, viz., Red Box or Slaty Gum, and lignum vite or Poplar-leaved Box, are included. (The latter is E. Baueriana, as afterwards ascertained); H. populifolia Bimble Box. 5. Mahogany. Some of our Hucalyptus timbers are called “* Mahoganies,” owing to a resemblance in appearance and texture to West Indian Mahogany. They are as follows :— White Mahogany (#. acmenioides), Bastard Mahogany (£. botryoides), Swamp Mahogany (£. robusta), Red or Forest Mahogany (H. resinzfera). * iv. Cambage, 1913. Mr, R. H. Cambage, Jowrn. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvu, 30, 1913, classifies Eucalyptus barks into five groups :— 1. Smooth. The Leiophloie of Mueller; the Gums. 2. Scaly. He gives HL. corymbosa, of the Bloodwood group, . . . asa type. 3. Scaly to sub-fibrous. This is an intermediate group, and includes the Boxes. 4, Fibrous. The Pachyphloiw of Mueller; the Stringybarks. Or . Furrowed. The Schizophlovw of Mueller; the [ronbarks. I reproduce what he said, for he makes the first geographical classification of some of the barks. 318 For the purpose of discussing the distribution of various kinds of bark, only well marked types have been selected, between each of which there are insensible gradations. I have not included the hemiphloie or half-barked section, because this designation gives no clue whatever to the nature or texture of the bark on the lower portions of the boles, and this character of rough bark occurring on the trunk in varying extent, with smooth branches, may be found distributed in some measure throughout most of the sections. ‘« There are so many gradations in the textures of the Eucalyptus barks, that it is impossible to account for them all in detail within the limits of five sections, and in a few cases a particular class of bark may be almost equally distributed over two climatic divisions. “Tn considering the allocation of the sections in New South Wales, the following four geographical divisions will be referred to, viz. :—the Coastal Area, the Mountain Region, Western Slopes, and Interior (see Plate I, not reproduced). In the following table the word “first” signifies “most abundant,” and “fourth” denotes. “ least abundant ”’ in the particular division under which the number appears. Barks. | Coastal. Mountains. Western Slopes. Interior. Smooth... oe ae =| Second ... ---| Hirst -:. oa hinder ve Fourth. Sealy ... eh ne if First... ...| Fourth (?) si Second ... .-.| Third (?). Scaly to sub-fibrous ... | hinders | Fourth ... ...| Second ... a First. Fibrous 4 Hrs bieeees al Second ... a ale hi. claese a) Fourth. Furrowed aoe ee - Ibe oe "| Fourth ... ...| Second ... || Third. “Smooth Barks.—The smooth barks, which include such trees as Hucalyptus viminalis and E. coriacea, are perhaps more typical of the Mountain Region than any other, with the Coastal Area ranking a close second. It seems remarkable that as the ascent is made, especially above 4,000 feet, and the more rigid climatic conditions are encountered, the Eucalypts, particularly if growing in the open, instead of bemg more densely coated with thick fibrous bark, are gradually restricted to the smooth-barked types, such as FH. coriacea and rubida in New South Wales and Victoria, and EL. Gunna, coccifera, and vernicosa in Tasmania. This goes to show that the actual protective qualities of the bark are not wholly regulated by the texture, but also depend upon the constituents contained in the bark. “Sealy Barks.—Among the scaly-barked Eucalypts, of which H. corymbosa of the Bloodwood group may be considered as a type, there are various gradations, and the section may be extended to include such trees as H. robusta. This class of bark, which is something between a scaly and a woolly, probably most nearly represents that of the earliest type of Kucalypt, and is most plentiful in the Coastal Area, next on the Western Slopes, and least in the Mountain Region, 319 “ Scaly to Sub-fibrous—In the sub-fibrous class, or what is a sort of transition from scaly to shortly-fibrous, we have amongst others 2. populifolia and HL. hemiphloia, of what are known as the Box-tree group, the bark of which is usually of a grey colour. The fibre is very short, the bark not particularly thick and usually covers most of the trunk and often the branches as well. The Box timbers are very hard, and like the Tronbarks, this class of Hucalypt absolutely shuns the colder situations, neither group having a representative in Tasmania. The Box-tree section is most common in the Interior and next to that, on the Western Slopes, occurring also in the Coastal Area, but absent from the mountains above an altitude of 3,000 feet in latitudes south of 32 degrees. “ Fibrous Barks—The commonest forms of fibrous-barked trees are known as Stringybarks, of which H. eugenioides and L. obliqua may be mentioned as types. Most ‘of these Stringybarks occur in the Coastal Area, and next in the Mountain Region, while there is only one species, 2. macrorrhyncha, on the Western Slopes, and, except for an occasional tree of the last-mentioned species, the fibrous-barked Kucalypt 1s unknown in the Interior. This distribution is of great interest, and appears to be in response to climatic conditions. A second form of fibrous bark, which is less stringy than the typical Stringybarks, and usually of a grey colour, is known as Peppermint- bark, from the fact that the species on which it grows possesses leaves which emit a strong odour of peppermint when crushed. The Peppermint group, of which H. dives, Andrewsi, amygdalina (radiata), and piperita are typical, belongs chiefly to the Mountain Region, and occurs also in the Coastal Area, but is absent from both the Western Slopes and the Interior, in fact, to an observer descending the western side of the mountains, ‘the presence of the Peppermints is evidence that cool conditions have not yet been left behind, while the occurrence of the Box-trees denotes that the country below the margin of the winter snow has been reached, and that fairly warm and comparatively dry conditions prevail. Three of the typical Peppermints, viz., H. dives, amygdalina and Andrewsi, rarely, if ever, descend below an altitude of 2,000 feet in latitudes north of 35 degrees, so that it seems probable that prior to the great uplift im the Kosciusko period, these species, in their present state of development did not exist in New South Wales except perhaps in the extreme south, and this latter possibility could apparently only apply to the first two. * Furrowed Barks.—The hard furrowed-barked trees of which the Ironbarks E. crebra and EF. sideroxylon may be regarded as types, are most numerous in the Coastal Area, and next to that, on the Western Slopes, being practically unknown in the Mountain Region above an altitude of 3,000 feet. It seems curious that the one ‘condition these hard-timbered, thick-barked Eucalypts avoid more than any other, is the cold. One species with equally rough furrowed bark on the trunk, but with softer fissile timber, viz., H. Sieberiana, which belongs to the Mountain Ash group flourishes from the sea level up to an elevation of about 3,500 feet on the ocean side of the mountains, but is almost unknown west of the Main Divide. #. Smithii is another species with furrowed bark on the lower part of the bole, and is found east of the Main Divide below an altitude of 3,000 feet.” 10) 320 v. Baker, 1919.—Mr. R. T. Baker in his “ Hardwoods of Australia,’ p. 187 (1919) divides Kucalypts into eleven groups, according to the barks, as follows :— “1. Bloodwoods.—In this group of trees the bark is rough, rigid, reddish in colour; friable; and very short in the fibre; with mediuni futrows. “2. Mahoganies—These have a bark almost identical with that of the Sttingybarks. ; “3. Boxes.—This is a more compact, fibrous-ridged bark than any of the previous groups, a light grey in colour, and the lattice pattern much smaller than in the Stringybarks, the furrows less deep than in any other lattice pattern group. “4. Tallow Woods.—This bark is yellow ochre in colour, laminated and scarcely rigid or furrowed. “5. Stringybarks.—These are characterised by the long fibres which intertwine and cross lattice-like, forming ridges and depressions, and are reddish-brown or gtey in colour. “6. Woollybutts.—This bark may be described as a coarser kind than, of vatiety of, the Box bark. “7, Blackbutts.—These have similar characters to the Stringybarks; only black at the surface, as though burnt, and not extending so far up the trunk or, branches. “8. Gums.—The largest group of all, having a smooth, pinkish, yellowish tint or whitish bark. “9. Peppermints.—These barks might be described as a fine lattice pattern, and rather closer in texture than that of the Stringybarks, but shorter in the fibre and - the colour more bordering on that of the Boxes. “10. Ashes.—Somewhat similar in character to the Blackbutts. “11. Ironbarks.—A hard, rugged, compact, broadly-latticed pattern, high ridged bark, either black or grey on the outer surface, and always dark red inside.” Some of these barks are illustrated, usually in profile. vi. Maiden, 1921.— Following is a grouping of the barks so far as I have been able to do it, and I would point out that no approxtmately complete classification can be offeréd until our knowledge of some barks is very much more complete than it is at present. Tt will be found desirable, in the present state of our knowledge, to combine study of the bark with that of size and habit of the species. In due course I shall offer a large number of photographs which illustrate these three characters. Further; it seems natural and convenient to combine colour (and even texture) of timber with the above classification, based on external characters, as it is the common practice of the Australian botanist and forester to use the tomahawk or axe in making his exaniination in the forest. 321 As I base my classification on that of Mueller’s of 1859, it may be a convenience at the outset to eliminate the smaller species (Mallees or Marlocks), partly because they form a natural group, and partly because they are not classified according to their barks. Nor are their timbers classified in practice as it is. They may, for the most part, be looked upon as depauperate Gums. I will make a few preliminary remarks on size, and, by the elimination spoken of, we shall be in a position to more conveniently study the remaining species. Descriptions of Barks necessarily tentative-—In describing the general appearance of the trees and their barks, I have, as frequently as possible, stood in front of what I considered average trees, and have written the descriptions on the spot. But these descriptions have been done at different times. Further, some of the descriptions have been written by different hands, some of them have been written at considerable intervals of time, while some are short and some are long. As a result, the terms employed for the same object vary with the talent and the experience of the authors as descriptive writers. It becomes, therefore, a matter of careful research to standardise these descriptions, and I can do no more than hope that the beginning I have made may be found useful. Following is my proposed classification :— O. Mallees (or Marlocks). (To be eliminated from the general bark, &c., classification, as a matter of convenience. I list them below as True Mallees, False Mallees, and Marlocks.) 1. Leiophloie (Smooth-barks or Gums). I propose the following provisional sections :— A. Shaft-like or columnar. (a) Pale timbers. (b) Red timbers. B. More or less erect in habit, but not shaft-like. (a) Pale timbers. (b) Red timbers. (c) Brown timbers. C. Scrambling in habit. (a) Pale timbers. (6) Dark-coloured timbers, red to reddish-brown. D. Western Australian Blackbutts. E. Gimlet Gums. Grey and Spotted Gums. eA 322 2, Hemiphlove (Half-barks). (a) Renantheree, with pale timbers. Including eastern Peppermints, also Blackbutts and Mountain Ash. (b) Boxes (timbers pale). (c) Timbers reddish-brown. (d) Western Australian species (a provisional group). 3. Rhytiphloie (Whole-barks, in contradistinction to the Hemiphloi). (a) Pale timbers. (b) Red timbers (Mahoganies in part). 4. Pachyphloie (Stringybarks), mcluding a small group of dwarf species. 5. Schizophlove ({ronbarks), also (a) Ironbark-Boxes, an intermediate group. 6. Lepidophloie (with lamellar or uniformly flaky barks—the Bloodwoods). (a) Dark-barked and with red timber. (6) Yellow-jackets, with pale timber. (c) An intermediate small group (including H#. calophylla), with pale timber. (d Kudesmiz (excluding the Marlocks). (e) Tessellatee (those with tesseree on the lower part of the trunk, e.g., F. tessellaris. ) (f) Angophoroidez (species, e.g., H. clavigera, very closely allied to Angophora). O. Mallees, Mariocks, and other small species. The vast majority of Kucalypts will be found to be under 150 feet in height; while in the interior districts a tree of 100 feet is accounted a large one. Some of the largest trees have been referred to at Part XLVIII, p. 254. The smallest species are mostly included under the Mallees (Marlocks). While it is obviously simple to record those which are, in the present state of our knowledge, largest and smallest, the puzzle is to classify the intermediate forms. This is the difficulty that so frequently confronts usin Hucalyptus—we have ascertained A and Z (or think we have), but what are we to do with B to Y. Even in Mallees and Marlocks we have this problem of intermediates. A large number of species may be described as small—Mallees and Marlocks— the smaller ones usually spindly and with the bark smooth, but exhibiting the usual exfoliation which result in the falling-off of ribbons, or of flakes of old, hard bark. The majority of them naturally occur in “ hard” conditions, and are assumed to be old or disappearing forms, struggling in a difficult environment. 323 We must bear in mind that we know so little about some species that we cannot say whether we shall later find that they attain a very much larger size. Dwarf species only exceptionally attain the dignity of a tree from which timber may be cut. Ina few cases (e.g., H. redunca) the typical form is a shrub, while a variety assumes tree-form. Mueller touched on the difficulty in the following passage: ““ The characters of shrubby Eucalypts proving generally less constant than those of the tall timber-trees of this genus.” (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under . occidentalis). Some Mallees, when they attain their best development, grow into medium-sized trees, 30-40 feet being common, and a height of 50 feet not being rare, while the very exceptional height of 70 feet (measured) in the case of L. gracilis is worthy of special note, and, perhaps later, of special classification. In other words, we must bear in mind that the usual idea of a Mallee being a shrub may require a good deal of modification. When the plant consists of a number of small stems close together it goes by the name of “ Whipstick Mallee.” Some general notes on Mallee will be found in Part IV, pp. 94, 98, of the present work. For a valuable paper on the development of Mallees, see Fletcher and Musson in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliii, 199 (1918), which is abstracted in the present worl, Fart XLIX, p. 284. There is a certain amount of convenience in a geographical classification of Mallees, thus we have :— a. True Mallees. True Mallees (as originally defined), with large bulbous root-stocks. Found in regions of comparatively low rainfall, and in plain country. Speaking generally, it may be said that Mallees are smooth-barked, thin-barked, and bark-bound when young, and later, the outer bark falls off more or less abundantly as ribbons. As development proceeds the rough bark on the lower part of the trunk becomes less ribbony, and more or less flaky and hard, till at length—at maturity, and when there is no necessity for the fall of the bark—the butt becomes rough-barked, with a dark-coloured, hard-flaky, sub-fibrous exterior. I shall show, under Gums, that the state of having a smooth bark is an ideal, and it will be later proved that all groups of barks have exceptions more or less important Mallees do not escape this general law. For example, #7. Camfieldi and EH. hgustrina, which might by some be classed with the Mallees, seem better placed under the S ringylarks. One must bear in mind that the typical Mallee, with its bulbous root-stock and many comparatively thin stems, often arranged in a more or less circular manner, is a condition arrived at as the result of environment, but the same species may be single- stemmed and like an ordinary tree in appearance. This dimorphous character has given difficulty to many people, who have thought that the two forms represented different species. 324 Following is a provisional list :— . Baker Maiden, . Behriana F.v.M. . calycogona Turcz. . eneorifolia DO. . dumosa A. Cunn. . fruticetorum F.v.M. . Gilli Maiden. . gracilis F.v.M. & Se & & & . ~nerassata Labill. BS & & . leptophylla F.v.M. (to be dealt with im a subsequent Part), . Morrisi R. T. Baker. . oleosa F.v.M. . uncinata 'Turez. . Thozetiana F.v.M. (For a note on this tree, see Section B. of Gums). . viridis R. T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). S & be & & EH. Baxeri Maiden. A large shrub, or small pendulous, willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 feet, forming a single stem, or stooling from the ground. Bark dark, box-like, or hard and scaly on trunk, branches smooth. Timber hard and heavy, deep red when freshly cut, drying browner. EK. Benriana F.v.M. A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-80 feet and more, with one or two dozen stems of 3 to 4 inches in diameter springing from one root. The bark always smooth and commonly of a dark, oily-looking green. HK. caLycocona Turcz. Up to 25 or 30 feet, with a smooth bark. At Wedderburn (Victoria), 25-30 feet, usually with only one stem, and a smooth greyish bark very similar in colour to E. fruticetorum (F. W. Wakefield). Speaking of Pinnaroo, Mr. J. M. Black describes this Mallee as 16 to over 30 feet high and 20-24 inches in diameter in cases where the trees have been cut down. Inner bark smooth and pale grey, outer bark brown, rough and peeling. Near the Ninety-mile Desert it flowers as a Whipstick Mallee under 10 feet high. K. cneorIFoLia DC. A Mallee confined to Kangaroo Island, South Australia, where it is known as “ Narrow-leaf.” In some places they may be a foot in diameter, but usually the trunks are only as thick as a man’s arm, and forming an impenetrable scrub. Where it forms a single stem, it may attain a height of 40 feet with a white stem with a more or less box-scaly roughness (see J.H.M. in Journ. Roy. Soc. S.A., XXxil, 279). 325 E. pumosa A. Cunn. “ White Mallee.” The type is a large shrub or small tree of 20-40 feet, the clumps having about 6-8 stems of equal size, and the whole plant more or less glaucous in appearance. The outer bark of a scaly nature and of a dark-brown colour, falling off in irregular-shaped patches, the smooth bark being of a bluish-white or even straw colour, but these colours vary. Because of this paleness the species is often known as “ White Mallee.” K. rruticetorum J.v.M. “ Blue Mallee.” A glaucous Mallee, with quadrangular branchlets, with willowy, light-coloured stems. E. Grrr Maiden. A glaucous Mallee, attaining a height of 20 feet, the stems and branches rather crooked. EH. eracinis F.v.M. “White Mallee.”’ A graceful species of 10-20 fect ina type locality. Sometimes, as with other Mallees, it becomes a medium-sized tree, with only one stem. In its wide range it is often found up to 40 feet in height, and exceptionally (as Kong Mallee see Part XXXIX, p. 265) it may attain the exceptional height of 70 feet (measured). The timber is brown. The above remarks apply to South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales, but in Western Australia it becomes a Blackbutt; see Part LI. BK. incrassata Labill. We cannot speak definitely about the bark of the typical species until the identity of the species is cleared up. See Part XX XVIII, p. 223. Variety angulosa Schauer. This is by far the most abundant form of imerassata in the south coastal districts of Western and South Australia. In sheltered places near the sea it forms large shrubs or small trees, shapely, with dense foliage forming an agreeable shade, and a graceful ornament to the beach. On the Kalgan Plains, W.A., it is the tallest of the Mallees (say 15 feet), with fleshy, large leaves. In such situations, which are more exposed, it has smooth, clean stems (say 3 inches) with the leafy branches coming less close to the ground. EK. Morristr R. T. Baker. “Grey or Black Mallee.’ The bark dirty grey and slightly roughened. As growth proceeds we have ribbons, more or less, and eventually blackish, half-flaky bark at the butt. The short butts may be tip to nearly 2 feet m diameter. I have seen it nearly 40 feet high, though it is usually only about half that size. K. otzosa F.v.M. “Red Mallee.” The type was described (from South Australia) as a shrub of the height of a man, but it may attain the usual size of Mallees, e.g., 30 or 40 feet or more. It has toughish bark at the butt, but the upper portion and the branches are smooth. 326 H. UNCINATA Turcz. A slender Mallee, usually not exceeding 10 feet in height, confined to coastal south-wesvern Auscralia. HK. viripis R. 'T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). A tall, spindly shrub or slender small tree, attaining a height of 20-30 feet. Bark smooth, a little hard, scaly bark at butt. b. False Mallees. False Mallees, or Mallee-like shrubs, with bulbous root-stocks reduced in size or absent. Found in regions of comparatively high rainfall, in rocky coastal districts and tablelands (of New South Wales) sometimes ascending to a considerable elevation. There is no strict line of demarcation between these and the generally recognised Mallees. = . apiculata Baker and Smith. . approzimans Maiden. Baeuerleni F.v.M. coccifera Hook., f. . dwversifolia Bonpl. . Moorei Maiden and Cambage. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. . neglecta Maiden. mitida Hook., f. obtusiflora DC. parvifolia Cambage. pulverulenta Sims. pumila Cambage. . stricta Sieb. urnigera Hook., f. . vernicosa Hook., f. . virgata Sieb. EH. apicutata Baker and Smith. A shrub of 6-8 feet, forming a scrubby growth. EK. APPROXIMANS Maiden. A Mallee-like plant of 4-10 feet high. E. BaruerRLent F.v.M. Few or many stemmed; attaining a height of 40 feet, up to 15 inches in diameter; bark smooth, hide-bound, brownish. Timber pale-coloured, hard. KE. coccrrerA Hook., f. Quite a small tree (under 20 feet in height) with a smooth, white bark, but much smaller on the exposed tops of mountains. 327 KE, DIVERSIFOLIA Bonpl. A Mallee-like shrub or small tree, up to 20 feet high. Has a smooth bark with ribbons. K. Kypranensis Maiden and Cambage. A Mallee of 6-10 feet, with smooth, greenish stems 1} inches in diameter. E. Moorer Maiden and Cambage. An erect, rather slender, shrub of up to 10 or 13 feet in height, with a stem- diameter of 2 to 4 inches. It forms dense masses of small area, reminding one somewhat of a Whipstick Mallee, but lacking the root-stockiness of a Mallee. About 1 mile west of Hartley Vale Railway Station, Mr. W. F. Blakely (in June) found it from 6-20 feet, when highest forming nice straight poles, with a diameter of 5-6 inches. Bark at base dark and rough, changing to smooth, and dark green to glaucous in colour. HK. NEGLECTA Maiden. A tree of small size, sometimes described as scraggy when old, not exceeding 20 feet in height. Smooth and ribbony. Grows in clumps forming a dense thicket, the stems appearing “to be independent saplings and not suckers from a common crown.” K. nit1pA Hook., f. d Shrubs or small stunted trees, with a little scaly or ribbony bark at butt. “ At Currie’s River, Tasmania, it formed low bushes, about 5 feet high, but occasionally a few feet higher. It grew in the poor sandy land near the sea.” (Gunn.) At the same time, the type is described (see Part XX XVIII, p. 235) as “ a fairly tall tree with hanging branchlets.” So far as I understand this species, it is a tall shrub or small tree, but it requires further investigation. Hi. OBTUSIFLORA DC. An erect shrub or small tree, smooth or with a little ribbony bark. It forms bushes, with branches smooth and glaucous, the young bark greenish or bluish, peeling off in ribbons. Hi. PARVIFOLIA Cambage. A small, umbrageous tree, reaching 20-30 feet, rarely 40 feet, with a stem- diameter of up to 18 inches. Bark smooth, dull grey. This species affords one of the difficulties of grouping by Habit. HK. PULVERULENTA Sims. A scraggy, spindly, tall shrub or small tree, 15 feet high, and up to 3 inches in diameter. Has a long, weak trunk, of pretty uniform diameter, say 2 inches on the average; quite prostrate or quite erect, and also spreading and rambling. It is smooth-barked, with short ribbons (Mount Blaxland is the type). At Apsley, near Bathurst, the size is greater, from 10-80 feet, with a diameter of 3 inches. Wood pale-coloured and tough. K. PuMILA Cambage. A tall shrub of many separate stems, reaching 15-20 feet, with a stem diameter of 2-3 inches. F 323 EK. stricta Sieb. The Scrubby Gum of the Blue Mountains and other places, a dwarf Gum, forming an almost impenetrable scrub of 6-15 feet, the thin, smooth, bark falling off in strips. I have, however, seen it larger—up to nearly 30 feet—where there is good soil and moisture, e.g., in the taluses of mountains. KK. urniGERA Hook., f. A small tree of 15-20 feet, with spreading branches and a smooth bark, usually blotched with red or brown. EK. vernicosa Hook., f. “ An erect shrub 4-6, rarely 12-20. Bark smooth.’’ (Rodway). Ki. virnGata Sieb. A straggling, tall, shrub or small tree, rarely exceeding a height of 15 to 20 feet or a stem-diameter of 3 inches. More or less glaucous, the stems smooth. , (c) Marlocks. Marlock is the Western Australian equivalent of Mallee, and, like it, is a term somewhat loosely used. It includes all Gum-scrub, 7.e., dwarf species or individuals, on a sand-plain. Maalock is an old spelling, and means a thicket more or less dense. _ It may include the true Mallee of the more eastern States, 7.e., a dwarf Kucalypt with a thickened stocky stem more or less embedded in the light sandy soil. There are various qualifying adjectives, such as Black, White. A few species have their own special names, e.g., Moort (for H. platypus) in addition to the general one of Marlock, which is mostly in use in the southern part of the State. angustissima FK.v.M. . annulate Benth. . buprestium F.v.M. . cesia Benth. . cornuta Labill (a note). decurva F.v.M. . diptera Andrews. . doratoxylon F.v.M. Ebbanoensis Maiden. . eremophila Maiden. . erythronema Turcz. . erythrocorys K.v.M. . eudesmiorides K.v.M. . Hwartiana Maiden. . falcata Turcz. . Forrestiana Diels. E. gomantha Turcz. EH. grossa F.v.M. E. Jutsoni Maiden. E. Kruseana F.v.M. E. Lehmanni Preiss. . leptopoda Benth. . macrandra F.v.M. . macrocarpa Hook. . micranthera K.v.M. occidentalis Endl. (a note). odontocarpa FK.v.M. Oldfieldii F.v.M. . orbifolia F.v.M. . pachyloma Benth. . pachyphylla F.v.M. . Pimpiniana Maiden. . platypus Hook. . Preissiana Schau. . pyriformis 'Turez. . Sheathiana Maiden. . spathulata Hook. . Stowardi Maiden. . tetragona F.v.M. . tetraptera Turcz. . Websteriana Maiden. SESS eee eee eee 329 BE. ancustissima F.v.M. A bushy shrub of 5 feet; a very imperfectly-known species. E. ANNULATA Benth. A tall shrub with a smooth bark. Others have described it from 7-12 feet, while Diels and Pritzel have seen it from 6 to 32 feet, with an ash-coloured smooth bark. It is evidently one of those species which, like the eastern Mallees, may develop into a fairly large size. K. BupRestium F.v.M. A tall shrub, sometimes up to 15 or 20 feet, with a Mallee habit; smooth stems. E. c#sta Benth. A Mallee, about 12 feet high, bark smooth, tough, stripping in long lengths. E. cornuta Labill. The Yate. Sometimes forms Marlock thickets. E. pEecuRVA F.v.M. A tall, spindly, Mallee-like shrub of 10-15 feet, but may attain a larger size, The upper parts of the branches glaucous, the branchlets red. E. pipteraA Andrews. A slender tree of 10-20 feet. E. DORATOXYLON F.v.M. Usually a shrub or small tree, but Mueller quotes an authority that its trunk may appear 3 feet in diameter. I have not been able to obtain confirmation of this. E. Esppanoensis Maiden. It attains a height of 30 feet, with a diameter of 9 inches; bark smooth. E. EREMOPHILA Maiden. A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. E. eRytTHROcoRYS F.v.M. Stems white, smooth, a small shrub, or attaining a height of 30 feet. E. EUDESMOIDES F.v.M. ** Shrub 4-12 feet with a smooth bark; called also a White Gum, a smooth- barked, straggling tree of 20 feet. As arule seen asa bush. Branchlets brown.” Stated to reach “a height of 50-80 feet in Central Australia, the trunk silver- grey in colour and very shiny, except the butt, where it is covered with a paper-like bark which peels off in long, yellow-brown scales.” (Prof. Baldwin Spencer.) See Part XLVI, p. 167. It is a species that deserves further enquiry, as it is apparently one of the dimorphic species—a small Mallee or a big tree, according to environment. 330 EH. ERYTHRONEMA Turcz. A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-30 feet, a crooked trunk of 10 feet, diameter 1 foot, with very light grey, smooth bark. Mr. E. A. le Souef, of South Perth, says :—‘“ I asked my collector about its habit. He says that where it is swept by fire it is a Mallee, having a large woody stock root, and several thin stems from it, but where fire never reaches it it grows into the ordinary tree from 12 to 15 feet in height. is K. Ewartrana Maiden. Many stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. The stems 3 inches in diameter. The bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving it a striped appearance, rare in Eucalyptus. EK. Fraucata Turcz. A Mallee of 10-15 feet, with very slender stems. Of somewhat drooping habit. E. Forrestiana Diels. A shrub of 5-10 feet, never divaricate. HK. GONIANTHA Turcz. Unknown, but probably a shrub or small tree. KH. crossa F.v.M. A shrub of 3-9 feet, with broadly spreading branches. K. Jursont Maiden. A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root Gum, about 6-8 feet high on the average. HK. Kruseana F.v.M. A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. K. Lenmanni Preiss. A shrub, forming a Marlock growth, or a small tree up to 30 feet high, and up to 12 inches in diameter. E. Lepropopa Benth. A thin, wiry, rather erect tall shrub or small spindly tree, with several stems together. E. MACRANDRA F.v.M. A shrub or small tree with a smooth bark. EK. macrocaRPaA Hook. A stout shrub of €-10 feet, usually more or less mealy-white. Up to 14 feet (W. D. Campbell). It forms copses, hard to get through, usually very crooked in its growth. Stems thin, long. The bark smooth and varies from pale to dark grey. E. MICRANTHERA F.v.M. A shrub of 6 to 10 feet with a smooth bark. 331 E. OCCIDENTALIS Endl. The Yate. Often forms Marlock thickets. E. ODONTOCARPA F.v.M. Shrub of 8-10 feet. A Mallee. KE. Ouprretpo F.y.M. A stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. E. oRBIFOLIA F.v.M. A shrub of 5 feet. 3 E. PACHYLOMA Benth. A spindly, sand-plain Gum, not known to attain tree size. EK. PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. A tall shrub otherwise described as “ bush 8-12 feet high” and “ dense bushes, 10-15 feet high.” EK. Prwprntana Maiden. A shrub of 3-5 feet, but very little is known about it. EK. pLatypus Hook. A tree attaining 30 feet, with a smooth bark. Forms gregarious small trees erect in habit, with smooth bark, a little ribbony at butt. It is specifically referred to as Marlock by Mueller and Morrison, but it varies in size. EK. Preisstana Schau. It forms spindly shrubs up to 10 feet; so far as I saw, most of them smaller, Mueller says it attains a height of 15 feet. EK. pyrirormis Turcz. A slender shrub, with long weak stems. EK. SaearHiana Maiden. A slender young tree, probably a Marlock. EK. spATHULATA Hook. A shrub of 6-8 feet or rather more. In the form known as Swamp Mallet, and which is believed to be specifically identical, it is a tree from 20-30 feet. E. Stowarpr Maiden. “A shrubby Mallee.” HK. TETRAGONA F.v.M. “A low scrubby shrub, densely covered with a white meal, to a small tree of 20-25 feet.” A “ White Marlock.” KH. TETRAPTERA Turcz. A shrub or small tree (rarely above 10 feet), the branches nearly terete or very prominently four-angled, almost winged. EK. WEBSTERIANA Maiden. A shrub of 6 or 10 feet. la. bo = 09 la. 2a. la. 2a. 3a, 882 Explanation of Plates (204-207). PLATE 204. Eucalyptus Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. Juvenile leaves; 1b, mature leaf; 1c, umbel of buds; 1d, front and back view of anther; le, twig shows mature leaves and buds; 1f, compound spike of buds, the leaves being apparently deciduous. Isdell River, near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberley, North-West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014.) The type. : Juvenile leaves. On flats, Pine Creek to Wandi, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) Juvenile leaves, Burrundie, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 360.) Fruits, Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 345). Identical with those of 380, Mt. Diamond to Wandi Flats. (G. F. Hill.) é PLATE 205. Eucalyptus Jutsoni Maiden. Flowering twig;- 1b, buds; 1c, different views of anthers. Comet Vale, north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. (J. T. Jutson, No. 216.) The type. Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. Twig, bearing mature leaf, buds, and flowers; 2b, different views of anther; 2c, fruit-bearing twig. Wyee, N.S.W. (Andrew Murphy.) The type. PLATE 206. Eucalyptus pilularis 8m., var. pyriformis Maiden. Juvenile leaf; 1b, Intermediate leaf; 1c, mature leaf; 1d, operculum covering umbel; le, buds; If, two views of anther; 1g, two views of fruits, usually pyriform when not fully ripe; 1h, an old’ fruit, hemispherical and with a thick rim. Bucca Creek, near Coff’s Harbour, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) The type. Eucalyptus pumila R. H. Cambage. Juvenile leaf in almost the earliest stage; 2b, intermediate leaves; 2c, mature leaf; 2d, buds; 2e, front and back views of anther; 2f, an umbel of scarcely ripe fruits; 29, umbel of ripe fruits. Pokolbin, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage, No. 1,506.) The type. PLATE 207. Eucalyptus rariflora Bailey. Juvenile leaf, reproduced from Mr. Bailey’s drawing; 2a, juvenile leaf; 2b, 2c, intermediate leaves; 2d, mature leaf; 2e, buds; 2f, front and back views of anther; 2g, fruits. Hidsvold, Queensland. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) Dr. Bancroft supplied the specimens from the same locality to Mr. Bailey for the type. Eucalyptus Mundiongensis Maiden. 3b. Mature leaves; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back views of anther; 3¢, fruits. Mundijong, 29 miles south of Perth, Western Australia, on the Bunbury Line. (Dr. J. B. Cleland.) The type. PL. 204. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. M.Fiockfon.del. er lith- EUCALYPTUS HOUSEANA (W. V. FITZGERALD) MAIDEN. byt Wem hard Bp RS feu a ee Hae i Hie + Dar; PL. 205. CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. TR etl las ncmspn vo memset M.FlocKton.del. et ith. 1). \ EUCALYPTUS JUTSONI Mamen EUCALYPTUS ADJUNCTA Maen (2). CrIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. % EUCALYPTUS PILULARIS 5Sm., var. PYRIFORMIS Maen (1). (isee also Plate x, Pant) 1.) EUCALYPTUS PUMILA CaMBAGE (2). 2A UT Crit. REY. EUCALYPTUS. “ peiger Feira, bobraleal we eS rere ae el M.Flockton. del. er ith. EUCALYPTUS RARIFLORA Bamey (1, 2). EUCALYPTUS MUNDIJONGENSIS Marpen (9). oe 7 Bee vr a4 ( ti ‘ ; : x \ ¥ yy / Nees ; f eal WITHDRAWN Fl v ROM HSNY LIBRARY / 635.93342 ae | M 28 poadets) Mie 1ypue 14608 Library mw Hw bw The Horticultural Society of New York, Inc. 157 W. 58 St. New York 19, N. Y. LIBRARY RULES . Books circulate for 3 weeks, except new books which circulate for 7 days. . A fine of 5 cents a day will be charged for each book held beyond date due. - Requests for renewal may be made in person, by mail, or telephone. . Books may be returned in person, by mail in Jiffy bags, or wrapped in corrugated board and heavy paper. . Lost, damaged, or defaced books will be re- placed at the expense of borrower. . Only one 7-day book may be borrowed at a time and may not be renewed. i ui il 85 00251 7405 cuter ea By cag Rs 08 0 on forceps ‘Ce, - 9 Cpe} he +? ee ee ee <> : ; 2 £ J ¥ at ( an Shes < bray ~ = eure Ko é iv \) oe + it (haan , ‘ ait,